Author: davenkross2026

  • Create AI Storybooks With Consistent Characters – In All Top Languages

    All right everybody, how is everyone doing today? I welcome you all to this amazing training. I know it’s been a while since uh you saw me but hey I am back again and today we are going to cover something really really interesting something that you all have been asking for and some new and interesting concepts that we got for you. So for those of you who are watching it watching me for the first time hi I’m Yash. I’m from Paul’s team and all the softwares that you’re using right now. Uh there’s a little bit part uh of that also comes from your request and I kind of facilitate everything and all that. So all right, wonderful. I hope you can hear me. Okay, just give me a heads up uh if you can hear me. Okay, and today we’re going to talk about how you can create story books with consistent characters. Yeah, that means you can take your character and drop it in there and AI is going to create a story book for you. It’s going to illustrate for any number of pages through going to keep the consistency throughout all the pages and it’s going to do it in one click. Right? So, all right, perfect. So now there’s something interesting concept that we did that you know that’s going to blow your mind right so previously right what used to happen um where you know you guys request something and we build a feature and we kind of you know put it launch it at the beta uh beta feature launch it with a very small group of beta tester and kind of you know it would take like a month or two by the time it goes to you right by the time it comes to you, by the time you actually see it and use it. But this time we changed that approach. Yeah. Again based from your feedback. What we are doing this time is we just put that feature straight up. Now that feature that is going to allow you to create storybook and I’m going to talk about that has a beta function. That means without you having to wait for months you know uh all that you just get the immediate access again everything for free. Yeah, you get the immediate access so you can kind of you know uh with the new launch right with the new upgrade that we are coming for the artistly version 6 again free for all the users it comes with the perfect feature right so it’s a win-win right you don’t have to um you don’t have to wait you get the features that you want instantly and you can kind of also contribute on bits and pieces and the features and uh you know those what we call these little tiny det details and by the time um you know by the time it comes to you by the time when you actually use it uh it’s perfect uh with the next major upgrade which is coming very very soon probably next month rightly version six all right now now now I hope that is clear right what do you think about it don’t you wouldn’t it don’t you think it’s the best approach that now all the features going to come to you again right as a beta instead of you waiting for months and weeks What’s happening with that feature? It’s straight up. We give you an immediate access at no extra cost. You can use it obviously you know there going to be some feedbacks and everything in the road map uh in by the by the way you you know when you test it and then when you test it and you give us a feedback we’re going to improve upon it and with a major upgrade is going to come perfectly fine. Right? So that’s the thing and I’m super excited to share that with you. So I’m going to share my screen and now I’m going to show you stepbystep approach on how you can go from a character image and create a complete story book in any language you want. Right? All the languages that are available and what are the tips, hacks, strategies and whatnot. Yeah. So what I’m going to do I’m going to share my screen now you can do it. So as always you have to go to fast AI image designer but now under AI design agent you see a new option called consistent character story book and this option when you click on it you will get now two more options I would say three more options the ability to direct your story the ability to upload your own character the ability to create front page image cover all automatically. And this is the best the most requested thing, right? So now let’s see how can you go from an character image or just from a blank idea to a fully finished story book with your character with your story and even when in your language. Okay. So I would even start with character creation, right? Cuz a lot of people struggle there. So for that my best suggestion is go to AI art Illustrator. That’s the best option. Yeah. Now pick the style that you want your story book to be in. Pixar, flat, manga, mystic, fantasy, whatever it is, right? Let’s say I do manga. Yeah. I say a girl wearing cowboy hat. Yeah. And then I say a girl wearing cowboy hat in the garden. I want to create a story about a girl and I can even be very specific like a 9 years old girl. I keep it one is to one. I do four quantities and I generate. Now the whole idea to generate this guys is basically to get the character images just like these. Yeah, as you can say these images, right? Because every time you probably have seen when they’re creating the story or sorry movies or series or whatever, they start with the characters, right? They start with the story or they start with a character, right? So, we got to start somewhere. So, this thing looks okay. This looks good. This is a good starting point to go with. Yeah. Now, what you need to do is go to AI design agent. Yeah. Go to consistent character story book. Okay. Create a new story book. Then here you need to if you already by the way if you have already created a image you can drag and drop here. Right. Straightforward. But we you know we already created it in artistly. So you can choose from library and I will click on this. Now the magic happens right. What kind of what’s the type of the story that you want to create? Right. Is it fiction? Is it science fiction? Is it ghost story? Comic, fairy tale. I want it to be a fairy tale this time. Yeah. How many pages for the time being? Let’s say 10 pages. How which dimension you want? Let’s say I want in um 4 is to 5. Yeah. Now let’s say story summary. I say girl girl lost in the forest. Yeah. Lost in the forest. Um and mystical energy helped her navigate come safely to her house. Pretty easy story, right? Something something interesting. Yeah. Now here’s the magic. Now you know a lot of question a lot of you know have this uh issue with the question. Hey, yes, you know the we struggle with front I it would be better if the front page cover or the book cover gets created automatically so that we don’t have to kind of you know do all the prompting go back and forth. Now it does meaning you just need to mention your book author whatever the pen name that you want to go with and if you have already kind of finalized the title of the book you can just put in there right or you can leave it as it is artificial intelligence AI will automatically um kind of understand your story and will do the job for you right so in this case I would just keep I mean you know I would just um uh let it do its job but I would say my name Bayash Sharma. Yeah. And I generated the story book. Now what’s going to happen? It’s going to follow my direction as if I’m the director of this movie. Yeah. It’s going to give me all the pages fully illustrated with my character consistent throughout every page and I just have to wait few minutes and everything will be ready. All right. So as you can see there you go. Now these images are being created including the cover, including the pages and the entire story. Right? Now couple of questions right couple of things I want to uh mention here while this is being generated some things that uh uh how can you now basically get from images to a flip book or whatever it is. Right? So what you have to do once you are in personal design here. Yeah, you need to scroll down and these are little tabs you see right consistent character story book, script to story book, kids story book, right? These are tabs. These are clickable tabs. When you click on these, you will find a new button called create flip book. Now that’s where the magic is, right? Because as soon as you click on this, you will basically you know it will let me just show you for the images that are already created. Right? It will open up that option called select story. Right? Now what it will do guys is when you click on select story it will select the pages in the right order for you automatically. All the pages. Yeah. So you don’t have to go one by one in the perfect order. You don’t have to do anything. Right? And then here in the bottom you will see the option called create flip book. Now here you get the option to pick the language, give it a actor. I mean you know uh give it give your story book the voice. You have the page template. You have the ability to upload you the front cover, the back cover and all the good stuff here. Yeah. So let’s say page template, right? I like to go with blank, but you can either you can either upload the one that you like or you can generate using AI. Yeah. Now I’m just going to up upload um I’m just going to go with blank. You can choose from library. Yeah. Now basically this is the front cover, right? So let’s say my cover should look like this. Let me just go there. Okay. Like this, right? I pick it cuz with now with this feature your front cover is going to get automatically created. Yeah. And I’m going to do generate flip book. That’s it. That’s all it is. Right. And then my flip book is going to look something like this. Perfectly consistent pages page by page by page throughout the entire story. Same character story but in your language. By the way, you know it is in German. whichever language you select in it will come under that right and I just want to uh I just want to make sure that a lot of you guys have questions where where can I find these flip books right uh you can find them under like you see personal designs right you can find them under my flip books yeah you can delete them you can sort them you can create new whatever it is right now another thing I want to make sure I mean I want to actually share with you which a lot of uh you I see that a lot of you are not actually utilizing that properly and I want you to start utilizing it right is basically now you can get rewarded by sharing your story books publicly online on the internet right because if I show you right if any like for example right this is a story book right for example now in this case what’s going to happen guys right is you can actually see the story book and share it now when you share it with the world Right? When you share it on the internet, people can actually they don’t have artistry, for example. Right? They just can view it, right? They can view it. Okay. This is a nice story. Love it. Love it. Love it. Wonderful. This is great. Perfect. All right. Either they can, you know, sh they can share it again with that link or they can cancel it, right? They can cancel it out and come and do their job. When they actually cancel it, guys, because they don’t have Artisty, right? They they like they’re not going to come to the Artistly app dashboard, right? Obviously because they don’t have um uh they don’t have the image I mean they don’t have the login right by default they are going to go to basically the artistly website right so if they’re interested they want to um you know if they’re interested and they’re like okay I like this I want to I also want to grab this I also want to do this they will go and you know purchase artistly now in this is you know they go to artistly website what would like how amazing it would be imagine that when they go to the artistly website they go using your link so every time you share story books public on the internet you get rewarded every time how powerful is that right and that’s where the feature if you come inside my flip books you will see called affiliate link and here if you paste I mean by the way for those of you who not are not sure, we will post in the comment section down below um you know the process to kind of get your own affiliate link. It’s a three-step process, very easy. And you can put your own affiliate link, save it. Now, every time when you share your flip books publicly on the internet to anyone and they are interested in purchasing artistly, they will automatically go with your affiliate link and you will get rewarded every single time when they get it. Like how powerful that is, right? Cuz you’re sharing your creations. They’re loving it. They want to use it. They want to they want to get their hands onto that. And they can also uh uh you know they can also kind of use it. I mean, you know, and that’s the best thing, right? Cuz you we never know if you shared it on, you know, I don’t know, if you shared it on, let’s say, Facebook or Pinterest or Reddit or just in your groups and whatever it is, you don’t have to tell them like you don’t have to like, oh, let me give you the link, you know, you can get it. Okay. Boom. Cancel it. They’ll go to the artistly website, reroute it with your link, and uh, yep, that’s a win-win. Right now, let’s see our creations, right? Cuz by this time, they should be created by now. All right, let me just check it. All right, so let’s see how they came out. And look at these, right? They came out. Really look at this shot. It’s actually shot like a movie, right? Pretty pretty pretty powerful. Now, as you can probably notice, as you’re probably noticing here, there are few things that it kind of didn’t uh take it properly. And I actually want to show you where how you know some best practices right number one if you see the it kind of take that half image why why let’s let’s understand because of your character image right 80% of the time it’s not going to do that but that 10% of like the 20% of the time or that you know that rare edge cases where because it does not understand it’s going to keep your character image the same. So always try to give the full body shot so it can learn uh full body shot right was what we call it right full body shot so it can kind of understand the your character entirely number one now oh yeah the story didn’t come out good uh I mean sorry the cover does not come out good what should I do no worries should not be an issue you got a now entire prompt yeah to go with so all you got to do is copy the prompt prompt. Copy the prompt. Go to design assistant. Then go to photo editor. Then go to, you know, your let’s say your character image and let’s say pick the same aspect ratio and paste the prompt as simple as it is. And you can do it multiple times. You don’t have to worry about credits because you are using artistly, right? The idea here is guys basically you can create as many variations as you want as many uh you know chances as you want and sometimes in the first try it does not come out good but the look at the text right the text came out pretty pretty pretty good and okay now there’s the thing right Lily and the whispering woods by Yash Sharma and it came out two times right so either you can um uh you know you can remove this again go to the photo editor and you can remove it or but it gives you a really good base frame to go with. You know what I’m trying to say? And same thing, right? I created this cover, right? I went into say, okay, I want to keep everything the same, but just change that the hidden glow to the mystery light. Boom. That did that. And the same thing I’m going to do it for this, right? What I’m going to do again, design assistant, photo editor is your savior, guys. Okay, as I’m saying, photo editor, choose from library. Okay. So, I’m going to do for uh there are two there are let’s see if we can there are two by Yash Sharma. Um remove the bottom one. Let’s see if it can understand it. Right? That’s the idea. I mean if it does not you can always remove the object or you can run through the prompt again. Let’s run through the prompt again. Right? just to see variations and then whatever it is right so um let’s go to design assistant photo editor I want to pick the character right always go with full body shot so for uh the AI can understand four is to five and generate and it should do the job and okay is it images being done yes let’s see I’m going to just refresh it.

    All right, let’s see. All right, there you go. Okay, interesting. So, it it kind of didn’t understand where where you where it asked to remove it, but look at that. The this one came out really really good. Lily and the whispering good by Yash Sharma. Perfect. There you go. You know, the third chance, second chance, you got it. So, I mean, it’s the play, right? It’s again the way you direct your prompt, the way it’s going to come out, right? And I think this is really good. Now to convert it into a flip book in your language. Let’s say I want to do it in Hindi let’s say or let’s say you know I don’t know let’s say I want to do in German. How can I do that? Right. Again so you are in you are in personal design. Right. All right. So now what you have to do is um you have to click on consistent character story book. Right. And you have to click on create a flip book. You have to click on select story. Automatically all the pages will get selected. Create the flip book. You [snorts] can choose the languages from here. So let’s do it in English for now. Yeah, you can now select the voices if you want, right? Like like basically you can turn on the listening mode and you can have these um um you know talking story books, right? that guides that that basically keeps uh kids glued to the story and then kind of walk them through the entire story as they repeat it by with the actor you know that’s one of the thing that I see uh most I’m also using it with a lot of my um you know uh basically neighbors you know they have babies and stuff like that they love this feature right so so basically baby is kind of it’s like 3year-old you know they have a 3-year-old boy and it’s like 3 four year old listening to it you know learning through that and then it’s also falling. It’s It’s amazing, right? Uh just for that that that thing is going into um uh his or her head basically instead of just doom scrolling on real it’s far better, right? Why not we do that? So that’s them, right? Uh so they love artistly. So that’s why we had this feature, you know. Um I actually I I should give them a credit. They gave me this idea and a lot of you guys actually agreed for that. Okay, let’s ship it, you know. Anyways, so I go to blank, choose from library. Basically, this is a front page cover. I get the cover. Yeah, I do generate flip book and there you go. It takes few seconds and your page I mean sorry your book will be ready just few seconds. You can download it as I already explained you can add your affiliate link to that. So whenever you share your stories, your books on the internet, you share it with anyone, the moment they close out of that, they will be redirected to the main page using your affiliate link, you know? So every time kind of you share your story books, get rewarded, right? So it’s something something great thing to have, right? So that’s the thing. And when you click on read, boom, there you go. Your flip book is ready. Boom. Lily loved to explore. The deeper she goes, she soon find out that sun began to set uh you know shivering. Just as the tears started to well, a soft glow came. It danced around felt like a strange the lighting let her through the winning path. Finally, the mystical energy flick and faded away as she saw and Lily was safe at home. There you go. You know, and we just like it was a very tiny story, right? You can do 20 30 pages, right? And a full like I would say like a full episode of, you know, of a cartoon character. And this is just the, you know, this is what do I say? This is like story book creation on steroids, I would say. You know, cuz now your imagination, you are the director of your own movie. We can say that, right? You are the director of your own story book. Create it, sell it, share it, whatever you want, you can do that, right? That’s the power. So let me know what you think about this. Let me know if you have any questions. Now we’ll go back. Now we’ll come to all your questions and I hope you got a lot of value from this. Right. So let’s see your questions and take it from there. All right. So let’s see now. All right. Let me know what you think about this overall the workflow. Right? When we talk about the characters and all that and while I was uh going through all that I saw each and every question and I’m going to answer each and every question. All right. Perfect. Let’s start with how many characters right so right now it takes one character takes your story direction and can create up to uh 30 pages. Yeah. But something interesting is coming which is going to answer two of your questions. Okay. Can I have my own text meaning my own script and multiple character two three consistent? Yes, we were already worked on it. This is one of the craziest uh feature that you’re going to uh you know uh you’re going to love it right which is coming uh as we as we’re going to basically release the massive upgrade version six of artistly you’re all going to get that meaning you can have your story you can put your own story and it will create into you know multiple characters not just one right again as I said this is just a beta version. It would take like by to get you this like previously with our previous acro with our previous approach. We would not even launch this feature, you know. We would wait launch it to a small group of people, fix some things here and there. It would it would be few weeks or maybe months by the time it comes to you. But now you got immediate access because you want to shift amazing features to you and then based on your feedback kind of tweaking it making it better making it perfect cuz again it’s again as I said the all whole suite of applications are not built by developers right whatever they have in their mind they created it’s built by you your your suggestions your feedback what do you want so to answer that question. Yes, we are going to with a massive upgrade of version six artistly going to coming very soon. Next month probably. Yeah, early next month. Anyways, it’s going to have that future. That means you can put your story going to beautifully illustrate all your pages with consistent characters. Uh one, two, three, name it. Right. Amazing features. Uh one of the amazing features that I’m excited about, right? Number one. Number two. Yes, these are not just um um you know these are not just uh flip books. You can download them as a PDF. So when you go to flip book you just by um you know just by after uh read button you will see a button called um uh download. Yeah. So it will download it in the um that format basically PDF format and yes we are considering so again right it’s all about feedback right we are considering that okay what are the other outputs right that we can provide right epub right all these other outputs right and other dimensions definitely that is in the pipeline that is in the road map so that’s the thing right so exactly Deborah so that’s your question can we create the words ourself rather than artistry writing them 100%. So Deborah with our upcoming feature massive upgrade version version six of partishly which is going to be zero cost right free for everyone right as with our application everyone gets free lifetime updates right is that you can write your words you can write your story and it will kind of narrate it will kind of basically illustrate all the pages and everything right so yes with this next uh multiple character book feature you’re going to have uh multip multiple characters ability right so that’s the thing any questions other than this guys also another thing is any request you have right when can I use my daughter photo and create 100% so let me let me answer this right so can I use my daughter’s photo and create a story 100% you can but there are different features there yeah this feature is specifically created for cartoon characters illustrated characters right If you want to convert your realistic photos right into illustrations and stuff like that, then what you need to do, you need to use a feature called uh your personalized story book where you can upload a realistic photo of a daughter, of your niece, of your son and it will kind of create the story featuring them as a hero of the story. So yes, you can definitely do that. Yeah. Um, so that’s the thing 100%. So, uh, Jagdish, your request has been taken. We’re going to add Punjabi language as well in the next upgrade. So, all right. So, this is a interesting thing, right? So, can we make this flip book? Yeah, 100%. Some uh there is a plan in progress where you know it’s a big trend on YouTube right now, which is what we call the read aloud books, right? where a big a lot of big companies focusing on that where you know it’s a book but it’s a read aloud that is converted into uh video and you can push it on YouTube and kind of monetize or whatever it is right uh yes there is something there it’s just that I can’t reveal so many things you know so I’ll just share that and just next few weeks going to blow your mind what you’re going to get so just make sure you subscribe to the YouTube channel make sure any emails uh with the trainings and everything. Again, nothing to sell all uh uh free of cost to you for you already using just so that it can be helpful for you. you can actually utilize it without hovering over multiple tools, without worrying about monthly cost, without having worrying about, you know, uh kind of getting rid of that credit system and all that, right? So anyways, can we have more than yes Steph C as I mentioned right with the upgrade that is coming version six artistly version six free update right massive upgrade for artistly right it’s going to have that more than one character two three with your own story you’re going to love this you’re going to love this yeah so reading books yes uh what we call the I call them talking story books but a lot of people call them read aloud books something related to that is cooking. We’re going to ship that very very uh soon. So if you are not in the meta group, a lot of interesting discussions are happening. So you can join that meta group as well. Uh link is in the uh mention and team will uh um team will basically drop the link as well in the comments. So yes, we are on Facebook. Uh you can join the Facebook group. a lot of discussions my um developers are there team is there our main core team I am there support team is there every time when an issue happens you can get a direct connect share your idea share your feedback learn from other people that’s what the importance of community is right um uh if okay if we write a story in your in our own language can we paste it to create a image that’s a wonderful question right so let me think about this So right now yeah um uh right now there is thing where it only accepts English because the AI models are very uh good of understanding English language. Yeah. As a prompt. What you can do with this massive upgrade of version six coming right um free of cost again right is you can actually translate it using any translation and we might have that translation if enough guys request we can have a translation tool there you can translate it in English yeah create it in English right and then you can uh when you’re creating it to a flip book an actual PDF you can pick that language right again batch so it will so the workflow is basically you take your own language, you convert it to English because AI understand English perfectly. Yeah. And then when you’re creating into a flip book just like I showed, right? You can change it to German and all that. You can convert it into that language. That’s what I would suggest. That’s the best workflow, right? Um so yes, uh can I get my PDF download already in KDP format? So yes, that there is some brainstorming and things going behind the scenes. We are working you know some DPI issues I mean DPI enhancements DPI feature where one click you get the entire book ready front back as I already showed you in the EUB you know um format uh with perfect limits right so wow that’s a good question when is this update coming so update is coming very very soon we are aiming to uh launch it right that’s why uh that’s one of the reason that I’ve been quite for you know uh for some uh last couple of uh days or weeks because uh you know silently working on all the features taking all your feedbacks taking all your suggestions and kind of making that version six the banger update you know even better than version five uh so that’s why it’s cooking it now it’s time to ship it I’m finally excited and satisfied with what I am seeing right now and once you will see it you’re going to love it love it we’re solving the seamless pattern issue we’re solving the consistent character, multiple consistent character script upload, right? We’re we are solving some format issues with solving the perfect text. You never have to worry about the text issue ever again, right? So, so yeah, it’s pretty cool. Again, it’s free of cost. So, make sure next few weeks, right, be extra like just subscribe to YouTube, go to the meta, you never miss out of these absolutely amazing updates at no cost. Yeah. So, that’s the thing. I have Ali as well here with me. You probably know him from last couple of uh weeks. So, I’m going to add him. Ali, I’m going to add you now. Uh, all right. There you go. How you doing, Y? Thank you very much for that. So, I have been um patiently waiting. I’ve been uh watching this as and I can see all the comments. People absolutely love the new feature. Uh so there was a lot of questions that came through and hopefully we can address some of them. Right. So there was a the key one of the questions that came and I know you answered it but um I thought another good tip would be you know with face swapping ability of putting people in their stories. So you could stylize first you could stylize using mirror magic or go to the advanced section and use face swap. So you can actually use your own kids in your own stories if that’s what you want to do. So you do have that capability. Um the other one was can you make flip books into MP4?

    That’s the question and the answer is currently that capability is not there. But if you are a proud owner of video express you can take those flip books over to video express and you can use screen recorder. We’ve seen this with many of um our members doing this where they’re using screen recording. They’re actually recording the flip book as they’re flipping over and then they’re incorporating it into an MP4 and they’re actually then making additional scenes from those characters using the consistent character feature over on uh Video Express because obviously Video Express and Artistly they both uh integrate with one another. So you can actually make fullyfledged animated flip books with talking scenes as well. So there’s a whole host of things. I know uh you know uh there’s a lot there. Okay. So, we don’t want to overbear you, but what I wanted to do and I hope Yash doesn’t mind. Um, I actually put a resource document together for everybody. The reason being, one of the questions that everybody asks is, and we’re just going to share my screen. Um, when you’re coming through for the very first time and you go to design agents consistent, obviously we’re going to go create a new story book. Now, as you come to this page, everybody thinks, okay, it’s an amazing feature. Where on earth would I even begin? That’s the the one of one of the things that people get stuck on is just like the barrier to entry. All right. Yeah, it’s very simple. You got different story types. Um you can go through you need a story summary. All of that stuff. It to be honest 95% of it’s done for you. But that 5% as we know humans we become what’s the word? I don’t want to say lazy but sometimes we might not be as creative as possible. So this is where chat GBT will come into play. And what I’ve done, I actually had a conversation with Chat GBT and I put together this document. Okay, so in terms of this document, you’re going to see what I did. You don’t have to, but I’ve put it together anyway. I took a screenshot of this. Okay, what you’re seeing on the screen and taken a screenshot of that and also the story type. So I took a a a screenshot of the story types. Why? Because then I had a conversation with Chad Gabri and I said look I want to create solo stories of uh you know consistent character using look here’s a picture of the interface now I want you to make a story based on every story type that there is give me all the information including the story summary very very important so what it did it went ahead and it gave me um you know the story type fiction it gave me the title of the book and this is the key thing it gave me the character image prompt so before you even start building your story you need the character just like Yash mentioned, but why not let chat GBT if you want, you can have that conversation, build out your story. So the key thing is that you get your title, you get the character for your story because once you have that reference image, not only can you use it in uh artistly for your story books, you can also use over in Video Express. Very important because obviously if you want continuity, another key thing is that with the consistent character feature for this, remember it’s just not about children’s books. You can actually make adult content as well. So, you’re not restricted. It’s just about what you’re putting in there. And I’ll show you some examples that I created. So, anyway, coming back to this, we have the the story type fiction. We’ve got the title, the character image prompt, and what I’ve done, I’ve gone ahead and just put an image of the character, what it will look like. And this is the important part, story summary. Okay? And I’ve done that for to be honest, I went through chat GBT and I done that for every single story type there. Okay? As we go through. Now, what I wanted to do is I’ve gone ahead and I’ve built out some of these books, but I wanted to show you one. Hopefully, Yash doesn’t mind. I want to show you what the process would be. So, at the end of this call, you can take this document away and you can go experiment using this. So, all it is copy and paste and go have fun with it. That’s all you have to do. Go tweak it, make your own, whatever, whatever, you know, as we’ve done previously on other sessions. So, what I’m going to do now, let’s go to my flip books. And you can see some of these designs that I mean I didn’t really create any of them, did I? I just had a conversation. And remember, they’re different story types. We got fiction, non-fiction, moral, mystery, fantasy, etc., etc. [snorts] And another key thing is, look, you can see there’s some adult books there as well. So, if I go Benny, Benny was the first one, Bean the Rabbit, right? I come to my reference document, we got Benny the Rabbit, and you can just see that continuity. So the consistency of character and there we have Benny and the secret path. Another thing uh you know Yash has worked re I don’t think a lot of people know Yash works tirelessly uh behind the scenes with the development team and all that to make sure you know things like perfect text actually works. People don’t have no idea. So he knows what he’s talking about. Okay. So again you’ve got that you’ve got the accuracy of text which is uh very very important. So look Benny and you got all of this stuff. Now, I’m going to go through and make an example with you, but another key thing that I wanted to show you, which I’ll probably show you. Let’s let’s go ahead and build one. I’ll show you some other examples. You got uh the penguin, the explorer. All the all this was built within artistically, okay, with the characters, and you got the consistency of uh you know, all of the pages, etc., etc. Even when it comes to the templates, I’m going to show you how you can work with um chat GBT and create your own templates. Hey, if you don’t want to use the built-in features, if you don’t want to use the readym made templates, guess what? I built my very own template. Okay, so you can have that consistency even with the theme throughout. We’ve got uh Toby the tortoise. So, uh another thing is, you know, when you’re going through this, if you don’t want to hear the sound, cuz someone actually asked this question once, you can actually turn off the sound for the flipping feature. And when you do download it as a PDF, uh depending on what site you’re using, like uh KDP, Amazon, etc., etc., you might have to use different dimensions, but as we know, we’re working on more dimensions to make this more applicable for a whole range of different sites. So, you have all of that covered. Um, so, uh, with this one, let me show you an adult one. We’ve got silent but deadly. I thought, let me go create one, uh, with an older gentleman, a detective comic, uh, scene. And here’s another really important point I thought was very, uh, interesting to do. depending on the story type that you’re creating. Okay? So, if I come back to my reference document, maybe you got different story types. So, what you can do if you want when you come to artistly, when you go to the AI art illustrator, find a style or an illustration that may fit perfectly with the type of story you’re building. Now, say for example, if I want a ghost or horror story, I might want to go for creepy vintage. Okay? So it artistically will cater and not only can you select a a style from all of these beautiful different styles or simply make life easy if you want go to create from prompt using the AI image designer. So I’ve actually done both and you’ll see that as you go through the different styles that I’ve then created. Look comic book style we got the little dare again just a representation of the different styles you can create uh depending on what your audience is. Once you kind of figure out what your audience is, who you’re trying to cater for, you can build out those images. So anyway, um instead of me just showing you uh you know the examples, let’s go ahead and build one out together. So first of all, we go to um consistent character story book create new. Now what I need to do, uh let me go back to my flip books and see the last one was the little deer, right? Okay. And these, you know, I’ve cooked up a lot of already in the oven. So, I go to consistent character story book and I’ll show you how quick this is. So, first of all, I go to choose from library. I just check. Okay, after the deer is the owl with the book. Let’s have a look. Do we have an owl with a book? Um, we got to be patient here. If anyone sees it, just let me know. There we go. Okay, Mr. Owl with his book. And remember, you can create different versions and see which one you like the best. And here we have the owl with the book. Okay. So I select the owl with the book. Now he’s going to now be our character that’s going to be consistent in our solo story that we’ve built. Now the story type. So if I come back to my document, it’s biography. I come here and I select biography. The reason we’re selecting the story type the way artistically or the uh the AI setup, it will create a story based on that story type. Okay. Don’t ask about the mechanics of it. Uh Yash is the brains. He’ll understand. But the good thing is just select it and let artisty do all the hard work. No headache. Now you can select up to a whopping 30 uh pages. Just imagine 30 pages and that also incorporates text. So you have imagery and text. That’s a huge amount. And the more images or sorry the more pages you select the more processing it time it may take. So you have to be patient okay the more obviously it’s going to start building up these custom beautiful copyright images for you. So for this example, let’s go ahead and select five. Now for dimensions, I’m going to select uh 4×5 because I always think of it, you know, a shorter top and nice long uh vertical page. And let’s go to story summary. I come back here to my little um owl and I select the owl story here, the summary. I simply come across and paste. And remember, you can create any story you want. Just go to chat GBT. If you have any ideas, if you have any niche or categories that you’re interested in, then it’s very easy for you to create um you know a story uh within chat GBT and you can create multiple stories. Forget one story, create a series based on one character that you’ve created like a a series of different stories based on one character for continuity or if you want to do your own child or your own, you know, family, friends, whatever it may be, you can do so. Now, we go to the book uh details and straight away, guess what? I’ve already got my title right there. Oh, come across and I’m going to paste. Okay. And for this I’m going to do uh Joe Blogs. Okay. Joe Blogs or John Doe whatever you know you put your name there. And sometimes you’ll come to this point you think nah there must be something more. And the truth is there’s no that’s it. That’s all you have to do. Now for those thinking what about if I want my own text my own scripts? Well there is another feature for script to story. Okay, you can do that. Um, but you won’t have that consistency of the images. Okay, so this is just a great way of creating those consistent characters. But I’m I’m pretty sure down the line, uh, with the updates, we will, you know, Yash will work his magic and make sure some of these are just, you know, uh, right across the board. Now, as that’s cooking, Yash uh, mentioned something really, really important. And as you remember with with the previous versions of Artistly that you in order to have a front cover, you would have to go and manually build one. And you know, uh, it sometimes it can be a little bit frustrating. I’ll be very honest with you. But with this ability now of using this feature, guess what? It comes out with the finished product. It already generates you that uh front cover for you. So it just it just takes a lot of the headache away from you. And not only that, if you wanted to, you could, like Yash showed, you can go in the photo editor and you could remove images if you want. You could go to the advanced AI image editor. Okay, the advanced section. And if you want to use this for, you know, KDP and um if you have a barcode, etc. You could add all of that stuff. That’s not a problem. You can do all of that stuff. And then if you want to upscale the quality, you can. And you can have it, you know, uh printed as a physical product as as long as you got the dimensions and you can scale up that that that images. Okay. So, what we’re going to do in the meantime, you can see I’ve actually created some beautiful um graphics here. So, instead of creating or using the built-in templates, Artistly can actually create you uh your own templates if you want. Uh [snorts] and I believe if I just double check, you’ll see you we have the dimensions of 8 8 96x 1080. And you can see, look, this was the design prompt. If you want, depending on the theme of the story, you could recreate the design prompt or ask chat GBT, I need to create um, you know, a textured background or some kind of background based on the story that we’re creating. So, you know, with the border, you can see there’s little flowers and things. So, if I was creating this story of the owl, it could ideally create little books and little owls as an outline for again consistency and just it just creates a beautiful theme for our book. So, think outside the box. We have all of these capabilities. Why not use them? Okay, so as we’re uh allowing that to um build, let me just refresh it. Hopefully we can see, but it’ll be in the pipeline anyway. Now, the moment that gets done, um Yash did mention, look, when you come here, sometimes you might be confused. Okay, where’s that feature? How do I build it? etc., etc. If I go to my flip books, you can’t build it there, of course, but you can actually see stuff. And somebody mentioned the affiliate link. uh when you first use the affiliate link. Okay. Now those that are watching and thinking what is an affiliate link? It’s essentially say you are a user of artistly you can become a ambassador. So if you refer anyone to artistly you can make commissions. So anytime someone makes a purchase and they come through you your link uh you’ll be uh accredited commissions for doing so. Now, with the affiliate link here, any product product or service online, offline, if you have a link that you want to redirect, doesn’t even have to be an affiliate product. Maybe you want to send them to, you know, uh, your own website, your own product pages, your appointment setting pages, your schedule pages, maybe you’re working for a client, a business, whatever it is, physical product, it doesn’t matter. You can enter that there. And what happens at the end of the flip book, they’ll be redirected. Okay, that’s the key thing. And sometimes people actually have um you know you have those uh sites where people will go and you can have multiple different links that just direct people you know etc etc. So um you can see all these different uh beautiful books and remember we’ve got so many different languages that you could recreate and create it in any other language so you got maximum exposure to the global uh audience. So as we’re allowing these to process it’s going to take uh probably a few more moments but you can see if I go through the process. So, if I go here now, let’s go to consistent character story book. And while we’re allowing that to cook, let’s do uh another one in the meantime. So, this is the key. Okay. So, don’t get confused when you do this. I’ll show you very very quickly. Yes, somebody mentioned it. Link tree. Yep. So, create flip book. The moment you do that, if I select it, can you see the difference? Okay. There’s a little check box that now appears on all of these. Okay. And you’ll notice the very first one there is no check uh check box. The reason being that’s going to be your front cover. Okay. And you can see that that will apply to all of them. [clears throat] Okay. Front cover here, front cover here. So artistly will recognize that your stories that you’ve created there are dedicated images. So it will group them together and it will it won’t it won’t allow uh you to create flip books by uh jumping into other images for different project. it won’t allow.

    So, the key thing here is building your stories doesn’t need to be difficult anymore. You can find any kind of Okay, my screen is just removed. Let’s have a look. Let’s get that back on the stage. Okay, there we go. So, you can build any story. There’s no restrictions anymore. Does that make sense, everybody? You can now work with ChatGBT. You can find really amazing stories out there and you can model you can emulate you can take the information you know what the story background is and recreate your own versions of these stories. So there I mean you just imagine the possibilities of doing that and remember there’s no age range here. You can actually create different levels of stories uh depending on your needs or purposes. So you’re not really restricted. Now uh once I create let’s go back to create flip book. Okay. I’m going to go create flip book and I’ll go through this process. Yeah. Another thing I wanted to sorry to interrupt you. Another thing that I want to add there is I see the question as these stories are being created. Um like there’s a feature right is I specifically want to highlight that uh consistent character story book takes illustration examples takes you know uh cartoon example that it works the best right? If you want to uh create the like you know a child photo and kind of want to convert it into an illustration and stuff like that that’s a different feature and that’s basically personalized story book that means the idea is you can personalize your story book with your own person image right so that’s the thing well the default affiliate link that’s the that’s the thing right so when you’re creating it you have to go to that feature and will the default affiliate link pay me commission or it’s a generic artistly site. So uh so yeah we’ll drop the information when this is done or in in this uh the team can actually um add the details in the chat. Uh basically when you go you know you sign up for the affiliate account it’s free of cost again and that gives you a special uh you know your own customized link that you can add there right now. Uh so that’s the thing right let me know if you have any other questions guys you know any other queries do yep 100%. So Ali, I think when we’re going to end this training, when we put the replays, right? Uh and also in the description box, we’re going to add the training document and uh you know uh add the training document and uh all the necessary details needed. Yeah. So uh let me know what you think about the today’s uh training and again as I said right next couple of weeks going to blow your mind away because there’s a reason why I have been quiet for a while right secretly cooking something it’s like all your recipes are getting cooked right now and they’re cooked and it’s time to ship it and every single week there were going to be one surprise so let literally I would say it’s a it’s a it’s a Christmas came early Right. Um uh so basically the next coming week and the next month is going to be amazing cuz every single week there’s going to be some massive update upgrade free of cost again right as I said that’s going to help you either speed up your process get better results you know uh get to the next level and it’s just helpful for everybody right and again as I said I’ve been grateful really really grateful and thankful for all of you guys who because without you again right I Obviously would not be a would be just a generic basic application. But with each and every constructive criticism, feedback, suggestion, we are able to get to we are able to get to where we are when it comes to artistly that we are using every single day and we want to get to the next level and you are the only one who going to um you know guide me so that I can guide the entire team and we guide the support team and everyone you know uh to kind of get to the application as if it is you just created it for yourself, right? So do not um um you know do not hesitate to uh to share your ideas. I’m okay. You know, you say there’s a bug, just let us know. We’ll fix it. You know, we’re not we ain’t going anywhere. We ain’t uh you know uh ignore going to ignore your every single request goes through. I check all your feedback and everything. That’s why, you know, been uh quiet for a while, but now it’s time to ship all those amazing features and the things cuz, you know, I can see that like what’s what is there and I know you’re going to love this, right? So, again, uh probably next uh meeting we we never know, right? Artistly version six, it’s a massive major upgrade to artistly, even better than version five, version four, all the previous version. and it’s going to get to you. You’re going to get it for absolutely zero cost free, right? But the updates and upgrades you’re going to say you’re going to love it, right? And uh as usual, just keep supporting, keep sharing your feedback and uh I’m more than happy to ship one by one, one by one as you guys share all those features and upgra uh you know uh suggestions, I’m going to try I’m going to prioritize one that makes more sense, that gets more upwards or whatever it is. and going to ship it everything that you ask for so that you never have to go to another tool to get things done. Artistly will be your all-in-one design agent army that gets your uh uh uh you know uh that gets your idea rolling into reality that gets your imagination to reality without having to worry about anything. So uh uh if you have any questions, any doubts, let us know. We’re going to wait for more few more minutes before we kind of wrap up the uh session. And I really appreciate you. I really appreciate Ali coming on this training, sharing the resource document we’re going to share with everyone. And really appreciate you um you know spending your precious time with us till the very end. Really really really appreciate it. So, uh let’s see any questions. Ali, any last words you want to uh comment? You want to share? Uh just make sure you join the u the inner circle, the Facebook group. All right. Wonderful. Allin-one design. Allin-one. So again, artistly is becoming the design agent army. By the way, if you guys um want in, this is the link. Yeah, you can um in case if you are new to the community, you’re not sure oh what is Artistly, what Yash is this talking about, you can go to Artistly, there are two plans. You can pick any one plan. It’s a lifetime brand. Don’t need to pay extra cost. Use it unlimited times. Oh, by the way, yeah, you can create uh thumbnails and we are doing some massive upgrade for thumbnail creation even in the version 6 update cuz I’m I sat there with the you know with the developer and huge shout out to you know uh huge uh shout out again right there are these silent uh as we call them right they don’t get a lot of credits but huge shout out to our entire machine learning team to our artificial intelligent machine learning engineers and our uh uh developer team right uh who actually uh you know builds this cuz you know we all have ideas but we don’t know how to code right they sit there uh fix the bugs fix the thing so huge shout out to them without them they would not I mean you know you’re like I’m just me like you know I take your fe I take your suggestions I take your queries talk to them prioritize them make them understand uh and they do the thing and I just oh by the way yeah you can use secret 10 for the next additional 10% off just in case. Yeah. Uh so just keep sharing your ideas. I’m going to keep shipping them. Thank you so much for everything and uh just make sure you subscribe to the YouTube channel and you’re in the Meta group. You’re in the Facebook group. Yeah. Um next few weeks going to blow your mind away cuz what’s coming right? I can’t share a lot of details here, but yeah, just as the days pass, you’re going to be blown away. Get ready. And with that being said, thank you so much. I will see you in the next training with another golden nugget. I hope you loved it. Uh any questions just let us know in the group support team. I’ll myself will personally go through. And also there’s one another thing. If you have any in specific things you wanted to uh share with me and want to have a personal chat with me, you can you can always message me on Meta on Facebook. You can ask the uh support team that hey, I want to you know have a quick call with Yash cuz I want to have some queries sorted, some suggestions. they will assign that and I I’m more than happy to you know uh get on a quick call and just go over through things cuz my thing is you should not be I mean you should not be stopped or there should not be any obstacle in your way to getting to the next level getting to your results and uh I will do whatever I can to get that uh done and possible so all right thank you so much uh I’ll talk to you soon in the next training till then take care of yourself your family and your health. Thank you so much, Ali. Uh we’ll talk to everyone. All right, next train. Thank you so much, guys. Take care. Bye.

  • Artistly v6.0 New Update Demo – All In One AI Design Tool

    Hello everybody. This is Paula and I have Yash here as well. We are now live. This is Artistly V6. Okay, the sixth version update to Artistly that we’ve made the most exciting update we’ve ever made. Why? Let’s jump in right now. So you see there I have feature two. I’ll talk about the feature number one at the end. So the first thing that we’ve done is we’ve reworked the entire platform to fix all the bugs, the pending issues, stuff like that you’ve been noticing and you’ve been mentioning to us in our Facebook group, customer support desk everywhere. But also we’ve added some brand new features. The first one we can see I’ll talk about them in detail, okay, after Yash will explain them in step by step as well. We’ll answer some questions. But this is just a quick overview of what we’ve added. All right, among other things. So script to story book with multic character consistency is what we brought in to artistly. So what does that mean exactly? Now you can have up to four characters. So one of the things with story books in the past was say for example you wanted to create a story book consistency of the character throughout. Sometimes one or two images like the beard would be gone or let’s say for example the t-shirt color might change. You know that’s a good thing. We fixed that. Of course we’ll show you that as we go along. Secondly you can do multiple characters not just one or two now up to four. Nowhere else can you do this right now. Secondly, the other thing is the quality is also substantially improved. We’ll get to that. Next, we have personalized child hero story books. This is a brand new feature, never existed before. What this effectively means, you see this uh photo of this child here, okay? You can upload any child’s photo, right? And then make them their own lead character in that story. This is my favorite feature in terms of the father, right? I have like now just about a year old baby. And one of the things that I want to do is not have them be in front of devices, right? One of the most frustrating things is trying to get them away from iPads and phones and stuff like that. And I’m sure every parent, grandparent might be having that same thing. We want to make them active, engage their mind. So what I’ve been training my baby is uh basically trying to get him right to actually read books. One of the things that he would always say is I want you dad or mom and me to be in the character. So he just keeps pointing, right? Cuz he can recognize him and the faces of people. So what we did here is that now you can put a photo, upload a photo, and then you can get them in to be the lead character of a story. You can direct the story too. Going to talk about that as we go along as well. The idea here is that once you can do that, you have in my case, what I’ve seen is after we tested this feature in my own household, uh now my baby uh he keeps coming, right? and the son keeps coming and giving me the books can you read this can you read this and that’s the most exciting thing for me as a parent because that means in other words whatever I’m doing is making a real world impact right what we’re doing in artist is actually having a real world impact uh in my household and I’m sure must be the case for everybody so it’s exciting it’s not just something that you can publish on Kindle or uh whatever right Etsy whatever and generate revenue but also impacts lives that’s great for me personally and this is a brand new feature we’ll get to that in just a second and then we’ve also done image to color book conversion. Okay, so what this is is effectively you can turn an image into a coloring outline. We’ve made it much better. It’s like one click now. You don’t have to do any prompting, any of that mumbo jumbo stuff. And you can actually create activity books as well. This is another cool thing that has a lot of value. And we’ll get to the second part. This is for children’s stuff. What about adults? A lot of adults like color adult coloring books as well, right? So we’ve also done adult coloring books. These are a little bit different from kits in that they have more intricate patterns and designs, you know, uh shapes and that sort of thing. And other coloring books is the hottest trend right now in Amazon Kindle and other places because you want to uh basically have people have challenging work. We want to move away from devices and we want to move into a more uh traditional way of having fun and that’s a big trend right now. I know for a fact I’m trying to get away from devices as much as possible myself. And then we’ve also done sketch to 3D rendering. So let’s say you have a sketch which is like blurry or whatever like this or one of interior design work. This is also another thing as well that we’ve done. There are other some other features as well we’ll be getting along as we go along. Uh like we’ve updated the photo restoration feature. Uh we’ve updated the human stylizer feature which is one of the most highly used feature. And also there’s a secret feature. Remember I said feature one? Well, I’ll I’ll close that loop once you finishes the demos of that. Why that is the most exciting feature in terms of the complexity of it that we’ve ever built. Okay, I’m going to get back to that one secret feature for you just to keep things fun here. Okay, you can keep asking any questions you have in the chat box. We’ll do step-by-step overview of every single feature that we have here. Okay, including some unique nuances, some updates we made as well. We’ll talk about as well. So Yash without any further uh delay let’s get rolling and yes we’ll have a replay for this and yes the beauty of this update is that we can now go beyond just focusing on some consistency of character or whatever but now focus on your feature request because we perfected the most challenging things with AI right text uh uh consistency of characters uh like adult coloring books putting four consistent characters quality of the images all these little detail Right? Once you perfect the basics and the foundations, then you can focus on, you know, like for example, I want folder structure. I want this additional uh thing in the application where you know the UI is a bit finicky. Can you change the UI a little bit? Those are what we’re going to be focusing on going forward which is the most exciting thing because you have some stuff that’ll be super super exciting. So yes, I’ll share you share your screen right now and get rolling here. All right. So you can keep sharing uh that thing while I check my mic. Hi everyone. I’m super excited to share every feature I know just like you. I am uh also excited to share all the new updates and everything and we’ll get into your questions right away after I finish the stepby-step version. So I hope I’m audible right? Everything looks good. Awesome. Perfect. All right. So I’m going to just share my screen now. So now let’s look at how you can actually take your script or your story and create it into multiple consistent character story book in just one click. You’re going to love this, right? And I’m always excited about this uh feature honestly. So there are two ways you can do it. I’ll share the first way and then later I’ll show the second way. Right? First way is very simple. You go to design agents. you again right this is a multi character story book we just pushed it with the V6 upgrade you know as a beel uh feature as I already explained by the time this feature would come to you you know it would be already one or one and a half month already but we changed our approach we’re directly giving you all the access instantly for absolutely free uh it’s almost ready right it’s almost perfect but there will be some keys and all that uh some some uh you know some errors or some um you know feedback some some thing that we can fix right so with that we can make it perfect but instead of you waiting for months to get this with this our new approach with this beat instant beta feature launch to everyone everyone loved it though so we started doing it and with this V6 it’s now in your account for absolutely free that allows you to basically convert your script, your story with multiple consistent character. You can go up to two, three characters, right? It’s really, really good. Right? So, check this out. You click on multi character story book. Simple. You click on new story and all you got to do is just paste in your story. That’s it. That’s it. It will automatically think about your uh characters and story line and everything. Choose your dimension. generate the story. That is it guys. That is it. Yes, I know like that sounds too good to be true but finally we cracked that and as I said right it’s supposed to be a beta feature supposed to be supposed to get launched you know uh for example like you know it will take as you can see it will take some time give it some time yeah and then you once you will see all the images now let me just refresh my screen right as I as I was saying right it was supposed to be a video feature because we finally cracked the way to get the characters in perfect, professional, really good quality and consistent throughout the page, right? So, we said, okay, why not to give it to everybody as the beta tag, you know, as the beta feature for absolutely free with this version 6 upgrade. You’re going to love this, right? And let me show you some of the past uh like, you know, the creations, right? So, it it will take like a minute or two cuz there a bunch of these images. But look at this. Look at this. The images the image qualities are now sharper. The style is now more better. And now, not just this, you get the ability to edit the images as well. So you click on the I you click on edit and you can now actually edit this image by just some prompts right. So what it will help you if right as I said right it’s a beta feature right if one or two images that are not that perfect meaning um the shoe color changes or you want to make sure the shoe has that color the jeans has that color you can now fine-tune that and we also show you the page number as well right let’s see how our images like look at this our images are coming sharper right now look at this this is This is the image. This is the script that we just push. Look at the consistency of the character. And this is a perfect example, right? So, let’s say, you know, some images you see glasses when the grandpa is outdoor, when the grandpa is indoor, there no glasses, whatever it is. And you feel to like, yes, I want the glasses across the board. You can do that as well, right? Like look at this. It’s just you get full story, right? Look at that. Ethan and the patient bird house, Mr. Harris. Look at that. Very very cool, right? And then you now this is a perfect example, right? You can now edit these images, right? Like you say like, hey, I want to change the color of the Ethan shirt or I want to change the, you know, uh, the title or I want to change whatever it is. Look at this guys. how cool that is in just one script, multiple consistent character throughout the pages, right? It’s it’s just crazy, right? And now you can convert this into a flip book. How? Well, you come to the personal designs tab. By default, you will be in the all tab. Yeah. What you need to do, you have to come to the specific tab for to get all the the the button, right? So you come to multi- character story book. You click on create flip book. Now when you click on create flip book, there is this uh uh tick box that appears here. Right? So you click on that. You click on create flip book. You can now convert it into any language you want. You can add um you know read aloud narration if you want. You can choose a template. Let’s go with the blank. Now the cover is already ready for you. So you can pick that and then you can again add the back cover as well and generate the flip book. That’s how easy it is. Look at this. I created this story book in like one click with converted my script. How cool that is, right? Check this out. Pretty pretty powerful, right? perfectly consistent character throughout all the pages, right? And let me show you the Sophie one, right? Look at this. Sophie and the old oak tree. Look at this. Look at this. How cool that is. Now the image quality, right? Cuz we did like a lot of research like you know specifically from your feedback, from your request. I want this style, I want that style. the images and the text. Look at those my new text for the storybook images, right? Everything will come perfectly. You see what I’m trying to say? That’s a power. Look at that. Are Ethan and the patient birdous is also ready. Let’s read that out together. Right? I mean, this was not possible uh without all your request, without all your feedback. You said, “Okay, I want this, I want that, I want this.” You know, perfectly did all of this, right? Check check this out. In a small town, okay, there is a thing. It’s exactly going to take your script, right? No additional, no editing to the script. It’s just your script. It apparently it says uh Okay, so I think there are 16 17 pages. Look at that. How cool, isn’t it? Look at that. Keep going. Keep going. Keep going. Keep going. Keep going. Yeah, that is the power you can now. Yeah. download these images as well. Look at this. The honest wood cutter one, right? This you’re going to love this, right? Check this out. Check this out. Yeah. How cool it is. Right now you can actually bring your own stories to life with multiple consistent characters. Look at this and story. I was just like I was so excited. I was like so happy with the results that is coming. It just like you know and I I hope that you know you’re going to love this uh feature and I’m looking forward to see all your amazing creations. The image qualities are now sharper. It’s more depth. It’s perfectly styled. You know uh you will see the difference but when you will actually create it you yourself will see the difference. And I’m just um super excited to see your amazing creations because that is the power right? Like look at that. Look at that. Right. And again we can go on and on but the idea is under AI design agent the beta feature that would take again as I said it would take easily a month or two to kind of fine-tune it make it better and then all that and only release it to a small you know uh small group of people. We decided that okay because you guys love this approach we’re a instant beta feature. That means without you having to wait to get the state-of-the-art feature uh in in artistly, you’re going to get it um instantly. You know, you’re going to get it instantly without waiting for, you know, months or weeks or even, you know, multiple months. And then you can share your feedback in um you know, in comments, in our road map, in our Facebook groups with support and we’re going to make it better from there. Right? So it’s always give you the perfect result. That’s our idea and you guys loved it. So yeah, that’s the thing, right? So that also comes for absolutely free with the version 6 upgrade. So yeah, let’s see. I’m um I’m so excited to see your amazing creations uh with this feature. Uh so you can make sure you join the Meta group. We will link it in the description. Um, and uh I will uh now let’s go to the questions and then we’ll show you the next one. Perfect.

    All right. Right. So, uh, a couple of things real quick uh before we get to the next part of it. So, what are we covering next? First of all, Yashir. Uh, next we are talking about how they can take a real photo of their grandson, you know, grandkid, whatever it is. convert it into the personalized child hero story book with personalization elements with their name your own story. Yeah, with your name with your own story with fully anything everything done. So yeah, that’s what we’re talking. Okay, cool. So little bit about this folks. Okay, we never had this feature before. So what makes this very unique is that think of it this way. Before you you automatically created a script. You paste in the script what we just showed you. And now you could create consistent character stories like a farmer and his turtle, farmer and his sheep. Let’s say for example an engineer and his uh basically like an engineer was trying to build a car on his own and then his child for example learning how to build a car. Let’s assume right now you could do up to four consistent characters and all that. Now with this you can upload a photo of a child right and then make them into uh basically the lead character of that story and maintain that consistency. So that photo gets turned into a 3D style maintains their stylistic choices. Let’s say as you can see in this example the little girl uh his ponytails right so she’s continuing that with flowers in both uh sides of the ponytails right so similarly you see basically where you can control and drive the actions of that character and that sort of thing. Now what makes this very unique is that first of all to be able to do this consistently over 25 30 pages whatever you can do right now in artist is very difficult very challenging because every time AI generates something it kind of hallucinates sometimes right so we fix that secondly what makes this very unique is that number one most successful story books out there and gifted items right now for birthdays and that sort of thing is let’s say for example somebody wants to give something for somebody’s first birthday or 6 months birthday or let’s say whatever it might be. They all want to give something that is fun, right? And what better than the story books themselves having the child, let’s say the aunt, the niece, the uncle, whoever is creating for that person is actually creating them as a lead character of the story. And so this is exciting because I personally buy all the gifts I’ve ever purchased for babies and kids that sort of thing has been something like this printed personalized story books that I can gift and people are willing to spend any amount of money for that because it’s fun. It’s not like a gadget or a toy people throw away after they grow up. This is something that’s a memory, right? That is nostalgic for long periods of time. So that’s the idea behind this and of course this is the start. It’s only going to get better with time in terms of what you can achieve with this feature because we have a lot of other ideas that we want to incorporate with this down the line. I’ll get to that later on in this uh presentation. So, yeah, go ahead. All right. So, I’m going to share my screen now. I’m going to just add this real super excited to show you. Right. So as you probably seen it right is we have created a completely new section called AI storybook studio and their fast AI image designer. Now what that is going to allow you to do is going to blow your mind away as I said. Okay, it’s a beta launch with the V6 upgrade, but we have planned to, you know, to kind of just like right now, you can take an idea and convert it to a story book. We’re going to have script to storybook functionality here as well very soon. But the idea is with this functionality you can turn the picture of your you know uh like let’s say grandson or granddaughter or whatever it is into like a character into a hero of the story book and make them the hero um and create custom u custom story books right you’re going to love this right check this out so you have to come to AI storybook studio you can find it under fast AI image designer as I said you come to IDU story book. You click on create new story. Now you upload the reference photo. Let’s say I’m going to upload a reference photo of let’s say you know this image. You have to mention right it is a human or a cartoon right? So human in here you have to make sure the name. Let’s say for example I’m going to give uh you know let’s say I’m going to give let’s say let me think Jasmine. Okay costume this is very important for consistency right so make sure you are as detailed enough as you as you can see in the example because that’s what your kid or the hero of the story is going to be. Yeah. I’m gonna say white shirt. White shirt with green. I mean I’m just giving you I’m just giving an example, right? White shirt, green jeans and brown shoes. Yeah. Now you can drop in the idea of your story, right? So it’s going to take that finetune it create the story. So she learns the importance. Yeah. of patience something like that. Right now I you can go detailed enough you can go short you can go long. Any idea you have anything that you can imagine you can create. I’m going to do let’s say this is a moral style. I’m going to do let’s say 10 pages. You can go up to 25. We have plans to increasing as we already explained. Now dimensions you can do four is to five you know for the pages or you can go up to 9 by 16 as well but I prefer 4×5 right book cover here let’s say I’m going to say Jasmine adventures and then I’m going to do author as you know for example I’m going to say yes sharma whatever it is or maybe yeah I mean for whatever it is now you’re going to love this Right? It’s going to take the image, right? Convert it into a cartoon and keep it consistent throughout all the pages. First of all, it’s going to create the story. Then it’s going to take your costume direction and it’s going to put that costume, right? And after that, it puts that costume. Uh it is going to uh kind of create the illustration, right, of every page, right? Then it’s going to also create a cover image as well. How powerful is that? It’s one of the most requested thing. And again, right, um, this now eliminates that thing where, oh, the character is not consistent. Oh, I uh my, you know, my thing does not come out good or stuff like that. So we’ll just wait for a few seconds and we’ll automatically um you know um send it uh send me to the personal design with every image created for for me just like this. You have to wait cuz AI is doing the heavy lifting for me behind the scenes and the idea and now in front of you you’re going to see all these images getting generated. So this is a very very powerful feature guys uh specifically for those of you who want to create personalized story book for other parents for yourself want to gift it to your grandson your granddaughter your son your daughter they want to convert u you know themselves as the hero whatever we want. Look at that. How cool is it? Right now, a lot of times what happens, you know, it automatically kind of takes that approach from look at that. Pretty pretty good. Like, you know, it’s basically uh we made sure, right? You always want it in the 3D kind of pixart style. So, it’s really good. And we are adding more functionality for you to I’m going to actually show you that we already added it. Anyways, as you see right few more minutes and every image will come automatically with as I explained white shirt whatever it is it’s going to it’s going to take the reference image as a core idea and then as detailed your costume directions are it’s going to come with that right I guess the story is most probably with the when it comes to I guess related to uh you know um the castle building. But how powerful that is, guys? Right. And then as you can probably see, uh these are the prompts. Yeah, these are all the prompts for each image, you know, and you can there’s one another thing that I I’m super excited about, right, which is the ability that you can edit the image a lot of the times, right? What happens? You can see what pages it is. You can see how many pages are there. There’s a 10th page. There’s a 12th page. There’s a page number zero. I mean, it’s not a page number. It’s probably a cover thing. But anyways, right now, you click on uh AI storybook studio because that’s where you created the story book from to kind convert it into a flip book. Click on create flip book, create the story, and then do all that uh process, right, which is create the flip book. Automatically the flip book title will appear. You can convert it into different style. You can um you not sorry my bad my bad. Convert it into a different language. Select the page template. Create the one you know you can also create the one using AI that suits your story. Front cover back cover if you already created and you can generate the flip book. Now one thing I want to mention here which is very very important right now you’re not just limited to this that’s where I wanted to make sure right you now have the power because you have the prompts right the girl with the short you know everything right you now have the power to take these prompts okay yeah you now have the power to take these prompts and if you want to create separate images, right? But keeping the same style and everything, you can always go to assistant human stylizer, upload that image for example, just so that I show you, right? A lot of times what uh you might need to create a different illustration, right? So let’s say I want to do four to five and I just push this prompt. Yeah. And stylize the image. You are not now limited to anything, right? You want to create unlimited illustrations, you can create unlimited illustrations, right? As many illustrations as you want, right? So that’s the power. Now let me show you one one uh one more time so that you can uh uh see the power of this, right? So again where it is it is in the AI storybook studio. You come to idea your story book. You click on create a new story. You click on it and then look at that. Like that image came out pretty pretty powerful, right? Let’s say I’m gonna do Yeah, we’re just playing. Yeah, I just try with this. It’s funny me just creating this image for me using uh consistent character uh thing. Anyways, we’ll come to that. All right. So, am I human? Yes. Let’s do the human. I want to create story about myself, right? So, this is the story about Yash. All right. What do we want Yash to wear this time? We want a blue sweater. Blue sweater, red jeans, and green shoes. Yeah. Let’s make him Let’s make him colorful. Yeah. Anyways, so story idea. Now, here’s where you know, uh, Yash learns. I mean, I would just say he learns about he learns the lesson learned the lesson of of let’s say what should we say it’s the lessons of patience right because I’m I’m a little bit impatient anyways so all right again that’s all I can think about right now but we’ll just go with this story moral pages for now and just for the for the time being right of the five pages is 4 is to five. Yes, the hero. I mean, you can put any title you want, right? But who is the author? Yes. Is also the author. All right. And generate. Now what it’s going to do it’s going to take all your inputs and will create the story book for you with perfect pages entire story illustrated and boom you know these are five one is probably with the cover image as the page number zero I guess is the cover image it’s very interesting uh but anyways right so we’ll just wait for a few more minutes and once it is done we can um go to the flip books right as I said with following this process one important thing guys right is um a lot of people say like okay I don’t know like I got these images how should I go from creating a PDF or something to you know like a like a digital file or a flip book it’s not appearing wow look at this probably mean when I was a kid any looks pretty good right pretty pretty good. Yes, the hero. Yes, Sharma. Perfect. So, it’s probably it’s probably the story about you know me planting some seed or whatever it is. But yeah, it’s really good idea. The more the detail the story I give, the better it is, right? And now, uh the question that I was answering, right, is um the create flip book button is not appearing yet. What should we do? So very important you need to click on these and um you know these uh tabs to kind of open up the specific images that you created from those specific feature number one and number two is that create flip book option will appear after that. Okay. So click on AI storybook studio create the flip book. Select the story create the flip book I want in English. You can actually add a read aloud narration. You get a bunch of different lifelike realistic voice actors. You get the templates again for the pages how it will appear. I’m going to show you front page. I’m going to get the front page from here. And then I’m going to just create and generate the flip book. Right? And the flip book is going to work something like this. Right? We’ve got that flip book. create Jasmine adventure. Boom. Okay. Actually, I use I use a different images, but yeah, you get the point, right? The flip book will appear something like this. For this flip book, I actually used a different cover, but you get the idea, right? So, that is the power, right? Yash the hero. Let’s see. All right. What’s up, our hero? The boy found a tiny round seed. He carefully planted every hour. He checked the spot hoping to see a sprout. Then he remembered what his grandma always said about good things. One morning a tiny, you know, sprout pro being patient help wonderful things grow. Now let’s talk about personaliz personalization thing, right? Meaning you can come to AI storybook studio. Now the thing is yes I want to have uh my kid’s name there right like a lot of you might be thinking about that right so what you can do again you can come to idea to story book create a new story you can upload the photo choose from library upload it I’m going to go I’m going to pick Yash the hero again human style I’m just going to put Yash right and then I’m going to do this time I’m going going to do pink. Oh, actually I can just Can I Can I use Okay, I’m going to do pink sweater. I’m going to just make something colorful. Yellow jeans, uh, blue shoes. Okay, I’m going to do Y learns about the learns the lesson. Yosh learns the lesson of Yash learns the lesson of patience. I’m just going to keep it same. Yeah. Um yeah, I’m going to create I’m going to do uh more for a time being. I’m do five. Oops, my bad. I’m just going to do that. I’m going to do um I’m going to do dimensions for five. All right. I’m going to do baby Yash. All right. Actually, let’s make Baby Yash the author and let’s make Yash the king. I just anything just funny. Anyways, so uh I’m just going to create it. So the idea is you can uh leave in that idea uh you know. Um let me just check. Um so all right, perfect. Now check this out. It’s going to create the cover as I said. Now it’s going to create the baby Yash with learning the lesson lesson of patience. And again you can the more detail you go into the story book the better it will be and the uh the great the I mean you know the good good results you will get basically what I’m trying to say right more accurate results you will get more personalized result you will get and you know all the thing and you can actually go to that right while this is being generated I want to show you all right okay that’s nice AI story book one second I think. Let me just refresh my screen. I think my internet one second. Oops. Okay, I’m back. Life scenario everything happens. Anyways, idea to story book your story. Yash the king, you know, Yash learns the lesson. Whatever it is, you can generate it. You can basically what I’m trying to what I was trying to say is you can see all your stories, you know, Jasmine, Yash Kingdom, whatever it is. Anyways, let me go back to this. Oh, am I smoking here? Okay, you could you can uh regenerate the design. I mean, always, you know, it looks so funny. Anyways, so uh that’s the idea. Once that regeneration is done, look at that cover, right? Yash the king, baby. Yash. I mean you know uh whatever like you know uh it is it seems like it is always kind of having that story teaching me the level teaching me the importance of patience by just about the related I mean sorry what I’m trying to say is uh with that I guess I am trying to what is Yash doing here? Yash is gently blowing the oh I see I see air looks funny. Anyways, you can always edit it, right? You can edit like Okay, let me just see. Right, change the I mean, you know, you can do anything, right? So, change change the pink. Okay, add the hat. I’m just something, you know, simple. So, you can get these things. Okay, how did I get it? You click on I, you click on edit image, and that’s how you get it, right? So we added is one of the most requested thing like yes I want you know the ability to and I know a lot of things that you guys have requested. We slowly you know pushing all the features shipping all the features as fast as we can right like it added the hat which is pretty nice and the more the detail the more the detail you are with the prompt the better it is. You can add the things and stuff like that. Now if you go to uh again go to AI storybook tab to get the create flip book button. Select the story. Create the flip book. Browse the page. I want to front page. I’m going to get this. And then you can generate the flip book. And that’s how it works, right? Uh yes, the king story is getting generated. And it will create those perfect beautiful uh story with the personalized element with that with your grandson you want to gift. This is perfect for you know and uh this is perfect for what I was trying to say is this is perfect for gifting you know giving a surprise or a bedtime story whatever it is right check this out yes wanted everything right away. Yes, I want everything right away. Right. One sunny morning, he planted a tiny seed. He checked the pot. Yes, felt a little bit frustrated, which I always do when things don’t go according to me. He tried blowing on the bar, hoping to make. After a while, yes decided to play with his toys and said, “Hey, you know, just keeping my energy somewhere else until things gets done. That’s what I recommend. when the app goes under maintenance uh for you guys, you know, you can uh spend some energy somewhere else and the app will be live very soon. Joking. Anyways, days later, Yash looked at his pot and guess a beautiful green sprout, right? So, so again, this is just a basic demonstration of what you can do now. It all depends on your imagination, right? And I’m so excited um uh for this, right? So now I hope you love this so far and I’m super excited to see your creations. Right now let’s come to your questions and then we’ll move to the next thing. Right. Perfect.

    All right. So that was pretty amazing isn’t it? So let me know all the questions before we jump onto the next stepbystep version of the next amazing feature that I’m super excited to share that and we’re going to make sure we write all your questions and then one by one by one uh we’re going to answer that at the end of this uh you know uh presentation. So Paul you want to add something? Yeah. So basically I saw quite a bit of questions. We’ll get to that in just a bit. So the goal here is to focus on features first and then uh what we’re talking about what are we adding in and that sort of thing and some of the questions are related to okay in this feature how do I do this intricate aspect uh for example uh some some other questions which going to get back to as we go along so don’t worry about the questions not being answered we’ll get to that there are like hundreds of people hundreds of comments okay and secondly there’s going to be a replay for this as well as step-by-step training as we announce the features and make it easy for you to review and uh play around with it as well. This is the intro, right? This is the step-by-step demo. So, it’s a couple of times maybe you might have to go through it again. So, cuz it’s on YouTube, you can watch it at any time. But also, we’ll have short sweet step-by-step training in our tutorials page as always. So, that’s not an issue as well. So, now what are we talking about next? Y. So, in terms of the features, all right, so the next thing that we are talking about is, you know, you got all these beautiful creations. A lot of the times you want to actually convert your images into specific style without changing a lot of things without putting a lot of prompts or you know specifically converting your image into a coloring page. How is that possible? We’re going to talk about it right now. So I’m going to share my screen. Uh this is what we’re talking about while he we share our screen and talk about it. So just as a quick uh you know overview of this thing what is this different from prior uh so what update we make here so the main update for you to consider here understand is that it will basically create different outlines and it’s one click okay so it’s more like an activity book if you will okay and before you had to prompt it you got to tell it okay make it into outline image and all that kind of mumbo jumbo stuff it’s very fast now very streamlined one click Easy. Okay. So, yeah, go ahead. All right. Wonderful. So, I’m going to share my screen now and we’ll get this roll. Uh let’s look into this. I hope my screen is visible. So, for that what you have to do is you have to come to AI design assistant. And here you will see a new feature called AI stylizer. Turning your existing image into your desired style. by keeping everything the same. Right? So let’s say let’s actually look into this. Right? Let’s actually look into all the styles. I mean, right? So let’s say I want to read this. Right? Now you have the options. You can convert it to any style you want. Right? Vector, pop art, Snoopy, Gibli, Clay, cartoon, whatever it is. But the specific style that will get you your desired result of converting into a coloring book is the line art. We call that line art. Right? So you need to mention what uh size of. So this is the image 4 is to 5. Right? So if you keep your aspect ratio default then the image that you will get will also match the size of this. But if you want to actually want it in 16 by9, 9 9 by 16 or 1 is to1 we are adding more uh you know uh ratios there basically sizes there then you will get in those right so let’s say default and I do line art and I stylize it well just wait for a few seconds and you will get your image converted into a coloring book right let’s try that again right So, I’m going to go to AI design assistant AI stylizer. Choose from library. This time I’m going to pick let’s say this image. I’m going to keep the aspect ratio the same. And I’m going to show you more styles. Yeah, let’s run this with line art. You can just click on it. It will select it automatically. And just scroll down and you’ll see this button called stylize image. Right now it takes few seconds to convert your image into that style. And look at that. Look at that. How good it is, right? It’s going to create those perfect dark border lines uh you know for your pages. Another thing that I wanted to show you is again if you come to AI stylizer, choose from library. Let’s say I pick this gentleman. And then now if I convert it into let’s say a comic book style I can do that now style. So if you have existing images and if you want let’s say to convert your story book images. Look at this how cool this is right look at this. Perfect for uh coloring uh book page uh use case. Perfect for you know just converting your images into the coloring book style but the name we call it is line art style in this. So again design assistant AI stylizer choose from library. I’m going to pick this gentleman again and let’s do we already did comic. Let’s try origyami style. Right. So, we have a lot of new styles available here that were not and you can always ask for more and we’re going to you know keep adding them based on request. These were look at that. Look at our comic one. Pretty cool, right? So, literally you can take your story book images, right? And convert it into a totally different style that you desire. How cool is that? Right? Let’s say I want to change this um image, right? And I wanted to change it into 3D cartoon style. How will that look like? Right? I just want to show you what are the possibilities here because uh possibilities are just endless. Look at that origami style, right? And I’m going to go assistant stylizer pick from library. I’m going to pick this gentleman again. And this is a like final result like a pixel, you know, your 8 bit pixel style you can convert if you’re specifically trying in that. Oh, by the way, let’s try good old gibbly style, right? And boom. Just as I said, wait for a few seconds and you will get the result. So this is your, you know, your 3D cartoonish style if you were to say, right? So yep, that’s how it works, guys. But mainly I know you’re going to love that line art style specifically for converting your images into perfect for you know uh like let’s say even I turn this gentleman convert to line art stylize perfect for coloring book use case it’s going to it’s going to I would say like you know 10x your productivity when getting your final images to coloring page cuz there’s a lot of editing a lot of things and it’s perfect It does it very perfectly, right? Um, thick borders, you know, perfect black and white uh blend. So, yeah. All right. So, how does that uh sound to you guys? So, let let’s see. Look at that. Pretty cool, right? So, yeah, that’s the thing I want to show you. Now, let’s look into the next one. Yeah. All right. So, that was pretty powerful. Just one thing as you guys you know you guys just started you know started creating all the images. So there is a slight uh issue that you might be facing that is a bug it will be fixed. So all of you might be facing that upgrade. It’s not it’s it’s a free upgrade. Version six is free for everyone but there’s that upgrade thing that we’re going to be uh saw that in the next few minutes. So just wanted to let you know so that you don’t worry about that. All right. So Paul, so while we are doing that, uh, you want to add something? Yeah. So basically, so there’s some questions coming in. We’ll be talking about that as well. There’s a one secret feature. We’ll be getting that closing that loop that I started earlier on in the live uh stream as well. We’ll get into that in just a second. Folks, the main point is that this V6 upgrade is uh free. Okay? So meaning before you add story books, you’re going to get this feature for free as well. before you add access to let’s say multi-consistent character uh books, you’re going to have this one available as well for you. Okay? So, in other words, if you’re already a premium elite unlimited user, you don’t have to buy anything extra. If you already had story books access, you’re going to get this uh these features also. So, don’t worry about that at all. Now, the second thing I want to mention here as well is there’s some specific questions underneath as well. Okay? So, for example, uh something like this one, right? Can I edit specific pages of story books after they have been created? Meaning let’s say you have created 25 pages. Can I edit one of them? Yes, we’re going to be talking about questions like these as well as we go along. Okay. I’m noting down all your questions. I’ll be answering them and we’ll be answering them as well as we go along so that no question is left unanswered today. Okay. Now, uh the next feature. Okay. So, uh we’re going to be talking about and then we’ll kind of close the loop and do some Q&A. Talk about what other cool things we have planned next after this update has been made and stuff like that as well. So, yes, what are we talking about next? Yeah. So, next we’re going to go into uh basically converting your sketches, your raw architectural designs into your, you know, final 3D zenders. And then, yeah, this one exactly we’re going to talk about. It’s very simple, straightforward, uh, one click. And I want to show you that, right? Uh, so I’m going to share my screen. Awesome. Um screen vis be visible right can you add my screen Paul to screen awesome yeah there was that thing as we are slowly rolling out all the updates you know a lot of the times what happens is uh the v6 you you know it’s it should be in your accounts and even if it is not just wait for next 24 hours and it will be in your accounts for absolutely free no upgrades nothing to pay nothing nothing to buy all right anyways Now what I’m talking about is inside design assistant. Now what it is is basically this feature called sketch to 3D render. And probably those of you are in interior design real estate you’re going to love this thing right. So what you can do if I can show you right you can take raw sketches. Yeah, raw sketches of any design like anything that someone made, right? And you can actually convert it into the realistic 3D render. Yeah, it’s very very powerful. Um you know and I want to show you how does that look like because you know a lot of you guys also you know as uh uh as we talking about this I want to mention another thing which is the photo restoration thing which we didn’t mention in the thing but we also upgraded that. Now what that is very powerful okay go to AI design assistant again just like sketch to 3D render we have a one-click photo restoration feature meaning you come to design assistant you go to photo restoration you click on choose from library yeah you click on upload it if you have uploaded anything let’s say I’ve already uploaded this and it’s just going to restore the photo that’s it that’s it going to come out like this. Yeah. Yeah. So, so quick thing on this, the biggest requested feature on this front was, “Hey, look, you’re asking me to put a prompt 1970s vintage style blah blah blah to uh keep the aesthetics, the ambiance of that photo, the stylistic characters, right?” Cuz back in the day, they used to use Kodak cameras to shoot these. So, it’s not like the DSLR type of lighting uh that we have since let’s say the last maybe 15, 10 years. So, somebody shot in 1980s, 1960s, 1940s. It’s a different style of artistic choices. So, we’ve automated that. One of the complaints that we got and only one person complained about this uh and it really um you know something kind of charged me up to kind of fix this was hey look my father was 70 years old. He wanted to restore a photo of my mother right who passed away. So he came into artistly he bought it only for that reason. He uploaded the photo and he got stuck because he doesn’t know what prompt to put and it hurt me because obviously it’s something that we want to make it simplified. See what happens is with these features we we put it where we are more thinking in the technical terms where we think okay if somebody wants prompting they want more customization but it ends up hurting uh the everyday people to make it easier right they made more easier no need for you to prompt you upload a photo it automatically detect what type of photo what aesthetic style what era it’s from and automatically colorizes it makes it restores that photo okay in different dimensions and styles and stuff like that which is super fun and it’s something anybody can use Okay, which uh and it’s super fast, too, as you can see. So, it’s it’s really really fun and awesome. See this one right here? This is probably from the early 1900s, you know, this type of uh topography and stylistic choices and stuff. So, you get the idea. Okay, AI will automatically detect and fix it. You don’t have to worry about like it uh you know tricking it prompting and stuff. Okay, big pet peeve of mine personally as well cuz if I want to give it to my grandfather, my father, my uncles and these are the folks who have no clue about AI, I mean this is how they would want it. Okay, mistake made, mistake fixed. Okay, just want to be clear on it. All right, so uh what’s next now? Okay, what we want to talk about next? Next is the bonus feature. Time to reveal that. Okay, perfect. Remember I told you feature number one is uh hidden. So, let’s talk about that. Okay, we’re going to come back uh full circle and talk about that one feature. Okay, and there’s a reason why we held back on this feature and I kind of want to explain that uh as well because it needs a little bit of explanation. That’s why I held it to the end. Okay, which is this one perfect text and images. Okay, now this is a brand new feature we’ve added in. Now, the only way you can get access to it is in artist. No other application can do it because it’s an internal thing that we developed. Took a lot of headaches to get this through to get it uh made. And what this does is you never have to worry about how long the text is and more importantly it can adhere to the prompts and other aspects as well. Now for this feature, okay, we went crazy. Okay, I went crazy you could say. So what we did is we are still fine-tuning this feature to make it fast but we tried to get it to work as quickly as possible and make it uh you know as high quality as possible and we were not able to get it to work with our uh the cheapest servers let’s say okay we had to make it work with the next generation Nvidia uh what’s called the black wall B200 servers these are the most expensive servers in the market okay today and we thought okay should we release this feature or should we hold back for another month or whatever until we make it, you know, fine-tune and make it work uh for with the cheaper slash, you know, uh AI servers. And I thought, okay, let’s just give the best feature right now so that we can confidently say artistic today is the best AI design tool bar none. Okay, when it comes to perfect text, consistency of characters and all that, whether you compare it with a Chad GPT, Gemini or whatever, whatever. Okay, so what is this feature exactly? So let me bring my screen up here and I’ll kind of show you in a nutshell what this does and stuff like that. Okay. So uh first of all um let me actually kind of uh bring across where it is located and what you need to do to get access to it. Okay. So first of all uh what it does in a nutshell. Okay. What it does if I bring up my screen here I’ll bring it up for you folks. Actually let me do it this way. One sec. I’ll put this one here and then I’ll bring it up here. Okay cool. So what this will do is will generate entire design elements like this. You see this our entire thumbnail, right? Like we showed you earlier today. It can create neon style images like this. Create perfect long paragraphs of text using new artist TV6 beta feature. This is a test, right? And you see this the stylistic elements, perfect long text. Okay, it can create stuff like this. Can create entire thumbnail. So you can come in and edit it. Like if I click the edit button, it’s going to open up the artistly editor. You see? And you can edit stuff. You can do anything. You see this how the text elements like you have the perfect text element here. You have all these like any amount of text you desire will be added in perfectly. Okay. This is how what the feature does. Okay. Now what’s happening? Okay. And we need a favor from you to get access to it today. Okay. Again for free. It doesn’t take you more than a couple of minutes. Okay. So what we’ve been getting is that a feature like this we have to run the most expensive enterprise AI servers right now. It costs like what for one server. Okay. cost about $50 an hour right now. Okay, we’re spending that kind of money. Ridiculous. But I thought why don’t we try it out and we can’t give it to everybody today today. But we will release it to everybody in a couple of weeks. Okay, to all the users. But if you want access to it right now, all you have to do, okay, is you will go, you’ll see, okay, in your account, okay, if you go to artistry right now, you go into uh let’s scroll up a bit. If you go into AI image designer v6 on the top, you’re going to see a feature that looks something like this. perfect text in image designer. Okay, this one right here. So when you click on that one, okay, uh see for me it shows up for you. It’ll say, hey, can you um you know, it’s it’s a locked feature. That’s what some of the comments were coming in. Hey, I can’t go in. I can use that feature right now. So what this is basically is you can put any type of prompt, whatever length of text doesn’t really matter, and it will perfectly create that text regardless of how big that text is. All you have to do, okay, and this is the favor we need from you. Again, you can wait for a couple of weeks once we finetune it, make it work with like uh our other server systems and and that sort of thing. Right now, we’re just throwing the best like what we would internally do uh where we just throw a whole bunch of uh servers at it is uh we’ve been getting attacked like crazy unfortunately. I hate to do it to be very honest with you. It’s not something that’s something that uh is fun, but we getting attacked with all these subscription companies. Most of them located overseas. uh you might I don’t want to name them but you get the idea most of them are located overseas and then what they will say is like well artistly is a onetime payment tool correct done six version updates so what happened recently if you look at the facts right now what did what happened recently what happened recently is Chad GPT introduced a $200 a month pro plan right which was basically okay you want more high-end features more newer models you’re going to have to pay $200 a month then what happened Google introduced for V3 uh something called Google AI Ultra, which is $295 a month. Correct? So then what happened? All these overseas companies, right? They started saying, “Okay, you want the premium feature. Now there’s a new tier, right? Pay $200 a month or whatever it might be. Let’s say it was $20 a month before. Now they say $99 a month or $200 a month or whatever. And when we started giving updates to Artistly, right, where we gave away free updates, we’ve been getting attacked. So for example, like we are number one rated in Trust uh Trust Pilot. everywhere uh for a long period of time and also on Capterra and on software advisor and on the other platform somebody miraculously creates another artistryly page right and then starts posting all kinds of reviews right and the sad part about this actually is that we can’t even change it we can’t even claim it because they created as a subdomain right I’ll show you that you can go check it out anyway the point is that now what happens is that when we’re trying to grow right the only way we can develop these features is more customers end up giving word of mouth and you know basically talking about artistly and recommending it to your friends and family and that sort of thing because just so you understand just the story books feature right like if you go into AI storybook studio right uh and it’s 30 pages long right you’re trying to create a a story book here as you can see and you’re going to go to your stories or you want to go into reference folder and upload it and you’re creating this max 25 pages and let’s say tomorrow we want to do 50 pages 100 pages that’s the idea with these updates what happens 100 servers have to launch where Each image has to generate in one server. Let’s say it takes 10 seconds. We’re not skimping on the server stuff. Our margins are so thin. We don’t care. We make maybe 5% 8% margins. I don’t care because we want to give the best quality. So somebody who wants to upgrade to a $200 plan in one of these overseas platforms. It kills them, right? The business model completely because here we are saying, okay, you purchased RTC 2 years ago. You’re still getting this this feature for free. You don’t have to upgrade to another level or whatever. Whatever you purchased even a couple years ago, you’re getting it. So you’re getting it that. So all we request if possible. Again, it’s optional. If you want to wait for a couple of weeks for this AI text image generation feature once we optimize it or whatever, it’s okay. No worries. But if you want it now, so maybe in the next 1 hour or whatever, just please go here to artist.ai/re. You’re going to go to a page that looks something like this. I’ll actually go in there right now. Um artist.ai/ Twitter, sorry. Right. And then it’s going to say, okay, these are the features we want to unlock, right? and then perfect long text uh in images. And then you see here you’re going to get access to our affiliate program as well. So we’re going to give priority access to uh because in the story uh in the flip books feature you can put your affiliate link. We’ll talk about that in just a second. So other people if they come to your flip book and watch it they can actually buy Artist and you’re going to get compensated for a commission. Okay? Uh because uh you’re referring customers potentially to Artistly and it’s a popular application. So it’s very easy to make sales. So anyway, you come in and you post a review to Artistly on this link, right? And then you click on this here and then you can leave it. If you have left a review in the past for us, please do it here because somebody just created this weird page. We can’t even claim. We can’t do anything cuz it’s some subdomain, right? And um uh right here. Okay, I’ll show you real quick so you understand. See this? It’s basically like um uh a subdomain called app.artistly. You see this? It goes to our app link. We can’t claim it cuz it goes to our app link. You understand what I’m saying? So you can’t even claim it. That’s the problem. Okay, get the point. Anyway, so you go to that link, artist/re. It takes you two minutes. You leave us um a support email, contact, whatever here, and we’ll be happy to give you access to this. Now, I want to show you what’s unique about this feature. Let’s slow this down. What’s unique about this feature? So, if you go into chat GPD right now, and I put a a prompt like this, right? Uh AI will generate that prompt, too, by the way. And then we’ll say, create a perfect long paragraph of text using artistly new V6 beta feature. Right? Look at this chat JPD what it does. Makes mistakes. See, instead of using it, uses the word n. You see, and this is the problem with text. It’s never perfect the very first time. You got to create it multiple times. What the problem is in cases like Chad, even if you’re just paying $20 a month, whatever you pay, you got to generate multiple times and it takes like one minute to generate that one image. Now, imagine we want to put this feature in tomorrow in the storybooks thing. And if chachi with billions of dollars worth of resources is unable to do this properly, you see where the problem comes for us as well, right? As we’ve been getting attacked online and all these other places and uh by competitors obviously because obviously you can’t even do anything about it these days unfortunately. Anyway, so the idea is that even even makes these mistakes because text rendering requires really really powerful server. So what they’re really compensating for is let’s say they’ll say generate it four times. One time might be good. Okay. And the risk factor with that is you got to wait 1 minute 1 minute like 4 minutes to get one good uh image. Right now if we want to then generate the same concept into the story books feature where 25 pages have to be done. We can’t take that chance right because at the end of the day it’s going to take a lot more time, energy, resources uh on your end to keep correcting it. So that is the reason why I highly recommend you to get that. It will be greatly uh helpful for us. It’s optional. Again, you want to wait for about 10 days or so while we can fine-tune this because right now what we’re really doing uh is uh we’re just throwing a bunch of uh um like tons of like these servers, right? Um and and the problem with these types of servers is they’re super expensive. I’ll show you actually if I can pull up this one right now real quick. Um so I’ll show you. Okay. uh like these are like the uh I’ll show you uh yeah so the you see this one right here this is the type of servers we’re getting right P6 B200 high performance blah blah blah right so what these are like these are the next generation um if you will uh Nvidia B200 servers so what these are they look something like this if I can hopefully show you uh what’s B2 Nvidia right they look like these like they’re like they look like some refrigerator systems like these that Amazon hosts. Now you look at this right now cost $113 a hour an hour. Okay, just so for reference point you understand uh cuz these require that this this Nvidia B200 thing. The only way we can make it work within about 15 seconds or so to generate is this right now for perfect text. What we want to ideally do is get it down to a smaller more less expensive server right now. Uh but unfortunately our our team is still working on it. It’s going to take us a couple of weeks to mainly talk with the folks over at Amazon and all this other stuff to see if they can their engineers also can help us a little bit to speed up the things and they’ve been very cooperating uh the folks over at Amazon, Google and some of the other platforms as well. That’s great. But anyway, the point is that we want to remove this and make it into something more like cheaper, right? So, one of the cheaper instances that uh we can utilize for something like this could be I’ll show you hopefully it works that is uh so you can use something called the G5 instance types. Okay. Um hopefully that if I can sort it out but a little bit more cheaper by the way. Okay. Um I’ll show you. Yeah. So if you go to G5 instance types you can uh here. Sorry. G5. Yeah. These ones little bit more cheaper like at about $4 an hour. As you can see some of these are a little bit more cheaper. So we are hoping that if we can get it down to this it’ll be like obviously 100x cheaper right. So unfortunately the problem with these is like this video memory for this one is too low. You see it’s 24 gigs. Not enough. uh you need these uh massive massive servers. So we are hoping that with this you can understand that you’re willing to spend any amount of money to get the best stuff out there whether it’s images, videos or whatever the case might be. Okay. So again just hate doing it personally. I was telling to Josh as well before call I not comfortable doing this. Uh it’s just not what we want to do with our customers. But you got to understand we are the last let me repeat that again. last remaining company which is doing lifetime one-time payment type of deals right now for AI applications. I can tell you that with confidence. Anybody who’s ever purchased any anything online where somebody claims an AI tool is lifetime suddenly says use your Chad GPT key to make it work or use your Google Gemini key or bring your own key and API stuff to make it work. Right? Or they’ll be like oh sorry we cannot sustain it and the costs are too much. Go buy this premium tier. Right? You’ve seen that as I told you already and that’s happening quite a bit. The only way we can sustain long-term is word of mouth, right? Like with the value we’re providing and stuff. You folks share it with other folks. Like for example, I have my own family members, right, and friends and people I meet in birthday parties and stuff. They’re like, I saw that story book your child bought to daycare, right? Uh bought and I was blown away. How did you do it? And I can proudly say we used our Disney to do it, right? And that’s how we’re growing the platform. That’s how we’re growing our our network and and that’s how we’re able to sustain things because word of mouth means we get the customer for free a big platform where spend billions of dollars right or uh for branding and and all these other things okay so when I am asking for it again it’s optional no force nothing up to you you go there if you can leave it that’s great let us team will give you today the access to the perfect text feature we’re planning on also adding 4x the options but what we feel it’s useless because it’s perfect the very first time so what we will actually do is incorporate this feature into the story books and other areas as well where multiple images help to be created at once uh down the line. Okay. Now again just want to stress this point. It’s optional but it would greatly appreciate it. It’ll help us actually sustain long term as well uh through word of mouth and all that. We’re just getting attacked because we are the last one left unfortunately. Then what happens? Everybody wants that one guy to go down so they can raise prizes, right? Obviously like like if you look at any platform out there when they bring the latest feature like that storybooks feature we brought into artistically we could have made it in a new product we didn’t. What did we do? Gave it away for free right? Uh when we brought in like this perfect text we could have made it into a brochure perfect text uh ad maker and made it into a different product. We didn’t we gave it to you right? So realistically u the only ways to word of mouth they can keep growing and our Facebook group and our community is already almost 70,000 plus long. uh this YouTube channel you know we just for fun we started putting these trainings 35,000 subscribers right now would you believe it all of them are our customers just so you understand we are not getting YouTube subscribers who are people uh were like somebody who just saw a viral video all of it is just live training if you go check out our YouTube channel as well that shows whatever we’re doing is taking time snail pace but it’s working right so just wanted to tell you that okay I mean you can let me in the chat box if that’s a fair ask okay if it’s not too no worries please give us about a couple of weeks to get Amazon guys and these other guys we’re working with servers to kind of work with us to basically do some small fine-tuning so that we can make it work across you know all u all the tens of thousands of users that we have you have to understand it’s not like an easy roll out right uh just so you understand and u I can go into detail on why for example Chad GPT right what did Chad GPT do for version 5 they made it automatic right so let’s say you ask a question it’s either thinking or answering quickly why Did they do that because they want to save server costs because they want to make sure that 90% of the things go through the lower uh model and then 10% of the requests go to the higher uh consumption model. We not doing anything like that if you see we’re just saying okay whatever is the best quality let’s release it we don’t care right whatever the cost might be. So just trying to explain how the marketplace is uh working okay and um so just so you understand we want to convert it into this uh in my screen I’ll show you I can pull it up. Yeah. So with this, which is about $160 or whatever, we want to make it work with this uh right now, but we can’t. It’s going to take us a couple of weeks to be able to do that for the perfect text feature. So that right now, what’s happening is if you go in here, we’re actually paying this P6 server type, which is ridiculous. Uh sorry, here uh which is like 100 bucks an uh an hour. We can only handle so many users with this, right? But I want you to test it. See for yourself how high quality that text uh is. and you’ll see for yourself how we’re going as spend any amount of money to get the result kind of thing okay because we have our own unlike other people just so we are clear we’re own machine learning AI engineers in house so what does that mean exactly one of the most common questions that come in I’ve seen it all over the online people who don’t know us right they keep asking us this question okay look if you look here okay you’re saying perfect text and images only right now the platform which can do maybe let’s say let’s give some names here I be uh maybe uh Google or Chad GPD might be the three choices people might say right legitimately other platforms might suffer here they don’t care well we did that perfect now okay we don’t care how muchever it costs our engineers are internally making it work you understand to make it work across unlimited usage any hundreds of images we can generate that kind of stuff we’re talking about secondly look at the scripted storybook thing nobody in the industry is able to do it the closest we’ve seen is uh one of the big fortune 500 companies tried it and they stopped at 10 pages, okay? With narration. Why? Costs a lot of money, right? Being able to generate text to speech, being able to generate like 30 pages at once. Tomorrow, we are the only company, I can assure you, okay, I know the inside and out of the industry, right? Who can actually do 50 100 pages. I know a lot of you folks want it. The only way we can get there is two ways. One, we got to fix the foundational stuff first, right? Meaning consistency has to be good for 20 pages to make it good for 50 cuz the challenges increase right when it’s good for 50 we can do it for 100 you know and one of the questions that came in was can I do images where it’s graphic novels right like let’s say for example instead of cartoon can I make it realistic let us fix the cartoon make it perfect before we move to realistic so it’s not an experimental feature but something that we can make it perfect you see so what I’m trying to get at is that problem solving requires your feedback of course but also we need couple of things from you. We don’t want any money obviously, but help us out, reach people uh in the long run, you know, get get the word of mouth through. Okay? It’s not easy these days where these companies are raising like hundreds of millions of dollars in venture capital money because of the hype. They’ll get they’ll be gone in a year. And you know what? They don’t have a Facebook group community. They don’t have us. You know, a real person you can blame. Like, hey, Paul, you know, I didn’t like that feature. I’m trying to chase you like in the Facebook group. You’re not responding. I will be there to check your response. Right? These companies are nameless, faceless. Half of them are like overseas. Half of them are too big to even bother answering a question. We’re seeing your comments here. We’re answering. We’re checking them out. Which company does that, right? Nobody does it anymore. Uh as they become bigger, it’s more harder to I can understand, but you cannot lose sight of your roots, right? So anyway, so hope that is clear. Okay. In terms of that one feature, just to repeat again, just this one feature right now, perfect text and images. If you want access to it, you go to that link or biscuit.ai/review. Okay? You just follow the instructions there and then you email our support team. We’ll enable that in the next couple of hours or so, but definitely by tomorrow if our team is just, you know, depending on when you mention like it’s it’s a midnight obviously we can uh do that right away. But you get the point. We have teams uh our support team work 7 days a week as well. Okay, that’s a fair ask. Do it. No pressure. If not, just wait for like a uh 14 days so we can make it uh possible. And this is the reason why we added that new feature as well which was the beta stuff. Okay, which was another thing we’ve done recently if you if you recall. So in artistly if you go right now okay I’ll show you uh if I can pull up my screen uh yeah uh let me let me actually do that right now. Okay, cool. You see this right now? You know, just if you go into say AI design um you know agents for example, you’ll see these features with the name beta. You see this beta consistent character story book, beta multi character story book, right? So what is different now is I’m willing to throw any amount of money. Our team is willing to throw Sid, me, Yash, we all willing to throw any amount of money at the infrastructure, okay, to make sure we give you the best stuff. Okay. But in order to give you the best stuff, there’s only two ways. Either we beta test it, meaning for like a couple of months, release it to small number of people. They will tell us what the issues are, blah blah blah. Then we release it. And sometimes what happens is that we find out that when we released it that we can’t handle tens of thousands of users, which artist has. It’s a fair point. A lot of people ask us how can you sustain this stuff? Uh we have existing users about 2 years ago. How can you sustain? Well, the best way is first we do beta testing. we fine-tune it so that we can handle it at a cheaper servers uh with deals we’ve signed with some of these big cloud providers many years ago before the chat GPT hype right so I’m willing to do that right so then the second way is we just release it with the most expensive stuff out there that we can do meaning somebody in our engineering team said okay I figured it out the only problem Paul is I can only handle 100 users right now or if you want thousands of users it’s going to cost you more money you’re going to have to go launch a bunch of servers on all these cloud providers, these AI servers are very expensive. What do you want to do? We’ be a little bit afraid. But now we have a community, we have folks like you encouraging us and to do more uh be better, right? Obviously improve more. The only way is we just give it to you. We’ll spend the money, right? But with your feedback, we’ll improve it. You understand? That’s better to I feel where it’s a little bit rougher on the edges, right? Uh and then with your feedback, we can either make it into a new feature or update the existing feature. Okay? That’s exactly what we did. If you look at it here uh that I want to talk about is this AI storybook studio, right? So one of the things that people always wanted to ask is hey look if I want to upload my own photo and drive the story where the child is the um character and the lead character whatever then we will make it into a new category new feature. One of the questions that came in, I believe it was uh I can’t remember who asked it, but the question was, “Can I make my pet, my puppy or my cat or whoever, right? A pet turtle into the character.” Not yet. But this is the building block, right? Because we gave the beta to you. Now, based on your feedback, we’ll just make it into a new option right here. We’ll say we make a pet character into the story. If we rush it where, let’s say, for example, before we’d be like, “Okay, let’s reuse it.” And then people are like, “Well, you say it works for pets. It’s only working best for these things. That’s not a good idea, obviously.” So, we beta test it for a couple of months uh with a bunch of users. And then we release it too long. Things keep changing. So, instead, we’ll just release it as a beta feature. We’ll make a feature called pets being the story, the lead character of the story. Done. Right? You can test it. Let us know if it’s good. You can upload your different puppy breeds, Labrador, Golden Retriever, whatever. And if it’s not working with golden retriever or puppy uh whatever, let us know. We’ll fix it. Right? So that’s the idea here. It’s rougher on the edges, but these beta features will be ready to go for you. Okay? Step one, that’s one thing we’ve done. The second thing we’re also doing uh which I believe will be the most valuable thing we’ve ever done uh for artist in particular is uh I kind of let me let me actually share it here and move this around so you can actually see what I’m trying to explain in more greater uh detail here. and then I’ll be answering all your questions as well. Don’t worry, real quick. Okay, so uh let me actually share my screen here real quick. And then I just uh want to add while Paul is showing the screen is two things. Yes, that is a link. A lot of people are getting confused that do we need to go to that link that shows 2.5 rating? Yes, that is the link. That is the place where you need to drop the review. Yes, you’re correct. Second thing is this bonus feature. We specifically opened it for everyone regardless if you’re a commercial $49 commercial one. You bought let’s say the unlimited pen doesn’t matter. We want to give the power of something as powerful as this in your hands. Okay? And that’s why I wanted to just say okay even if you bought the commercialized you still one perfect text right now as good as any other platform. You can use it. So in other words, if you just bought that $49 or whatever plan and you bought it even 2 years ago, you can come to AI image designer uh and let me have to share my screen right now and then um you will see it’s right under AI image designer under the fast designer perfect text image designer. Okay, the idea is like I mentioned can go crazy with this thing. You can do thumbnails, right? You can put like a scroll, right? Like let’s say ancient Bible scroll where like you want to write the whole text. It can do stuff like that crazy things. And the beauty here is that we’re gonna uh once we can optimize this thing, we’re going to implement it everywhere. Okay, this is the early stages of that thing. And the problem is as I said, it’s going to take us some time. And imagine it’s now 100 times more expensive. Even if we make it 10 times the cost and then now we start putting it in story books and these other areas where people are generating hundreds of hundreds of images, still cost us a lot of money, right? But I don’t care at this point because the idea is that we want usability. We don’t want a scenario where people say, and that’s the key thing, right? You want to be able to say well artist is good it’s cheap it’s one time and I can generate unlimited images but thing is this other platform chpt is better or google is better right well maybe today they might be better okay but it doesn’t mean next week they are right you know what I mean and the beauty is with the amount of resources we have now we can confidently say we can compete with these big companies I can say that with no fear uh before I would be well chd billion dollar company they’re putting a lot of resources because what they lack that we have is usability, right? Let’s say for example, we’re actually publishing stuff like pet portraits, right? The pet portrait feature. Like you see here, you see this pet stylizer feature right now. This one right here, this one right here. Well, this feature was coming out of feature request from you folks. A lot of people are like in Etsy, I want to publish pet portraits. So, I want to upload any pet, right? Whether it’s mine or some customers, I want to be able to make that pet into a portrait. Well, we’ve created that feature. A chat GPT with thousands of people working may ain’t going to be that focused on customer feedback that there are a lot of other problems to solve, right? They’re looking at the bigger picture, the big stuff, right? So, we’re looking at the actual real case scenario, real problem solving here. And that makes us confident that in the future, we’ll be in good hands. You know, uh the the idea that I mean by good hands, meaning as long as we solve the problems for you folks, the more likely it is that we can uh get things rolling. Like one of the biggest features for example was like this has a seamless patterns feature been updated to make it more perfect. This is one of the requests made by our advanced users. Okay. Uh the idea with this one was hey look you know I want to make the seamless patterns go perfect. U so meaning when I want to create a pattern it it’s consistency throughout. Right. So yes uh this is the one right we fix this one. Yeah, I just want to say that is as we are fine-tuning that features a lot of you guys have specific uh styles that you want seamless pattern. So just give us some couple of more days you know as we already working it will that perfect feature will be in your account you know cuz I got to test with watercolor style I got to test with you know we have so many different right right like your ink ink pattern you know your can say basic pastel style so I’m making sure that regardless whatever style it is it’s not perfect yet you know I just want to say that so that not Everyone say like it’s not perfect. It is going to be an upgrade that you’re going to get it for absolutely free with V6. But we want to make sure that it works perfectly. So I’m my I myself testing it, sitting with the developer, sitting with the ML team, making sure, hey, it’s it’s it’s failing here. Fix it. Hey, it’s failing there. Fix it. I’m going to update it in that category. And in just one click, it will be updated uh this here. So I don’t know when you’re watching it. So for those of you watching it live, I just want to say that it is not yet perfected for specific styles if you’re asking for and it requires specific prompting just like how we figured out the photo restoration feature where it is click upload and done. I’m going to make that seamless pattern coming through seamless pattern work. That means you just upload, you give it a prompt, it automatically works, enhances it with perfect uh prompt, right? and it’s going to give you the best result. The example I want to show you Paul can you show the AI image design uh the perfect text in image design I want to show that very important you know so what happens is if you can you type something let’s say any random thing I want to I want to say something yeah so that enhanced prompt yeah so we sit there right sit there with the machine learning engineers and the devs hey this needs to be enabled basically no matter how because you know I get your I get your issue right I’m like that right we’re not perfect, right? We’re not perfect with conveying our idea into a prompt, right? Like I want to create a poster with this, but I’m not good enough, right? I’m not good at writing prompts and sometimes AI also, you know, not get my idea. But this thing, this enhanced prompting thing automatically on, I recommend that because we made sure that no matter what type of prompt you give, what type of idea you give, it is always going to give you the perfect results. And that’s exactly what I wanted to do for seamless patterns. So that no matter what kind of prompt you put, no matter what kind of style you choose, it will always be seamless. I’m checking with those seamless pattern checker and I’ll make sure I’m going to update it in our meta community our Facebook community Facebook group we have over more than 70,000 members over there if you’re not if you haven’t joined it please join it and also Paul I just want I just want to show that as well on the top right side there’s an updates every time a new cuz I didn’t get a time today otherwise you know probably tomorrow I’ll add all the updates there’s a latest updates every update so yeah if you open in your every update will be you know will be visible basically you know every update uh right now yeah every update that we make will be visible there so you’re not like you’re not sure okay how does this work I myself because I developed them with the you know um with your feedback with the help of developers machine learning engineer with our entire team and your feedback made it possible so I I share those quick looms so that you can understand it what this feature does and use it for yourself. Use it to get the perfect results and I’m always listening to right in the meta community always there. I know what things to be worked on, right? Uh there there’s a whole pipeline that I’m working on. Can’t reveal that, you know, because it’s so exciting. What you just saw is just the tip of the iceberg that what Paul will share shortly. But anyways, the idea is uh that the idea is to take your feedback, prioritize them based on the votes and based on the uh based on the number of requests that we get and kind of ship it to you every single day, every single week, some new feature, not just this, you know, all the applications that you have of ours, right? every single day something new, something better to get you to the result that you want in the fastest way possible without you having to break your head and you know trying 100 different times, right? So that’s our goal again, right? So just wanted to add uh that thing. So Paul Yeah. Yeah. Just uh just made a note and latest updates will always be posted here. So you can always keep checking there with a quick tutorial. Okay. Because one of the things is like I don’t have time to go check the road map. I don’t have time to go check the Facebook group. Sometimes I can just want to quickly go check what’s happening can check there almost daily we keep posting updates here what new stuff you’re adding in and stuff and one thing is like you know it says uh 6.0 I want to kind of talk about that right now okay so what we did the major update for uh version uh 6.0 over here is we’ve perfected the fundamental features. Okay, what does that mean? In other words, fundamental features. So what we really mean is that text is perfect now, right? So text we perfected. What we perfect consistency, right? In in as as mentioned, we obviously are going to perfect, right? Um the seamless patterns because we got to account for all kinds of use cases and different types of patterns and stuff like you mentioned which we’re going to do in a couple of days and uh or so. All right. So now that’s the other one, right? So we going to basically release it when we’re totally happy and we can announce that soon as well. The next thing uh we’ve also done which was a pet peeve of ours was like well I generated 25 images let’s say with the story books right I want to edit one of the ones which is not that good let’s say okay how do I do that so we’ve done that too like if you go into uh like personal designs uh of any one of your uh creations right like if you did a story book where where we’ve given you the option under the preview let’s say uh let’s say script to story books, get story books, whatever. Like, let’s say this was the one. Now, you can edit it. Okay? So, you can go to preview. You see how it says edit image was a big question people ask, right? So, now you can edit it. Let’s say for example, like this is a perfect example. So, the grandpa here in this image doesn’t have a beard, right? So, now you can edit that image and you can say add a beard to the grandpa, right? You know what I mean? So, you can make that change. So you can say um add a beard to the uh grand uh character or something like that, right? And then now you can submit it. What it’s going to do is it’s going to only going to edit that design. Now you see just that design. So because see here he had a beard here he doesn’t have a beard let’s say. So we want to edit that image and add a beard exactly for that image. So now you can don’t have to generate the 25 images or whatever again to get the result you want. Right. a big big thing right like people were asking us that question like uh there so you see this it’s it’s black beard now obviously you can edit it uh add a white beard to the grandpa right you can keep changing it and then until you’re happy you can do this uh obviously right and you can play around with it this is the same thing with colors uh let’s say uh they have a hat on once and they don’t have a hat otherwise and stuff we fix this stuff 99% of the time but you know they always be those cases where out of tens of thousands of users a few of them it doesn’t come perfect whatever right it doesn’t matter let’s say the uh the elephant here instead of wearing red it’s wearing like I don’t know some green thing or something you can keep switching it through that edit image now okay generate all 25 it’s actually good for us too because we don’t want you to generate 25 images cuz one image is bad right it’s going to save us a lot of uh server resources and uh time right to be able to generate uh these images perfectly that you want so we’ve done this as well why am I sharing this aspect to you? Well, it’s because W6 the fundamentals have been fixed now. So, stuff like this we can focus on. Okay. So, let me repeat that again. In V6, what we did is we fixed and perfected the fundamentals, the basics, right? Uh that is what we did, right? So, in V6, we fixed it. So, what does that mean? In other words, we can focus on seamless patterns. Next, instead of breaking our head saying majority of the users, 99% of users will get impacted if text is not perfect. Let’s say big paragraphs of text or hey look consistency when people are trying to generate 25 page 30 page story books, one or two images, the beard is off or like whatever they want to edit it. Okay, let’s put resources there to make that possible. Okay, uh people are asking okay they want two three four consistent characters for the script to story book functionality. Okay, four characters. How do we go get around doing that? Okay, we did all that now, right? Like if you look at it, let me recap one more time where all we’ve done because sometimes people join in late and stuff. I’ll get back to that point. Okay, so what did we do? What do we do? We did perfect text and images. Okay, this is the one where we threw huge bunch of resources at it where we recommending you to just uh if you want this feature, just go to artist for just this one feature. If you want it today with the it’s going to take about 30 seconds to generate right now one of these images cuz we using the best of the best servers, huge quality. uh we’re maintaining here. So it takes those 30 seconds. We want to make it more shorter and also use a cheaper server obviously uh to be able to handle tens of thousands of users. So that’ll happen in a couple of weeks. You want this today, just give the review and that link there. It’s free. Takes you two minutes. Okay? Just to help us grow and continue. Now the um the other thing that I wanted to mention here uh real quick as well. So let me show you uh the that’s one for the review uh and that’s it. Don’t have to do a review for anything else. All these are direct access script to story book. We’ve added that in right now with multi character consistency. Okay, so that means up to four characters you can use in the script to story book feature. Uh we’ve also added in the personalized child hero story books we’re calling it. What does that mean? You can upload a photo and then you can make consistent 3D character story books with a child as a hero. Now one important thing I want to mention here. Look, one of the questions that came in on this one which I want to address here is what about privacy, right? Like what are you going to do? Like what about privacy? I just want to kind of address this a little bit because I understand as a parent myself like I have a one-year-old child right now. So what we’re going to do is very simple. When you upload a photo and this can be AI generated too by the way but let’s say you upload a photo of the child uh what you can do is once the uh cartoons or let’s say the story books are done when you delete the images they get deleted from our servers too. So let’s say you created a story book you’re happy with it and you delete it from your personal designs they’re never in our servers. We don’t actually publish them to uh the public gallery either unless we choose to that is so that’s private to you always. Uh the third thing as well that we’re doing is uh effectively when you upload the photo we don’t save the uploaded photo once the cartoon is created. So let me explain. So let’s say for example this cartoon got created right? You uploaded this photo right? Say this was step number one and this was step number two. The step number one photo we don’t save in our servers. Once the uh AI generates that, we delete it. We don’t care. It’s why we need it, right? So, just want to be clear on that front because as a parent, I understand. Okay? Uh and if there are other things we can do as we go along, we’ll we’ll obviously take it more seriously and keep doing it. And this is another reason why I just want to be very clear. We do not allow not safe for uh work um adult content, right? Uh we do not allow it, right? So, we do not allow it. Put an X here. We we lose some money doing it, right? Some people want to create that. I personally don’t want to put that into the platform. And more importantly also I want to make sure that people understand that when we work with companies right like let’s say right now we want to get Amazon servers and we want to work with their engineers and uh help us to make sure that the servers would work or Google or whoever we’re working with right big companies their condition is very simple make it familyfriendly right the application should be familyfriendly uh and just make it more that that way we when we are trying to work with you we don’t have any issues right later on with compliance and stuff like that. So again, that’s the other additional safety guard that we have in place just so you understand. Okay, we lose some sales because of it. Okay, that’s fine. At the end of the day, it’s okay. Looking at long-term, we don’t want like to please 100 users like tens of thousands of users, even hundreds of thousands of users get impacted. Uh it’s not the goal anyways, right? U it’s fine. Whatever we get hated on, right? It’s okay. It’s okay. But I just want to make sure that’s another benefit for people who are aunts, uncles, grandparents, brothers, sisters, uh parents, right? Grandparents, whatever. I understand, right? You want to be sure that when you’re uploading a photo, you want it not to be used anywhere. You don’t want this data to be leaked or used for any training purposes or whatever, anything like that. Okay, hope that makes sense. If anything else you have suggestions on it, as a parent myself, I understand. Um, as a father myself, I also understand that. So, please let us know. Don’t hesitate. It’ll come straight to me. address it to me in our support desk. Support.ai. Happy to implement any other safety measures you want us to put. Okay. No problems. Okay. Just want to be clear on that front. All right. Now, the next thing uh we added in is image to coloring uh book conversion. So, this one is more automated. Now, you press just upload it and it’ll convert it. You don’t have to put any prompting, right? Uh which kind of slows things down obviously. And the the other new feature was the advanced added coloring books. So, the same concepts here will be utilized for the seamless patterns update. Okay? We just have to add more patterns and some testing we got to do. Yash is going to be doing that. We’re going to announce that in the next few days. Okay, let’s once people roll out that we’re going to talk about that next as well. Okay, just just give us a few more days uh because we want to make sure that we um you know onboard all of you folks to start using these uh updates. Okay. Now, uh the final update uh this one was sketch to 3D renderings. We fixed some small minor things which I’ll get to as we go along with your questions because they do answer uh some of the things we want to discuss. So sketch to 3D render is good for real estate architecture or you just want to convert a um a sketch into a drawing or whatever beautiful for real estate construction anything of that nature right interior design you get the point right and then as I mentioned before that uh some of these uh storybook features as you know they’re for the unlimited premium elite customers right uh even if you got it 2 years ago doesn’t matter now just this one feature because it’s uh it’s where you give a review and you get that access to that feature it’s for everybody even if you bought the phone, you know, commercial license, whatever, doesn’t matter. Once you give the review, it’s good to go because it should be a standard feature down the line. Just give us 2 weeks or so, 3 weeks or so to make it faster. It takes 30 seconds on the most expensive server in the planet, which cost $100 an hour right now. Ridiculous, but it is what it is. We want to make sure because for what happens, just so you understand, in an architecture infrastructure basis, first we have to generate the text, then we generate the image, the second part, and then we got to figure out a way to merge all of them. In the past what would happen is uh if you want to generate where the font change like you see this font right here is uh aerial this is like times new roman you know what I mean the fonts would not be there the color themes the uh other elements of that would not be perfect so what we did is like we basically focused on that so it takes like five times the resources or 10 times the resources I would take for the normal uh feature okay this is one thing where would you find that feature so when you go into the artistly app Okay. Uh, and by the way, here’s the beard. Okay. Remember I I want to come back to that. People will say, “Oh, you kind of went on a tangent. You forgot.” So, this is the grandpa’s beard. Okay. Just so you know, one with a beard. Okay. I edited that one image. Now, you can convert that into story book, right? You know how to do that. You basically create the flip book or you create the story book. Uh, and then you can uh basically do that. Okay? Just want to be clear. Uh, now the other stuff that we’ve done is we’ve also updated and fine- tuned the human stylizer uh feature as well. So I want to talk about that. So if you recall the human stylizer feature, okay, which basically is under the AI design assistance. Let me actually show you where it was. Right. So under AI design assistance, you had the human stylizer feature, right? Uh actually this was under I believe AI design agents. My bad. Right. Um where is that feature? Yes. Right now.

    Yeah. Yeah. Human stylizer here. Okay. So under the AI design assistant, this one, okay, in the live stream, anything can happen, right? So anyway, so um here we were like having everybody come in here. Okay, you know, I want to restore my photo. People will come, upload a photo, and then they’ll have to put a big prompt. So what we did instead is, hey, look, you want photo restoration, just use this features optimized, ready to go. Upload any amount of photos, press one button, it’ll restore it. So that’s what we we’re planning on doing for everything. Okay. So, one of the things that u like one of the pet peeves what people have uh was also like the pet stylizer, right? I want to have different styles for the pet stylizer. Added that in. You see this origami pixel and stuff instead of you’re trying to prompt it because AI should make your life easy, not hard or try being a typewriter or something, right? You don’t want to do that. So, that was the basic uh goal for this. Okay. So that we’ll be doing more of that now because after V6 we’re confident that we have the best foundational basics done correctly. Okay, it took us a while. It took a while to catch up to it. So now you can focus on the more uh advanced uh user specific request. So we will go into the road map and go and uh battle every single feature right now. Okay. So our road map as you can see here is that right there roadmap.ai. you folks can go and um you know effectively go in and uh publish what you want as the feature. You can vote for it. This will be the priority now for us. Okay, we may not name it V7 right away but we will start making small updates now that is specific to your requests which comes down to the next thing I want to talk about. I’ve been seeing your comments. I hear you. Okay, I do hear you. One of the uh uh questions that came in obviously one of them was this one. Has the seamless patterns been updated to make it more perfect? Right. Yes. Uh that’s what we we are trying to do in the next few days to make it even better. Another question came in was why is the photo restoration as a separate tab? I just mention it. Make it easier. We’re going to do more of that. Now ease of use will be the focus going forward. Another one that came in quite a bit was this one which is look I created a flip book right uh this is my flip book. Let’s say that I just created like I can read or whatever right? This uh the farmer and the elephant or whatever. Now, can I download as an MP4 video? Because right now, right now, what’s happening here? So, you can play it, you can share it, you can even share it with your artistly affiliate link so that if somebody comes in and buys artistly, then you’ll get credited for the sale as an affiliate, which you will get again uh access to our affiliate program for leaving review, right? We don’t want to give it to everybody because it’s hard to manage affiliates uh especially if they’re uh you know, not familiar with affiliate marketing and that sort of things, right? So, anyway, you want to flip it and stuff. you want to turn this into a video was one of the requests. So see for this to work right let’s be clear here what has to happen first we have to first of all fix the consistency right where it’s not a beard one time then a beard another time the dress and stuff we fixed it finally with the v6 update that we released today correct uh the other thing now is uh okay can I create more than 25 or 30 whatever uh pages in the story book well that can only happen if the fundamentals can be fixed correct and if the text here is also perfect there’s spelling errors or all this stuff, right? And this other question was, okay, well, you see these styles that you’re putting in here, uh, can you basically give us the option to generate them with a prompt? Very good point. That’s a very common thing people ask us. The next stage, we cannot do that if everybody’s complaining about this, isn’t it? So 90%, just so you understand, 90% of our time in the last few months has been to make the foundational features perfect because it impacts 99 to 100% of the users. Correct? So if let’s say 15% of the users say look I want the ability to change these elements here to customize or whatever now that will be the focus. Okay hope that is clear you let me let me know just in the chat box if that’s making sense to you please. So I understand uh you you get exactly what I’m trying to do explain here. So then to answer the question can I export this flip book into a MP3 file to upload into uh YouTube? Well, we will work on that next if majority of the people will want that as a feature. Correct? So, that’s the other thing I want to mention. So, I do hear we hear your feedback. It’s not like we don’t. It’s just that you have to understand if everybody generates an an a video now and then somebody uploads to YouTube and then the first comment that they see on that video is look the grandpa doesn’t have a beard sometime is it AI generated or whatever. Is it AI slop or whatever is the mention? It looks bad on us, right? looks bad on artistically or bad on whatever. So we want to get the foundational stuff right. When we are 100% confident like we are with these six that we are there then we’ll start looking at your feature suggestions. Let’s say the other feature suggestion is like we want to make different languages here. That’s next. If you perfect the images work on the text correct next. So that’ll be what we want to do. Okay. Hope that is clear. Okay. Now that being said, what we’re going to do now for the next uh few minutes is answer some questions. Okay. because I want to make sure that the time you folks spent here is valuable right so while uh I’m going through the questions right now I’ll bring uh Yash on as well here so uh we’ll go through it so yeah um Yash did you see any questions I’ll I’ll pass on yeah so first question people are getting confused that unlimited and elite it’s uh can you explain that the difference between unlimited and elite

    okay so the question was your printer unlimited elite. What’s the difference? All right. So, uh let’s actually pull that up here real quick. Okay. So, um I’ll talk about that right now so you folks can understand it. It should be easy for you to understand, but it’s okay. Cool. No worries. All right. So, when you go into the um artistly main website, okay, so we are going to be coming Well, let’s do this one. All right. So, if you come into the main artistic website, you’ll come and you’ll see this, right? Artistly commercial. All right. and it just mean premium. Okay, so premium the other word to use is unlimited. Okay, let’s use that word unlimited as well because initially uh two years ago we only had one plan. We never had this plan at all. We just wanted to get more people on boarded so we added this later on. So uh so the premium as you can see here has all the features correct access to all features blah blah blah right and then it’s $147 and then the commercializ have access to all the features like story books and stuff which requires 30 images at once. That’s the $49. Okay. So, if a person, okay, let’s say thought, okay, I don’t know who this Paul guy is, Paul Pla guy, whatever. I don’t know who this artistly brand is. I don’t know. I’ve never heard about it. So, let me get my feet wet, right? I’m just going to get the commercial license. I’m going to try it out. What features are available and all that kind of stuff and then they get, let’s say, the $49 option, right? Then they get like, wow, the customer support team, they have a Microsoft Teams group, they have a Facebook group, they have a WhatsApp group, they have all this other support that they have. They have live training. That’s awesome. I want to now upgrade to this premium plan. Okay. Because they already paid 49, it would not be fair to be able to say, “Okay, pay 49 and now again to upgrade do 147.” Correct? So that is where the elite plan comes in. Okay? In other words, you got the 49 and then you go in, you can upgrade to elite which is uh the difference in price between that premium unlimited plan uh where I think it’s just under 100 bucks or whatever. So when you get that then you basically uh effectively get everything. Okay. So to answer simply the question is effectively when you get artistic today obviously the price might increase down the line in the future so don’t quote me on this later on but today as of now when you pay $147 or around there just under $150 in totality okay you never have to buy anything else again with artistry okay in other words the updates that we made today is free you understand the updates we make in the future are free the version v5 when we release it was free for v4 four users. V4 was free for V3 users. You get the point, right? So to put it in perspective, once you get this uh plan, so to simplify this, once you get something along here, then you never have to buy anything again. No credits extra to buy, no extra features to buy. Let’s say we did V6 here today, which had additional updates and new features. You don’t have to buy that. Okay, is that clear why this is critical for you to understand and that’s what I was trying to mention here is that a person who purchased this $49 option say let’s say a year ago and now they’re like that’s cool I want to upgrade there’s an option in your account to be able to do so in your account you can go into my purchases area you see this right here my purchases this right here and you can upgrade anytime there you can go and you can just buy the difference right and you can um get it in uh and get access to everything. So meaning what we will not do just to be clear. Okay. So uh if you just go to Google I’ll show you Char GBT pro uh pricing right I’ll just show you just so you understand and again I don’t want to single them out but just being clear right so um if you look at the Chad GPT plans right um I’ll show you uh they have that API well sorry Chad GPT yeah so see introducing Chad GPT pro correct this was uh last year December 2024 what they did is well if you want the latest creative stuff, pay us $200 a month. Okay, so now just to be clear, we’re not doing this, right? Let me repeat that again. We’re not saying later on like when you get uh artistly, let’s say um let me go back here. Like let’s say you go into the artist main page or whatever like here. We’re not saying like, okay, you got this 14750 bucks or you got the 49 and then the other upgrade inside which is the only one to get the same access level as this one. Now, we added a new tier called artistly uh whatever magic premium elite uh uh mega access or something. No, we’re not doing anything like that. This was the pricing. This is the pricing. Maybe you’ll raise it up a bit later on, but for everybody else, it’ll be grandfathered in. Okay, is that clear? So, just let me explain. If you ever got a disc and you got it for under 150 bucks total, meaning you got it for 49 and another 100 bucks or just 100 bucks after that to upgrade, you’ll not be asked to buy anything. Or I’ll tell you, you’re like, dude, I just doesn’t doesn’t matter. I just bought this premium plan cuz you said everything is unlimited here or access to all features. But you mentioned this access to all features. So therefore that means even when you say V6 has these extra features like making your child into a superhero or whatever it might be right seamless patterns little bit updated or let’s say it was for example perfect text doesn’t matter right I expect you to give it to me fair enough that’s what we are doing so we’re not adding a new plan unfortunately what’s happening is once unfor uh the precedent has been set right when Chad GPT said $200 a month everybody especially these overseas platforms competing in uh artistly right uh is they’ve been starting to create the same system because now they can say Chad JP did it we are doing it too meaning in other words what they’re doing is they’re saying look even if you bought this you want our latest greatest stuff that is only for this new plan or new tier we created we’re not doing that okay just so you understand and um I mean those who know the value we provide obviously right the we have a full-time engineering team working and a machine learning team working on artistically every single day to make an update. So when you say just as an example, okay, I want to clearly show you. So we discussed this, right? Perfect text and image design, right? Just this alone, this feature alone for example requires engineering resources, right? A machine learning engineer uh or an AI engineer has to sit and test it across different aspect ratios, all these has to test it uh to see if it will work across different uh types of images, thumbnails, you get the point, right? such that when you come here an image like this is possible it should not be like Paul you said perfect long text well I tried to create something and it was not perfect or whatever right or you’re going to say well you say unlimited image generation so it should not be like that so for example if you go into my personal designs I’ve tested right um different ways to do it so you see this I tested this one create perfect long paragraphs of text using artist V6 beta feature I did it this way I can uh I also did it this way for example see great perfect long whatever right so you’re not and because of the fact you can generate any amount of these you can always tweak it make it better edit it like whatever you want to do can bring it to the designer whatever right so and it’ll only make it better with time okay this feature will only get better I don’t claim it to be 100% perfect maybe it’ll fail a few times here and there but hey you’re not being charged for every image you generate right you can generate more and get the result you desire in the style that you desire and the prompting style we’ve given you the AI prompt enhance enhancer. So just use that AI prompt enhancer always okay for this feature to work really well. So in other words what I mean is to get the best output for this feature you go into this um here we say perfect design say uh sign holding uh uh some like artist is the best always make sure that this uh enhance prompt is turned on because we do some magic behind the scenes to make sure that it’s as perfect as possible. Okay, just want to be sure. So just don’t comment paste it from tagg or something without this on. Okay. Uh it’ll just be better because we’ve done some magic behind the scenes to make it perfect. All right. Just want to be clear on that. All right. And uh a couple of points to make there. So we see your comments. So specifically Rhonda, one of our amazing members, she uh mentioned that I I’ve been uh getting a lot of requests regarding this, right? Which is how do I create it in my style? I how do I prompt it? So two answers. First, we already worked on it. So not a lot of people notice, but under AI image designer V6, right? You will see a option called artistic designer. If you see that, yeah, artistic designer that is specifically just after the perfect text and image designer, there’s something called artistic designer. Can you pin? Yeah. Yeah, that one. Exactly. The artistic one. Exactly. So this one does all kind of right I’ve been getting all the comments you know the like alcohol ink style and you know watercolor style some more brushes strokes and everything that does very good yeah we specifically worked for that right now there is like you know I I I actually don’t want to reveal this but still you guys are asking about about that and we got so many great response so far is I’m working on something Yeah, called style remixer. That means you will just give it a style of image you want. It’s called AI style remixer. It will be again uh amazing update. They’re going to love it. But you’re going to give it the style of image and prompt it. It will generate that new image in that style. You know, a lot of you guys asked for it almost done. Ship it. Uh just finishing up with the seamless pattern and all that. So just like these you know uh Paul the support team or developers you know engineers and everyone they are we are at the pulse of all your requests it’s just that these are so many requests we prioritizing them one by one by one and we don’t release until it is perfected or we are sure that okay it’s going to give you good enough result and we launch them at instant beta features and you can use them share your feedback we’re going to make it perfect remove the beta uh tag out of that and it will be basically uh work as um as normal right so anyways that’s one thing I want to add in any point so we have that Facebook group too so this is the group here artistic/fp you can go there this is our main 70,000 user strong group uh that you can join in and give your feedback and comments and that sort of thing and uh just so you understand okay because we don’t run any free accounts or something like that with artistic These are paying customers, okay, of artistly applications. So that means you understand that when you go here, okay, um I have like u like I’ll open this up real quick. So uh if you go into that page, let’s just go in here real quick. So if you go into artistly.ai/fp, right? You’re going to come into a group that looks something like this. 70, 500 customer. I’m just showing you how it look like, right? So just so you understand, right? This group is a gold mine because these are actual customers like yourself that you can interact with, share ideas and all that kind of stuff. And the other beauty is this is the reason why we are still surviving and not just surviving but thriving. Okay, what does that mean exactly? That means like this right here. Okay, this group of people are the reason why because of word of mouth, right? When 70,000 people have a word of mouth that they suggest to other uh customers, friends or relatives or family, whatever of theirs that they want to suggest, that’s like word of mouth, right? And that we didn’t have to spend extra money on influencers and all that kind of stuff. What we are seeing right now, uh just for reference that you know, okay, this was built with zero money spent on influencer marketing. Okay, we never for these members right here, as you can see, you can join in in this group right here. It’s free to join. Like we never paid any uh social media influencer, okay, can you promote artistly and say good things about that? We never paid anybody. You see all these other platforms out there, they like they’ll pay $5,000 per post or whatever, whatever in order to influence somebody to say good things about their product, right? In a in a way in terms of uh big influencers. So what happens then is effectively to word of mouth is how we’re growing. We don’t have like some big celebrity endorsing artist and paying them hundreds of thousands of dollars, right? So word of mouth is the only thing that we have that nobody else has. Okay. So that’s the group artist.ai/fp. You can join it. Now the other um thing that I wanted to also mention here real quick uh if you go into uh the artistly uh application uh see the um you know the perfect text image thing that I wanted to mention here. This right here. Okay. Once we perfect it when we fine-tune it and we make it as good as possible, it’ll be everywhere in artistly. Okay. So the base um outline like let’s say for example cuz this is a beta feature right now. We want to give it to select group of people uh to test and let us know. It’ll be in all the features. You don’t have to even say okay I’m only going to use a perfect text long text feature. But in the future you know that this is now good you’re happy you gave us feedback to improve it. It’ll be in all the features the story book whether it is product mockups whether it is uh t-shirt designs. You get the point. It’ll be implemented everywhere uh in the near future. It’s just going to take us some time. As I said, that’s how the AI application cycle works. Initially, we spend huge amount of money on uh Nvidia AI server resources. Then what we do is we make it a little bit cheaper, better uh to be able to be available for the mass market. But since now you can get access to it with your feedback, we can focus on those features that really matter, right? Where does this implement? Secondly, the other great benefit that we have and this is another thing I want to mention here is this imagine will then be implemented into video express our sister application let’s say for example that uh focuses on videos right express AI which directly artistically integrates with so now when a feature is extremely well-liked well appreciated by artistically members for example we’ll implement that into video express as a direct integration as an artistry customer and a video express customer that is another big benefit that we have because now let’s say for example this feature was highly requested for a specific use case in video express hey it’s the same dev team same machine learning team same people behind it so we can quickly implement it there and not only implement it but train it and we hear your feedback and there is that sharing of mastermind knowledge as you will right and that will uh allow us also to speed up the improvement process and vice versa right if any improvement was in media express that artistry would benefit we’ll do the same thing and that will allow us to speed up meaning like let’s say an engineer or a machine learning researcher or whatever uh is not spending twice the amount of time one for our Disney one for media express the innovation is split both ways right it ruled both ways similar to like if you best example would be in the case of Apple right they make an innovation they will implement an iPhone iPad MacBook Pro and also their iMac correct same concept so we when we make innovation in one application will apply across others as well which is a huge benefit and huge timesaving thing for you as well down the line. Okay, just uh another quick thing because with V6 now we can achieve all that and speed of improvement. The final thing I wanted to mention here uh while we go answer some questions as well uh was also uh about just generally feature requests, right? Uh I’ll just write this question down, right? What about my uh feature request? Why aren’t you taking it seriously? Let’s say, right? Uh uh let’s say this is the thing. Let’s say let’s say that’s a point blank question. I’ll write it down here. You know, so what about my feature request? Why are you not taking it seriously, Paul? Right. Uh because I I want it in a certain way. I want adult coloring books. We did that. But let’s say seamless patterns. I wanted in a certain way or folder structure, right? So for example, you put the tags here. That’s great, Paul. Like I wanted to also go into a folder. Let’s say let’s say that was the other request. Okay. See, the thing is that’s specific to you and maybe a couple of percentage points of uh artistic users, right? a couple hundred whatever the problem is first we have to fix what will apply to 100% of the users right then like text or like consistency of the characters or whatever whatever before we get into the specific features that people have correct so one thing that I wanted to mention here is we hear every single feedback that you have we also have that road map that you can suggest as I mentioned before correct that you can go and road map artists.ai AI. So I left that link up uh for you uh as well that you can go in and quickly get up and running. Remember but the thing I’m trying to get across here that uh I want you to understand is this was the link by the way just that I put that up for you here. This was a road map artistry. This is where you can upote and whoever has the best uh suggestions we can go in there. Now this one will a little bit slower to update obviously because we want to focus on the foundations the basics. Now that we have it we’ll focus on that. Now to answer your question but why is my feature request not there? Well until now we’ve been focusing on specifically making the foundational basic stuff which is so crucial that 100% of the users will get impacted by it as 90% of our resources were spent there. Correct. Now that we know we have all these other stuff properly done. Now we will go one by one based on your feature request one by one in resolving specific issues. Okay. A perfect example was that edit button, right? In the case of uh story books. Let’s say if you go consistent character uh let’s say storybook uh functionality or whatever you have right in my personal designs I have uh let’s say the story book option or whatever it might be scripted story book let’s say or you go into the flip books option right uh you have it right whatever it might be okay this is the different server I’m in let me go to the main one oops uh this give me a second see live anything can happen okay anyway this is the one right so uh like let’s see here right so if you go in here um if you go into any of your story books right like I have this one right here I have this one with this uh right here let’s say for example Example, if you didn’t like this clothing, this this uh child or this character was doing, you can now edit the image. Correct? See this edit image? So, this took us a while to implement. Why? Because first, even if we give you the edit image, don’t you agree with me that it’s better to fix the foundational problem first where if on the 25 pages, one page or one of the images, it was not perfect, right? Uh where the hair color changed, the clothing style changed. So, we fixed that uh as a foundational feature. Now you want this edit image option very easy for us to focus our all our resources on that okay and that will help us speed up the up update cycle what’s happening in the AI space just for reference so you folks understand right I kind of try to stress this point across uh is that update cycle updates right are very very fast okay okay so what does that mean exactly and how does that impact you so historically right we’ve in software development well over 15 years now. Okay, I’ve been building software since I was like 17 years old, right? So now the point is the difference was back in the day uh or just not back in the day before the AI hype or a rage let’s say or revolution we can say what what would happen is we would update a product let’s say and then we would uh say two or 3 months right once every two or 3 months we’ll make an update and then we will say okay we also fix the bugs every single day whatever right now with AI the cycle is like every week okay weekly Okay. Now imagine the challenge with that. Okay. So imagine like you want things to be fast because Chad GBT introduced something uh Google introduced something or some like 100 other companies have some other new thing. Correct. And what’s happening with this is around the world I mean this is not just our problem. It’s for every single company. We have a whole bunch of engineers and team members, marketing team, let’s say or our training team like me, Yash Ali uh said we grew up with a model where every 3 months or so we make an update. Now we got to shift into weekly stuff. What happens if you update everything every week? Things break because you didn’t take the time every uh like uh two months, 3 months to do beta testing, test that feature, do all that stuff before you release it, right? And then the situation is if we wait 2 months something gets even better. So therefore you want the best stuff so you can proudly use it in your um in your business and in your life. Right? So what we’ve decided is we’re going to release the features and name them as beta so that you get it. Okay? It might not be as fast. Let’s say image might take 25 seconds or 30 seconds to generate instead of five or six or 7 seconds it takes now but we’re going to give it to you. You use it. You give us feedback and we’ll improve it. Secondly, the other thing that we are doing is that entire companywide what we are doing is that we’re overhauling our entire system so that we’re focused on the future in mind. Okay. So what does that mean exactly? We’re buying better infrastructure. We’re buying uh better uh uh platforms and stuff like that such that when we make these updates we are keeping in mind that our team can do it bug free and make it such that at this rapid pace everybody’s adapted to it. Okay. Adaptability is also there. So this is a major change and everybody’s going through it and we’re getting better and better with it. We wouldn’t say we’re perfect here. So that means in the future as time goes on you will see that when we’re making updates every week we may not mention it as artistly v7. We mention as and you know may mention as 6.1 6.3 whatever. Instead we’re just going to keep releasing them. You’re going to see them under the updates tab right? You see this? You’re going to see them in the latest updates tab. Okay. You’re going to see them here. Okay. And similarly, if you see here, I purposely did this here. You see, there are certain times that we used to have these issues, right? Some images come up with these issues. So, I requed one of the customers request. So, stuff like this, we’d be like, okay, we want to fix it, but we don’t want to name it artistly v7 or whatever. Well, now we have a system in place where we fix stuff like this almost every day. Okay? So, you’ll see them in the latest updates tab here. Okay? Uh when it’s of importance. If not, it’s a bug, we just fix it and you can log in. It’s a cloud application and it’s automatic. You don’t have to download an update. You don’t have to have that computer speed to run that update. Doesn’t matter, right? We run it all on the cloud. You can even use your laptop uh your like uh let’s say iPad or whatever. Still the same power cuz everything is behind the scenes doing all the work for you behind the scenes. Okay. So, hope that is clear. Yes, you’re seeing any other questions. We’ll answer we’ll answer your questions for five more minutes, folks. After that, what we will do is um you know, obviously the next week’s training, we’re going to go more Q&A stuff as we go along. And obviously, as well, we are always monitoring our Facebook group and the community as we keep getting questions. If some things are rougher on the edges, okay, please understand that we just released this update, things a little bit slow. Obviously, it’s going to be uh because we just released this update, things are going to be much better as we know what the issues are as we things go along. Okay. Yep. So yeah, I just want to add few more things as I’m checking from the comments. Uh is number one, when will I get the perfect text? Again, I can I it was going to take basically anywhere between next 24 to 48 hours as the team gets your ticket, they’ll enable it. Yeah, I’m just going to say 24 hours. We’re going to push our team to get it thing as quickly as possible. The only scenario is let’s say we couldn’t find your email address, let’s say, right? because your email that you sent our email with is not matching the account email of artistic cases like that might take a little bit longer for us to find you. Uh but if it’s straightforward, we’ll get it to you as soon as possible. Okay. Uh it shouldn’t take much time. All right. Yeah. And I think that’s uh pretty much it from my side. I hear your suggestions. I hear your request. Everything is going to be done regardless, you know, just step by step all your feature. Uh being able to edit the story book text, it’s in works. Being able to create images in my own style, it’s getting worked. Voices, my this everything is getting worked on. And as you get more requests, as you share more feedback, as you share more um you know suggestions and what we call constructive criticism, we take it with proud like okay this is a thing let’s going to we’re going to address that yes there’s a bug we’re fixing it once fixed we are adding that updating you guys and just like that again article V7 look sorry V6 how far we have came we I still remember doing the uh the the webinar I think last year or something like that V4, V3, you know, it came a long way and it’s just uh you know credit goes to you because the suggestion, the feedback, how come I how come I automatically think that okay I need this feature it’s just because of you it is possible you know every feature every detail this edit button that button this feature upload bulk actions agents assistance all sorts of crazy stuff and going to get forward Oh, another hint that what um generally the uh we does not like we don’t generally don’t do that. Sometimes expect some surprise calls from me as well. A lot of times in the meta group I just like you know let’s say for example I’ve been getting a lot uh I’ve been getting on a call one-on-one right with a lot of you folks like okay share your feedback share your suggestions and we’re going to we are planning to do it in a more uh what we call office hours where let me know what you think about it guys you know so where we are thinking is okay we’re going to once a week or something just like we keep the we do the talking every week right that we get it right but we want you we want to give you an opportunity to speak, share, collaborate, and connect with other folks with our growing community of more than 70,000 even more than that cuz a lot of people don’t join the Facebook group, right? Is an ability to come on a office hour group call with your webcam or whatever it is and you can contribute, you can ask questions directly to me, the dev teams if needed, right? uh share your feedback so that you get heard, you get seen, you get um you know your uh word out there uh um you know and there are community always supporting. So we are thinking something like that. Let me know what you think about it. I’m going to make sure that I see your comments and we’re going to make it possible. So just like this every single week there will be office hours and those office hours going to bring just folks like you you know but video on right you can chat communicate share you know if you want to share feedback anything we’re going to openly take it and we didn’t even cover that you know a lot of time there’s so many updates all those golden nuggets that I used to share four 3 to four years ago they have changed like the rules have changed the playbooks have changed what’s working right now cuz we didn’t really go into the marketing side of thing, right? Uh how to get sales, how to run advertisements, what’s working cuz we are doing that, right? You’re probably seeing artistly ads everywhere on your television. What strategies are we using there on your phone, on Instagram, on Pinterest, on YouTube or whatever you are using? Artistly is following you, right? what strategies we are following that what I am seeing in the industry where it is heading so you can be prepared and get that live update you know not from the uh no not from the perspective of like okay this is our tool buy it but in the perspective here’s what’s the macro thing here’s where we are heading here’s the situation because now we are as the full stack right we get we keep an eye on the ML AI side of thing and we forgot about the marketing right that’s our bread and butter right So I keep uh going to share you know you can bring up I know now we have a lot of amazing um business owners uh you know um small business owners big e-commer owners coaches and everything and then you know uh you have any questions right for example okay I want to run an advertisement created using artistly what’s the step-by-step way to do it might not be able to cover in the weekly or might not be able to show you or get your questions answered but that opportunity Unity, right? It’s going to give you like, okay, okay, so let’s say for example, right, Cheney wants to speak. Okay, Cheney, go ahead. What’s your question? Okay, some SEO hacks. You what are we seeing? You know, the thumb like what are we seeing? What’s working for us? What’s working for other people? What’s working across the board? So, let me know. We’ll plan that out. Yeah. So, just a quick addition to this. I want to add it from a perspective that you folks can actually appreciate as well, right? So this is going to be more like okay come in you can answer a question we can see you as well maybe there like 40 50 people little screens on the on the screen and then uh we’ll also if you are okay with it we’ll post it as recording in our Facebook group and also uh send it to other users they can get some value the main idea uh that I want to stress is this point right which is what is planned for artistly v7 we done everything we wanted to do with AI design right this is the ultimate point isn’t it Because if you think about it, right, what are other folks doing out there? They’re like, “Okay, we I’ve done AI image. Uh we’re going to just focus on, let’s say, music or we’re going to put some other obscure thing, right? Uh calling AI calling agent or something for the problem is what is it working correctly right now? As an example, right now like this perfect text and image designer, why are we excited about it? Cuz we drink our own Kool-Aid. This is perfect for thumbnails, right? Like I mean, let me put this like YouTube thumbnails. You get my point. One of the big problems people would say was, “Well, like I want to do the uh uh mirror magic feature where I took a YouTube thumbnail, uploaded it, but the text is not perfect. Perfect.” Now, okay. So, we drink our own Kool-Aid. So, the thumbnail that you’re watching this YouTube live stream made was not made by a professional graphic designer like back in the day. So when we know something is off, right, we can go fix it cuz we’re actually using it right now. Secondly, the thumbnails for uh let’s say our YouTube channels or let’s say Facebook groups or for social media marketing, our own ads that we use to sell artistically uh image ads, video ads, whatever it might be. What is working, what’s not working. We are the only ones in the industry, I would say, who drink our own Kool-Aid. You’ll see often times people playing their own AI design software uh but their own landing pages don’t use their own designs, right? That the AI application can do. They say they’re an AI video tool, but their own um videos that they use for let’s say their tutorials or let’s say their sales materials is not the videos that’s generated with that application. Correct? And if you see the thing is transparency matters, right? If you’re not drinking your own Kool-Aid, how are you going to know what issues people have before they even ask you? Correct? So the point I’m making is with artistically v7 before we even get to that discussion at this point. Uh it’s not the frequency of updates that matter. is the perfection and usability of the key features and what they are working for. For example, if you come to me and you say okay um Paul right like like you know consistent characters train your own AI, right? I want to upload my photos and generate it. This is the old way of doing things. The reality is the new way of doing things is the AI designer assistance, right? Where you can now come in and you can upload a photo and make changes without having to train for 30 minutes on five or six photos of yours. one photo, change it, good to go, right? Uh pet stylizer, like instead of like training um like a pet here, this design assistant is the future, right? It better focus our efforts there. Same thing with product photos. Back in the day, you would have to go upload photos, train yourself, and then put another product and then have you hold the product. Waste of time. Now you just go product photos, put one photo of a model, you, whoever, another photo of a perfume bottle, whatever. Good to go. Correct. Same thing with story books, right? What’s happening right now? One of the things that I know I hear you you’re going to say okay consistent character story books artist was the first product ever in the industry other can copy they cannot imitate the best right we created the storybook concept right why is it so powerful cuz now you can actually create it for publishing on Etsy or uh create physical books with Kindle or even ebooks whatever but the thing is since we were the first ones to create the story book and you see how you have number of pages here we go up to 30 we will be the first and only ones who can do 50 and 100 as well down the line. So when we say artist v7 being able to generate 50 pages or 100 pages is an impossible task even for the best of best company whether it’s Google whether it’s openai or whoever it might be why because there’s specific problems you’re going to face once you hit past 30 past 50 past 100 at once you can generate 10 at a time 10 at a time okay you’re going to face consistency issues you’re going to face all kinds of other stuff right uh hallucination problems with AI whatever right cuz there’s different challenges that come with it. So what I’m trying to say is that we hear you when you post in our group when you send us an email to our support team which by the way is our support email here. Let’s say when you post stuff or in this live chat like live stream you posted some questions here. The point I’m making is this appears like an easy thing like in the back end uh let’s say in our software we can tweak it to say 40 but if it doesn’t generate it properly what’s the point? Sounds good in theory but in practice it’s useless right if it has issues. So what we are trying to uh do is there’s so much other stuff we want to do okay with artistically going forward and now that we have the foundations right we can focus on it you see how we have the book title book author stuff we can do one other thing that we want to really u make better is the bulk actions okay this is where for example right now you can just go in and choose from your library and let’s say you wanted to remove a background of an image let’s say you wanted to uh remove background of this this lady’s image you select right this is white background Uh you can now click here for example and remove background. After you remove background you want to upscale the image right or face swap or colorize whatever and you can create a workflow right one by one by one. So this right here we want to build on top of this because of what’s working for us in our own business where we know what needs to be done for e-commerce what needs to be done uh for example for Kindle publishing which is this 300 DPI correct so what our plan is down the line is let’s say for example this 300 DPI let me select that for you this thing right here let’s say for example this is critical as a part of the story books we’re going to put this as a key feature for the storybook functionality so you don’t have to even come here to convert it right why do we do it this way because not everybody needs 300 API but we the workflow will be easier if you can do it as a part of story books right so we want to make sure that we create these types of workflows for every major feature so you’ll have five or six steps to follow and it’s done it’s a production ready ready to generate revenue or ready to publish to YouTube or ready to publish to Instagram Facebook or any social media platform ready to publish to Etsy ready to publish to wherever you want correct and um that only can happen if we can hear your feedback and also we keep improving things that might not look really cool, right? Really hot. Like a hot feature would be this. Like let’s say for example a really cool uh awesome feature is the one we did like perfect STS. But this one right here turn your child into a hero, right? That’s awesome. Sounds cool. Really fun feature. Really awesome. I I I will love it. Your relatives will love it. Your friends who you share it will love it. Right? But the not so hot feature is being able to convert it into 300 DPI, let’s say, or upscaling it properly or extending or colorizing it or say for example making it more pages, making it more flexible. Not as sexy. It’s a boring feature you could say. Correct. The thing is here we’re going to focus on that going forward. Okay, that means that when you have a feature suggestion, we’ll hear you and we’ll implement it and we’re going to keep updating it uh in this section here. Okay, latest update section here. And that’s that’s what I wanted to mention. The other reason why we are doing this also the idea behind that artistly v7 right we have users come in because we have 70,000 some users in our group and stuff keep suggesting features some people will come and say look you know I want a doodle style animation or creepy vintage style for Halloween right instead of us actually you know trying to do what a chad jity or Google is trying to do where we say we don’t care uh whether it can generate this well or not because what we are focusing on is billions of users being able to use something if it’s rougher on the edges not our problem right because it’s understandable what we are saying is we we’ve created this feature called AR art illustrator where we have all these categories we keep adding comic book illustration so when you want a specific style that AI generically like meaning you go into the um uh this feature where AI image designer v6 and you cannot generate there so in other words let’s say let me highlight this so you understand so normally we go into this AI image designer v6 to generate from a prompt image but a style it’s not able to generate from a prompt like a clip art or like a painting or let’s say u a specific style origyami Japanese origami style I don’t know right we will add them here and we’ve been adding and adding and adding you see watercolor crayon manga game characters oil painting mystic fantasy so these are basically based on your feedback it like like out of all our users maybe like 0.01% 01% of users might want this mystic fantasy. We still hear you. We still want to uh make it possible. So, we’ve customuilt these uh specifically for you in these categories. So, what I mean by artist 7, maybe we already cracked perfect text, long text, perfect thumbnails, perfect consistency in characters, story books. There’s still a long way to go in being able to solve specific problems in specific industries and perfect what’s already in there and make it even better and better in real life use cases. Okay? And that’s how AI should be. AI shouldn’t be like it sounds cool like just two years ago when we released our disc in the beginning it should be six fingers right in the hand you have six fingers in text you would have to generate 10 times to generate one good text like just basic logo right and we used to say me yes we used to come here and we’d say well AI will get better it’s now six fingers it’s going to be five and a half fingers in two months and then five fingers and like whenever in six months now it’s not acceptable right you have to generate five fingers every single time you got to generate perfect text it’s time for reality to kick in and usability and uh use cases to matter. Correct? You got to drink your own Kool-Aid. When you’re trying to generate a thumbnail, AI should be able to generate it perfectly the first time. So, we’re getting into that stage now. So, if that is the case, that’s what we’re going to be focusing on with these seven and going forward, it’s to all the features we already have, instead of trying to create the new really awesome brand new cool thing, which we will obviously do. It’ll be more so focused on your feedback. Even if it’s the most obscure stuff like hand knitted style, you see this? Well, we’re going to focus on that as well. Okay. Uh yes, you’re seeing anything you want to add in. Uh then we’ll call it a day here and then people can watch the replay. Nope. I think everyone is excited to get your get their hands on version uh six. And uh you know as you know as you already sent the support tickets um the support team will enable it you know as we already said. So probably tomorrow day after tomorrow you know when the time you’re doing it uh again as 24 hours you will get that perfect text. Super excited to share your amazing u see your amazing creations. Make sure you join the Facebook group the Facebook group that we have specifically you know for artistly as well to share your uh to share your feedback to share your uh comments thoughts and all that. I’ll keep checking in every single day. It’s like my daily thing, right? And get to the final things. Uh, thank you so very much. It’s almost 2 and a half hours, you know, goes like this crazy. So, really really appreciate it. Thank you so much for spending your precious time with us. I really appreciate it. And just like always, uh, uh, any tips, advice, suggestions, uh, you know, criticism, openly accepted. Let’s fix it together, you know, let’s build it together and let’s grow together. So, really appreciate it guys. Thank you so very much and I’ll talk to you in the next webinar and next office hours or whatever we call it and um it’s so great to spend uh this precious time with you. Make sure uh to take care of your health and your families in the meantime. I’ll talk to you in we’ll talk to you in the next one. Yeah. And just last thing if you did not get any answers to the questions you got in the chat let’s say any technical issues you’re having let us know at support.ai. Okay. We have a team ready to go. Maybe we, you know, we can’t troubleshoot a YouTube comment uh question specifically, but obviously if it’s something our team knows, we can go into your account and check what’s possible, right? Because we have different tools that we can go and troubleshoot issues specific to different accounts. Uh and you know, might be something only you’re facing and all the others or maybe it’s something you’re facing but others are facing too and you’re the only one who mentioned. Either way, uh we’ll be able to solve it much sooner. As I said, our team works 7 days a week. uh not 24 hours, I’d say more like 16 hours a day in different time zones. So 16 to 18 hours a day. So we do have people working on Saturday and Sunday as well. So don’t worry either way. Even if you send it tonight, tomorrow night, whatever, you’ll still get it. Maybe that’s not as fast as a Monday or Tuesday, but it’s still you will get a response within a few hours max. Okay? Uh the goal is within 24 hours or less, we’re going to get receive a response most of the time. If you have anything specific for Yashir or me, address it in our support desk as well here, okay? We do monitor our Facebook group and stuff uh obviously but sometimes you might miss your comment underneath a nested comment or something where you posted a question and uh you know it disappeared by the time you even logged into Facebook and could see it. So again say okay this is specifically for Paul or for Yash or whoever from Artisi or Sid or Ali or whoever from our team please can you solve this issue or whatever we’ll be happy to do so finally after this replay is done you’ll see the comment section in YouTube right don’t be afraid to ask us questions there as well we do check the comment section as well from time to time not like every hour but at least once every 48 hours or so if something you wanted like as an aside like a suggestion on how to improve the live training or as an aside you’re like in minute number 39 Paul you kind of mentioned something you didn’t address it something like that right you just let me know in the comment section maybe it’ll be a benefit for everybody as well okay so hope that is clear uh thank you so much for being here you all the best see you in our next training series okay it’ll be next week uh around the same time this one was same day as well okay Fridays we do it so watch out for that one and as I said we have other impromptu trainings office hours we can keep doing from time to time as well but every Friday we’ll do it So, that one will be again uh next week uh for you too. So, have a good weekend. I know we have uh the Labor Day weekend uh here, the big one here. So, hope you’re celebrating if you’re uh in North America like I am. So, okay. So, have a good Labor Day weekend if you’re doing so. Enjoy the long weekend. All right. So, thanks again. Take care everybody.

  • 07/13/2026 – Will AI replace After Effects – Brutally Honest Test

    Motion designers are dead according to the new VIP motion tool from Hickfield AI. But let me tell you a little secret. First of all, I’m not sponsored by Hickfield, otherwise I would also not say this. But what I’ve seen is that a lot of these videos are just Invado templates made in After Effects. But still, there was something in me that was thinking maybe maybe there is a way to get a good result out of this Hicksfield Vibe Motion tool. And that’s why I want to do a battle a battle between Hicksfield and After Effects. So, place your votes in the comments. Who’s going to win? AI Tom or Adobe Tom. Let’s start this battle. All right, let’s make some jobs redundant, shall we? More AI, less employees, more profits. I’m here in Hicksfield, and what’s interesting is I couldn’t find it on the top bar, but just had to go to Hickfield Motion. Maybe it’s because it’s in beta. I don’t know. Let’s click on from scratch. I want to do it from scratch. I think that’s only fair. Now, let’s go to Adobe Tom. All right, let’s speed run this new composition. Okay, let’s create a new solid. And let’s add a grit to that blending mode. Normal width. Make it like nice and big. Color bit darker. Something like that. Then I’m going to key frame the width. Going to make it a bit further. And let’s zoom it in. Text fully stack editor club. Center. Center that. Then make that nice and big. And then let’s change the color to like almost black. And I’m going to use the bouncy word preset in my plug-in. If you want the plugin, it’s in the fullstack editor club. Link is down below. Back to you, AI Tom. Now, I’m going to first keep it simple. A simple logo animation. So, I want a simple logo animation where the words full stack [music] editor club fly in from the bottom just like where all the editors should be at the bottom. white background, black text, a small orange accent color, light grid background. Let’s just keep it like this. I’m just going to click generate and let’s see how long this takes. Let’s get back to you, Adobe Tom. Thank you, AI thumb. Now, let’s set the bounce length to four and the bounce maybe to 40. So, we just have this clean animation. Nothing too special, nothing too crazy. I’m going to add a line pencil. Whoop. Let’s click here, hold shift, click there. And let’s add a stroke to this. And let’s make that wrong. Just like that. Bit thicker. Maybe 10. 10 pixels. Or is that too thin? Maybe a bit too thin. Let’s move it a bit more down. And let’s add a trim path to this. Quick key frame on the end. Start 50. And the easy ease on that motion blur. And then I’m already going to select these layers. And then add [music] a new null to this. And then I’m going to do something that AI Tom can’t do, and that is create a cool transition. Easy ease that thing. Very nice. Next scene. Back to you, AI Tom. Yeah. So, that’s when I fired 500,000 employees, and I got away with it. I’ve been thinking of this AI ID. So, what if we could replace food with AI? Yeah. And then maybe we get funding for it and then we go bankrupt. I think that’s a good idea. Yeah. It’s done. Wait a sec. Oh, I’ll call you back. All right. So, we have a 2C animation. Okay. We have a 2C animation. We have an animation. I mean, let’s be honest. It’s not bad. It’s not bad. It’s It’s something, I guess. Yeah. Yeah. It’s something. Now, a quick break in this battle because there is a AI tool I use every single day. And this is one of those tools that doesn’t replace you as an editor that also doesn’t pretend to be a replacement of editors or animators. A tool that is there for editors and for creators. Now, that tool is Submagic, and I use it for all my captions on my short form videos, the ones I produce for my clients, but also the ones I produce for myself. It just saves a lot of time. And what’s cool is that you can customize it. But there’s even some AI tools that are really handy. For example, audio announcement, but even some basic editing. Now, you’re still the director in the director’s chair. You choose what you want in this short form video, which clip is the best, which caption to use, but it saves so much time. It’s also way more accurate in terms of the subtitling itself. So, you just save a lot of time uh changing captions around. They even provided me with a discount. So, link is in the description. And then, let’s get back to the video. Let’s create a new animation. And this time, I’m going to use a card. And I want to create a credit card animation. [music] Make an animation with a dark background with a soft orange blob with a luxurious card credit card with the text make more money with editing and a what is it called? Total money counter going up. By the way, estimated cost 8 to 60 credits. That is quite quite a big range. I’m really curious how much credits we spent at the end of this. As a AI bro, I of course don’t care, but I do really care.

    I might make some coffee from here. I’m going to create a new solid. There we go. Let’s add a cool background to this. I’m going to just use the ellipse. Let’s just add a solid color. Very orange. Going to add a quick radial blur to this. A quick wiggle path. Size huge. Huge. And now it should move around and bubble and wobble. Quick CC reptile on this. Look at that lava lamp effect. I love it. I’m going to cut that in. Let’s just have a hard cut. Now a quick credit card. Rounded rectangle tool. Add like a darker blueish color to this. Probably something like this. Center. Center. CC light sweep. This can be a bit darker. Stroke. [music] Same color. Just a tiny bit brighter. Nice quick key frame. There we go. Looks clean. That’s a clean card. Let me quickly add some elements to this Mastercard logo. Click on the fill linear gradient. See if we can make this uh gold goldish around here. That works. Very good. Very nice. Now, let me add some credit card numbers. And for that, let me just grab my credit card. No, let me just go to the ellipse. This color. Let’s make [music] it smaller. Just going to add a quick repeater to this. It should work like something like this. I want four. And then I want to have this again. Nice. Maybe a bit lighter. Text tool to or just balance. Balance. I want that white. And I [music] want that regular and smaller. That’ll do. Nice. Going to duplicate that currency. Currency counter monus base. Let’s animate this stuff. Let’s start at 6K. Align that to the left. Set a key frame. Drag it out a bit. Great. I like it. Made a bit more dark. Bit more luxurious. Luxurious. Now I want to have a card behind that. I think that’s a cool design where it’s a bit like stacked almost. See, I can make these adjustments [music] and AI Tom can’t. But before I do, let’s get back to AI Tom. I’m back. I’m back. I vibe coded 50 websites in the meantime. What did you do? Let’s see which animation or what the animation is looking like. Okay. Okay. Okay. Okay. That’s cool. But I know you can also change details. So, let me change some details here. Let’s see in the background if we can change the color here. Okay, we can’t. Wow, amazing. This works so well. Make more money with editing. Does this work? Oh, I broke it. Okay, you can’t add an enter after it anymore. So, let’s just keep it like this. Let’s not change it. Size. Okay, that works. That works. Color also works. I wish I could add a gradient to this. I don’t think I can. Uh, ease in, ease out. Does that change the animation? Let’s see. Linear. I don’t know about you. I don’t see the difference. I I there I don’t think there is a I think this is just for fun. You can just press this button if you want to. If you don’t have anything to do and the fund weight, that also works well, I see. Okay. And the money counter. Let’s see what can [music] we change here. Start amount. End amount. Let’s change the end amount. That doesn’t work. And the start amount also doesn’t work. And the color I also think that probably doesn’t work. No. No, [music] no. Great. Cool. I wonder how Adobe Tom is doing. Make more money with editing. Let me align this in the center. Bounce, bounce, bounce. Let’s set this to 30. Now, of course, uh this needs to uh animate. And because with the previous one, we had a motion that goes up, we can do a match cut where this also moves from the bottom to the top, [music] make it drop. Let’s just select all these link this to this card. And we’ll call this main card. Set some motion blur to this. Maybe also tiny bit of a scale. And also an opacity. And same goes for the other elements. Something like this. I want a bounce on the position scale. And then the other ones uh that are in the back. I don’t want to have them appear yet. These are these two. So I’m just going to key frame the scale, the opacity, and the position. And then let’s drag these out. Let’s turn the opacity off. Very nice. So they appear in the background. And of course, a nice ease. Make it ease. I like it eased and smooth. Oh, [music] that lava lamp is going well. Back to you, AI. Thanks. Next animation. I want a white background with six [music] blocks that act as classrooms. I want the text unlock your editing potential. V in. Let’s keep it Let’s keep it more broad. animate in and then join the school. Let’s hit generate. I want to see how you did it, Adobe Tom. I’m glad I can finally get back to it. Thanks, AI Tom. I’m going to morph this into our next scene. Now, I want to link all of the elements that are not linked. I’m going to just link those quickly to my null controller, which means I can grab that null controller and create a new null. Press S for scale. And I’m going to just have a slow zoom on this cuz I want [music] that continuous motion. And we can even use this null for a transition later on. For now, I’m going to grab the main card. I’m going to go into the contents because I want to change the size. [music] And instead of icons, I want to just change it to a classroom object like this. Now, let me change the color of this first. I don’t like it. Troneeone. [music] That could work. We then maybe grab a color that’s near here. That will look cool. Nice. Now, it [music] is already a bit in that shape. Probably around here. Also going to set a key frame for the roundness. Now to move it, let’s just grab that null controller. Set a key frame. Probably something like this. I want the bounce on that. A nasty bounce. Make it ramp in. And when this happens, I want these elements to all go away. So trackmat them. Turn it back on. Let’s set a quick key frame. This can go to the right. I’m going to fade out all the rest of the elements. And then lastly, a new white solid. Very nice. So, we have a nice match cut. Um, a nice smooth transition. Back to you, AI. Tom, productivity comes from all the things that you choose not to do. I see. [sighs] Why is this taking so long? What is this? Like, are we contacting aliens? That is the question. What are we thinking about? I could have vibe coded this. Why does this take so long?

    I probably could have animated this around six times already. Now we replace 500 employees with just one AI agent. If you want to market the agency, find your employees right now. Let me explain. It’s done. It’s done. It’s finally done. Finally. I didn’t expect this day would have come. Let’s see what it looks like. I’m curious. Let [laughter] me Let me get my binoculars. What is going on here? Can I change this? Why is it so small? That’s what she said. It’s something I never heard. No, but really like why is it so small and I can’t I can’t adjust it. No, I can’t adjust it. Well, this is just uh how it is then. Third animation. And um that’s just uh yeah, that’s [laughter] that’s just it, I guess. How is the animation? Yeah. Okay. Okay. Let’s go to Adobe Tom. Script that element that we had. Oh, almost perfect. Let’s link it. Trackmat it. Cool. Now, I just need a few more elements, more classrooms and a text and a button. So, I duplicated the shape. remove all these key frames that I don’t need. There we go. Something like this. So, we have this one pop up. And then the rest I want to also do the same. So, now I can drag in another classroom, add that same tronee to that, link it, and trackmat it and scale it down. And I will do that four more times. There we go. Now, I need to just replace them. So, hold alt ploop. There we go. Very nice. Just some offset. Now, this is at least readable, right? Let’s add the text to this. Nice. Maybe a soft white gradient on this. I’m just going to fade that in. Nice text bouncy word. And again, continuous motion. We can grab that null controller. And I’m just going to already link this again. And this is also the cool thing. We have control over where the eye goes, right? Like now it goes a bit more to the top. And then you’re like, what is happening here? We’ll move the text with it later on. First, I’m going to easy ease this. And then we can add a cool button here. Rounded rectangle tool. And I can change the color of this. So we can always change it later on. Something like this. Full roundness. Add a quick text to this. Join the club now in white [music] in medium and a bit smaller. Link it. Quick scale. Trackm opacity key frame floop and a [snorts] fade word. And because this now moves up, your eye automatically goes to this button where it says join [music] the club now. All right. Thanks AI Tom and thanks Adobe Tom. We’re going to of course vote on both. So again, do leave the winner in the comments. I’m going to look at them and I’m going to judge on design, motion, and speed. So let’s start with the AI one. I think actually the design is not bad. A lot of things are quite nice in what they look like and a lot of beginner editors struggle with this. So I think I it would actually be a cool tool to use for some inspiration maybe. Now, with the design of the After Effects one, I think there are some improvements here and there, but contextually, I do think it’s better, but the padding and stuff like that, the AI did win in my opinion. So, let’s give this one to the AI. Now, let’s go through the motion. And let’s be honest, the motion is really, really boring with the AI one. You can clearly see that this is a JSON CSS type of animation where it’s really simple. There’s a ease in and ease out. There’s no overlapping motion. And it’s really boring in that sense. Everything fades in at the same time. There’s no different elements that pop up. There’s also no psychology behind it. It’s not like, okay, let’s pop up this first. So, you think of this. Lastly, there’s zero transitions between it. It’s really like just hard cut. And although this is a beta and this is a really early version, maybe there will be a better version of this. However, what I do think is that this is really built on code. So, it’s going to be a really big challenge to have it morph between things, have smooth motion between it, have some motion blur in it. So, this round 100% to Adobe top. The last one, speed. And as you might have noticed, the AI tool is really, really slow. And maybe this will improve in the future, but maybe it also won’t, and it will just be slower once more people are going to use it. You would say that it would go quicker with all these server improvements and stuff like that. But what we’ve also seen before is that once more users use it, it just becomes slow as as crap. Now, you can do something in the meantime, which is nice. However, you have to wait constantly on a end result, which also means that sometimes you did a prompt, it’s really bad, the end result, and then you have to start it again, prompt it, and maybe it’s again really bad. Now, they say that you can adjust things and stuff like that, but you’ve noticed this too is that it’s not there. You can’t adjust the text. You can’t adjust the motion. And then what really frustrates me is that these end results that we see on Twitter or on Instagram, they’re either not made with this tool at all or if they are made with the tool, it’s prompting for days and days and days. And that costs a lot of time, but also takes a lot of credits out of your account. Because aside of the speed, I probably would go through all of my credits uh if I just prompt a few times or if I have to reprompt a lot of times. So, with speed, I would also say Adobe Tom is the winner. Now, will we ever get to a point where After Effects wouldn’t win? Maybe. I don’t know. We’ll see. It is cool to try these tools out cuz maybe you can already incorporate it somehow in your workflow. And then being an expert in After Effects will help a lot because you will know these terms like ease out, ease in, what that means. But also just making something look

  • 07/13/2026 – Stock Market outlook – CPI and Earnings

    Hey yo, what’s up everybody? What’s going on folks? Welcome to the True Trading Group live stream. Hope you guys all had a nice weekend and are ready to get down to business. We’ve got a big week coming up. We’ve got inflation data. We’ve got the kickoff of the new earning season. We’ve got renewed tensions and military strikes going on between the US and Iran. We’ve got futures that are slightly red right now as the market continues to shrug off the um resurgence of activity going on in the Middle East and the kind of the tit fortat back and forth between the US and Iran. Oil prices also moving moving a little bit higher but nowhere near as big of a reaction as you know maybe people were anticipating coming into the futures open today. We were down.3%. We’ve taken back a good chunk of that in the last few minutes. only down2% now and I think maybe a lot of people were thinking we were going to get a much larger gap down after that but the market continues to shrug off and it really has over the last week to one to two weeks since we’ve gotten this um you know renewed strike for strike back and forth between the US and Iran and the markets have really shrugged it off and the markets have continued to move higher how much longer it does that I’m not sure what is the extent of escalation that would get the markets to finally roll over. I’m really not sure. I don’t necessarily really have that answer, but I have been just steadfast in my analysis of the overall market over the last couple of weeks. I have not allowed any type of news headlines to deter me off of the analysis that I have had over the last, you know, two weeks. And my analysis remains the same here today as I enter this live stream. I’m going to share with you tonight what I think the markets are going to do this week. What I think the markets are going to do over the course of the next couple of weeks because we have been focused on really one direction in the overall markets for the last two weeks. Um and that direction over the last two weeks in true trading group we’ve been really focused on the long and we’ve been focusing on buying pullbacks into support. We’ve had a couple of really high quality pullbacks um and a really couple of not not high quality pullbacks. We’ve had a couple of really high quality support levels get retested, confirm hold, and then give us really nice follow-through to the upside. So, it really was a very strong finish to the week last week. Um, between Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, very big days for us inside Trading Group was we were all over the long our um our trade plan generator that we call the holy grail. It’s actually a tool that you type in a ticker symbol and it’ll give you a full trading plan. Whether you’re trading an option contract, a futures, an equity, a crypto, whatever. You type in the ticker symbol, what uh security you’re trading, what type of trading style you’re looking for, and it will give you a full detailed trading plan with a confidence score. And that tool um was really going was lighting up the board Wednesday, Thursday and Friday with just longs, high confidence, high conviction longs from our trade plan generators. Um that that those trading plans and that analysis was supported through our um AI charting software that has NASDAQ level 3 institutional order flow data within it. And we’ve been able to basically verify with the tools that we have the level of the analysis and the conviction to the long side. Coupling that with the institutional order flow that we’re able to track thanks to the tools that we have, the agreement we have with the NASDAQ that gives us access to this data, we can actually make determination between institutional orders and retail orders in the overall market. And when we get to see those real we get to see clusters of institutional buyers really stepping in at one particular level and that level lines up with the support zone that we’ve already identified that also lines up with an an entry point that our trade plan generator is suggesting. All the stars align. You check all the boxes off green and you just enter the trade because that’s as high of a probability setup as you’re going to get. Does that mean that it’s going to work 100% of the time? No. As a matter of fact, it works just over 70% of the time. And that’s a phenomenal success rate that we have with these tools. And it’s really allowed us to really just kind of rip this move to shreds. And as we come in here now today on this live stream, we’re entering a really pivotal week. And this week is not just important for you know us to make money this week but th this this week is going to be important on my thesis for the overall market for the rest of the year and also my thesis on the overall market for the next one and a half to two years because I have a very specific thought process on what I think this market’s going to do not just this week not just this month but honestly for the next one to two years I’m pretty set with my analysis and what I think is going to take place Now, if a black swan event happens or something changes that that kind of makes me shift that analysis, then I’ll obviously be letting everybody know that and I will adjust. I’m not going to be stubborn with it if if I start to realize that I’m wrong on that analysis. So, I’m going to talk to you guys about all of this today on this live stream. Um, because the CPI data that we’re getting today this week is going to be critical to my thought process over the next one to two years because I am someone that has been of the mindset that the Fed is not going to raise rates. Um, I know everybody continues to the markets have priced in rate hikes. Uh, I know a lot of people keep continue to talk about the possibility of rate hikes, but I for one still don’t think that they’re actually going to raise rates. I think that over the course of the next two to three months, inflation is going to start to ease as oil prices continue to trade back into the low7s. Um, and that easing of inflation is going to start to then see rate hike expectations fade. And then I think going in 2027, I actually think the next time that the Fed changes rates, I actually think that it’s a cut. Um, and that is a very huge component of my analysis as we go forward for the next two years, because I still do remain bullish on the overall markets. And if I’m right about the Fed cutting rates going into next year, it’s a very hard backdrop for us for for me or for most people, but you know, we’re talking about me and my analysis right now. very hard backdrop for me to be negative on if the Fed does actually cut rates in, you know, next year. I don’t think they’re going to cut rates this year. Um, if they do, the absolute earliest would be December, but I I think that’s even too optimistic. I think you’re looking at 2027. I just don’t think they’re going to raise. Now what would make that incorrect is if inflation does not ease is if oil goes back to 90 or 100 or even worse then you will be looking at rate hikes and you will be looking at my analysis changing over the last one to two years over the next one to two years rather. Um but that’s not where I’m at right now. It’s not where I’m at today. If that time comes that I change that thought process I change that analysis I’ll certainly let all of you guys know. But today, we’re going to talk about earnings next week. We’re going to talk about the inflation data. We’re going to talk about my watch list. I’ve got a list of stocks right here uh on my notebook of exactly what I’m going to trade going into this week, the levels that I’m going to enter. I’m going to walk you guys through the exact game plan right here, right now on this live stream, exactly my my plan, how we’re going to make money this week. So, welcome. All right. Welcome to the True Trading Group live stream. For those of you that are new, you may not be familiar with with necessarily who I am. My name is Michael Edward Parat. I go by Michael Edward. I’m the co-founder and the head trader at True Training Group. I’m thrilled to have you guys with me here tonight. No soccer games tonight, no World Cup games, so we can all just enjoy the live stream and prepare for the week. Um prepare for the week uh without distraction. What a what a semi-final this is going to be for the World Cup. I mean, you couldn’t ask for a better semi-final. I mean, it’s it’s the top four teams in the in the world, right? If I’m not mistaken, isn’t Argentina is ranked number one, France is number two, Spain is number three, and England is number four. If I believe those are the FIFA uh the FIFA World Rankings coming into the World Cup, I believe that that was the case. And we are going to get Argentina, England, we’re going to get Spain, France, and uh you couldn’t ask, I think, for a more exciting final. I’m actually considering flying to Dallas for the France, Spain game on Tuesday. I can fly in Tuesday morning. I can go to the game Tuesday and I can fly home Tuesday night. I’m actually thinking about it because the tickets actually are not are not as crazy as I thought that they were going to be. The tickets at Metife um for the final are absolutely ludicrous. Absolutely ludicrous. But that’s going to be an amazing game. But anyway, I digress. We’re not here to talk about sports. We’re here to talk about stocks. We’re here to talk about how we’re going to make money this week. It’s exactly what we are going to do. I’m thrilled to have you guys with us. Right, TTG this platform. I need you guys to understand this is not just a chat room with trade alerts. True trading group is an entire fintech platform and trading software for retail traders that is designed to help you learn faster, trade smarter, and for profit sooner. We are uh very proud to be partnered with and to be powered by the NASDAQ, Benzinga, OpenAI, Databento, and Unusual Wales. True Training Group is an award-winning platform. We’ve received the global benzinga fintech award for best AI analysis tool. This is a platform that’s built in education backed by experience strategies proven by success and tools that actually think and are customized to the individual user you. It is not just me here at true trading group. There are seven other professional full-time trading moderators at TTG. We all share our screens with you. We trade in front of you live. We answer questions. We provide our market commentary and analysis. And of course, obviously, the trade alerts, which you guys all all love. The modders and I collectively as a group able to maintain a cumulative win rate amongst all the mods and amongst all of our executions of just around 80% going on roughly the last six years. We track all of our entries, all of our take profits, all of our stop losses, our greens, our reds, our green trades, our red trades, our break evens are all tracked right there for you to see. Fully transparent, complete, total open book. all of our trading activities is uh uploaded onto our website with every single execution and transaction that the moderators make so that our members and everyone have full complete transparency um and just like I said open book into everything it is that we do here but as good as those trade alerts are the reason why so many of our members are successful we have 11,000 members in your trading group from 114 different countries members from all over the world um and we have a retention rate amongst our members of around 74%. It’s an unbelievably high retention rate. Most of our members have been here for many years. And the reason for that is that our members are successful. And the reason why so many of our members are successful. As much as I would love to tell you that it is because I am the world’s greatest trader. That’s not the reason why our members are successful. Because I am not the world’s greatest trader. I’ve never claimed to be. I’m a damn good one. I’ve been doing this for 19 years, but I’m not the world’s best. not the sole reason why all of our memories are are having the success that they’re having. The reason why people at your trading group, I think, are really, you know, coming into their own and are finding success and are and are reaching their goals and are developing in their trading and are making better financial decisions, are building out their long-term portfolios better and are supplementing their income or some of them are full on out replacing their income. is we’ve had a lot of members that have actually succeeded in making the transition to leaving their job and going full-time, which is something that a lot of people strive to accomplish, but very few ever can say that they actually do. We’ve had a lot of members that have accomplished that goal. And it’s not because the alerts are so incredible. The alerts are fantastic, but it’s because the platform that is true trading group gives members access to tools and resources, data, and analytics that most retail traders simply don’t have access to. Like to have access to true level three data that actually can read institutional order flow and distinguish it between that and retail is a massive advantage for a retail trader that typically only institutions and professional traders and market makers have access to. You can’t hide iceberg orders from us. Iceberg orders are if someone puts a a sell order for 10,000 shares, but they’re only showing 100 shares on level two. You’ll look at a level two feed and you’ll sit there and say watching your level two and say, “Oh, look, there’s 100 shares for sale.” And somebody hits it for 500, but the market maker doesn’t move. And you go, “What the hell? I thought there was only a 100 shares there.” And then somebody hits it for a,000 and the market maker doesn’t move. And you’re like, “What the hell? It’s only showing a 100 shares. Why is that market maker not moving? That is an iceberg order. That is a an order that is showing 100 shares on level two, but the real order is actually 10,000 shares. Now, on level three, we can see that distinction. We can see that this is an iceberg order for 10,000 shares. It’s only showing 100. It’s only showing 200. Okay, here’s an order for 12,000 shares. It’s only showing 100. Right? That gives you a massive advantage in identifying support levels, resistance levels, helps you better time your entries on when to get in and better time your exits on when to get out, when to lock profits, and when the tide is about to turn, the tide is about to shift. Tools like that, resources and data like that is what gives members of True Trading Group a distinct edge and advantage over other retail traders that don’t have access to these things. Right? That’s what makes the difference. It’s sending members out day in and day out with better tools and better weaponry to go to battle each and every single day in the markets. And you have to start realizing, you have to start approaching trading this way. When you place a trade, you really truly are going to battle. You’re not buying an option contract or shares from some magical bank somewhere. There is somebody else on the other side of that trade. Okay? When I say bank, I don’t mean like a like an investment bank. I mean like a like a storage fac like a bank storage bank. Like you’re not just buying it off the shelf. There’s someone that’s selling you that option contract. There’s someone that’s selling you that futures contract. There’s someone that’s selling you those shares. So somebody thinks something’s going to go down. You think it’s going to go up. One of you is right. One of you is wrong. One of you is going to make money. The other is going to lose it. When you make a winning trade, you’re not just that money is not just being created out of thin air. Somebody else is losing it. You are going to battle. You are going into a fight each and every single day. And the last thing that you ever want to do is show up to a gunfight holding a fork. And if all you do day in and day out is log onto your Robin Hood account, check what somebody on a Discord chat is talking about, go read a Reddit page and search for the most talked about ticker symbols on X and go ahead and place a trade. Then my friends, you are showing up to a a gunfight holding not even a fork, you’re holding a spork. Okay? When you guys join True Training Group and you guys become part of this platform, you get access to these tools. You’re showing up to a gunfight with, you know, a galactic laser is really what you’re doing. You have access to tools and resources that other retail traders simply do not have. And that gives you a distinct advantage. And that is the reason why so many of our members are successful. And by successful, I mean they’re actually making money. Not just they feel good. It means they’re actually making money. And I’ll prove that to you. Don’t just believe me because I say it. Just cuz I’m some guy on a YouTube channel doesn’t mean you just automatically believe all of the words that come out of my mouth with no proof or substance behind it. This is not a trust me bro type of situation. Members of your trading group that are on this live stream right now, there’s many of you that are on here. If you are a member, I want you to type the number one in chat and tell me if you are making money, if you are becoming a better trader because of TTG. Type the number one in chat right now. Anyone that’s watching this live that’s not a member, you should pay close attention to how many people you see type the number one because all the people you see typing the number one are your peers. These are members. These are people that once were simply a viewer on a live stream like you are tonight and they decided to join this platform, use these tools, join this community, get guidance from these moderators and they’re now sitting here telling you that they are making money. And at the end of the day, that’s what we are here for. Like we’re not here to make friends. We’re not here to talk about sports. Although you will do both of those things as a member of True Trading Group, okay? I can’t help myself to talk about sports. I love it. There’s two things I can always talk about until I’m blue in the face. It’s stocks and sports. So, if you’re that kind of person, then I’m I’m your guy, okay? But, um it’s and you’re also going to make friends. We have um members that join True Training Group. They stay. Like I said, we have a retention rate in the mid70s. We have members here that have been here for years. We have members from 114 different countries. We have members in every single state. We have members that actually, you know, have formed their own little meetups. Look at that. Look at that. Kwise, I made $1,200 in 10 minutes on Friday. See what I mean? You see what I mean? Now, Kwise, was that because of the tools? Like, was it a holy grail? Was it AI charts? Was it active trader mode? Was it a moderator’s alert or was it just the education that you received and it was your own analysis in your own trade.

    Nice. Zachary Williams, what’s up, brother? I just saw your your your post. Your first day here, but I believe I’ll be back. Yeah, I like to hear that, man. Yeah, I like to hear that. I do these live streams every Sunday. I’m not a Monday morning quarterback kind of guy. I come out here. I stick my neck out there. I tell you, this is what I think the market’s going to do. These are the trades I’m going to make. I don’t just come on after the fact. I come on before I get into these positions and tell you about them. And I’m going to be wrong sometimes and I’m okay with that. You know, when I’m wrong, I’m wrong. We talk about it. I’m right a lot more than I’m wrong, but I don’t have a 100% win rate. Um, you know, I’m going to be wrong sometimes and I’m I’m perfectly fine coming on here and giving you guys that breakdown and giving you guys that. Yes, it was the holy grail. Kwise, there’s KY. So Kwise, that was a followup. That’s great. So yes, you use the holy grail. So holy grail is the trade plan generator that I was mentioning to you guys before. Uh AZ says, “I’m not a member, but I made 2500 bucks after listening to your analysis.” AZ Med, that sounds like it’s now time for you to become a member. That’s what that sounds like. You’re not a member, but you made 2500 bucks just listening to my Sunday analysis. So, I love that. I love that. But imagine if you were with us then live throughout the trading sessions and you were getting my live analysis each and every single day all day long, right? Imagine how much you know what you could have done at that time. So, my I would tell you right there then join. Okay, I will tell you right there, Jo. You already made 2500 bucks. You’ve already way more than cover the cost of an annual membership. Way more than cover the cost of an annual membership. So, my my advice to you at that point, AZ, is is join. Come trade with us full-time then. Um, and let’s just let’s keep let’s keep kicking ass and taking names. But great job. 25,00 bucks on my analysis. I assume you’re talking about my analysis from last week. Um, that’s fantastic. That’s that’s really great. So, really, really good stuff there. But, like I said, you guys saw all the people that typed the number one. These are members that are making money. Um, and you guys can use these tools like the holy grail. That’s what that one member said. They made 1,200 bucks in 10 minutes on Friday. Brett, do you actually have it? You want to just pull it up real quick? I can just show you guys how we use it. Yeah. I’ll just show you guys. So, this is just one of our tools that you guys will get access to as a member. This is our trade plan generator. Okay. So, you guys can see there’s two different runs. You can do a standard run or you can do a pro run. A standard run is for quicker trades. If you’re looking for a scalp or a day trade, I suggest the standard run. If you’re doing a swing trade that you have a lot more time, I would go with the prorun. The prorun will run through this is bas this is an algorithm. So we have written an algorithm based on my trading style and strategies and rule sets. I’ve been doing this for 19 years. The hedge fund that I used to work at, we actually had a trading algorithm. It’s it’s called a blackbox in the hedge fund community. Uh they don’t necessarily call it like an algo. It’s called a black box. Um, and what we’ve done here at True Trading Group is we’ve developed our own algorithm off of my trading style and rule sets. It’s 80% deterministic. Deterministic means it’s rules-based. Like there’s actual math and rules behind it. It’s not AI making a decision. It’s it’s 80% of it is deterministic. 20% of it is we we do use AI to interpret data and analyze data. So there’s 80% of this is really rules-based rules-based algorithm. 20% of is AI interpreting data and and analyzing data, which is really what AI is able to do much much much better than any human trader, any human element anywhere. Um, so you really want to make sure that you’re using AI to do the things that it is really the best at. You don’t want AI to just completely make decisions for you on, oh, do I want to go long? Do I want to go short? Do I want to get in here? Do I want to get out there? AI is not good enough to do that, no matter what anybody tells you. If anybody tells you that, I would run far away from those people because they’re completely full of [ __ ] Um, but AI is incredibly good at analyzing data. Um, so that’s what you want to use for. So here’s the tool. Let me just show you guys real quick. We’ll go through a standard run. Um, so first thing you’ll do is you’ll select the asset type that you want. Okay? So let’s just type in equity, but you guys can do option. You can do a futures contract. You can do a crypto. So, you select the asset type you want and then you type in the ticker symbol. So, we’ll do for this we’ll do the spy. And then you’ll put in your account size, how much money you want to risk on the trade, and then you select your trading style. So, you will do you can choose from a scalp, a day trade, a swing trade, or a long-term hold. So, for this for this example, Brett, why don’t we just do spy uh equity and then just do a day trade and click run analysis. So, that’s it. That’s all you need to do. That’s it. Now, you’ll wait 90 seconds or so and then you will then get a full detailed trading report. This is a multi- aent system. There’s a technical agent. Its only job is to analyze the technical analysis. It’ll do candlestick patterns, chart patterns, support, resistance, volume, indicators, etc. moving averages, Fibonacci, Ballinger bands, Elliot waves, the whole, you name it. It’s only job is to do that and that alone. Then you have a macro agent. The macro agent is designed to only focus on and analyze news and economic data. You have a wildcard agent whose only job is to control your risk and understand which elements and what catalysts are out there that could jeopardize your trade. And then those three agents run simultaneously but independently. The report that they each generate gets sent to the fourth agent which is the supervisor or the head trader agent. That agent’s only job is to assess the reports it gets from the other agents and then make a determination on do I want to go long, do I want to go short based on this information. and then will give you an entry, a stop-loss, and multiple profit targets along with a confidence score. Okay, you can see here on my screen, this is what a report looks like. On the very top is a summary. It will give you the direction as well as the confidence score on the analysis. It gives you a summary of the trigger on where to get in. It will then give you a breakdown of the trade plan. As you scroll down, you can see full detailed analysis from each individual agent that I had just mentioned along with confidence scores from them themselves individually. And then as you continue to scroll down, you’ll see ideal entry zones, uh percentage probability of reaching that entry zone, stop-loss level, profit target levels, it’s all right there for you. It even suggests for you position size. So, if you said that your risk is only $200, it’ll suggest for you how many shares or how many option contracts or how many futures contracts that you should be getting in order to maintain that level of risk. And this is what a holy grail trade plan generator report looks like. This tool has just over 70% accuracy on our platform. Our members have generated I don’t even know at this point. our members have probably generated I I’m we were at half a million plans generated like two weeks ago. Um I’d say at this point we’re probably into the 600s. Um it’s just been an unbelievable tool for us. We’ve had this tool out now for several months and it’s just been uh it’s been really really it’s it’s it’s been something that has helped a lot of traders kind of take their trades to the next level. So that one member Kwise who said they made 1,200 bucks in 10 minutes. I asked them how did you do that? what what tool were you using? And he said the holy grail. That’s that’s what this is. And you guys will get access to this when you guys join your training group. We actually even have a trial that you guys can use these tools. If there’s anyone that’s on this live stream that’s not a member, you guys could actually try our stuff for 90 days. We have a 90-day trial. You guys can use this tool. You can use our AI charting software. You guys can use all the stuff on our platform for 90 days. Just go to trueradinggroup.com990.

    Um, and you guys can join us for 90 days for just 90 bucks. That’s our trial. We don’t do a 7-day trial or anything like that’s not enough time. Like 7 days is not enough time for you guys to familiarize yourself with the platform, use the tools, and really see if they’re going to make a difference in your trading. So, we’re going to give you guys 90 days to use this stuff. So go check it out, use the tools, implement it in your trading, you know, knock yourself out, go nuts with it, trade with us for, you know, trade with us live. And this way you don’t have to worry about if you’re really busy with work one week or one another week you’re sick and you just you waste your trial by not really being able to participate. This is 90 days, so there’s no rush. Get yourself, you know, acclimated to the the platform, use the tools, implement it in your own trading, and then tell me what you guys think. I don’t mind doing this this trial. We we charge you a dollar a day. We will lose money on everyone that does the trial. And I’m totally okay doing that because the the AI usage for you guys to use all these tools costs us more than $1 a day. But I’m okay letting you guys use it for a dollar a day because I believe once you do use them, you’re going to want to join and stay with us for a full year. So that’s why we do it this way. It’s kind of a um we put our money where our mouth is. We if if we we talk a big game about how great these tools are. So if they’re that great, we should let people use them and you should make money with them and then you’ll join. And that’s the way that it should be. And that’s how we do it here at True Training Group. So this is not a trust me, these tools are great. It’s no, join our trial, use them for yourself, make money with them, and then join us full-time. And that’s why we have a retention rate that’s in the mid70s because when people join True Trading Group, they stay with us because they have success, because they make money. So again, trueraining.com990. You guys can join the trial. If you have any questions or you need help signing up for whatever the reason, do not hesitate. Send us a text message 1888 621-2127.

    Oh, look at that. Carmen Carmen, how are you? Carmen Owen says, “Join now. I joined after just 60 days.” So Carmen did the 90-day trial and they became an annual member after just 60 days. They said, “The hell with the 90, I don’t need 90. I after just 60 days, I know this is the place I want to be.” Um, and they were able to see the success using the tools, right? So there you go. I love to hear that. You’re well to fantastic comment. I love to hear it. Fantastic. So yeah, any questions guys or you need help signing up or you need clarity on something, whatever it is, shoot us a text 1888-621-2127. The phone number is right at the bottom of the screen if you guys need it. So again, just peep the bottom of the screen 1888-621-2127. Otherwise, you guys can go right to trueing.com990. There’s my boy Scott. Scott, how are you, man? Says, “I’m a lifetime member for over five years.” Carmen says, “Thank you for your platform. It’s my pleasure.”

    All right, guys. With that said, let’s take things on over to the charts. Let’s do a quick check on futures. Let me uh take a peek. Ah, we turned back over. We turned back over. We’re back down a quarter percent. We we we had a nice little pop there right before we started the live stream and then we faded it back out. We were down around.3%. We popped up to be down around, you know, just under 0.2 0.15 and we are now faded off a little bit. We’re down again 0.25. So still slightly red. Um not a major pullback, not a major sell-off. Um but we are red um on futures, but nothing crazy. We’ll have to just keep our ears open for news and to see guys, you know, what what exactly is going on um with everything in the Middle East and and just just how much of an escalation do we see. Keep your eyes on oil. Oil will not lie, okay? Oil is a global globally priced market that is based purely on supply and demand with a sprinkle of speculation in there. But that supply and demand on the global market is something that cannot be cannot be hidden, cannot be, you know, faulted. So if you see oil just sitting in the mid70s, then no matter what you’re seeing in the news headlines, the supply and demand is not being disrupted as much as the news headlines might seem like it would be. So focus yourselves more. And this is something I’ve been telling people for the last several months. If you are making trading decisions based on the news headlines that you’re reading about what’s happening in the Middle East, you’re going to make the wrong decision eight times out of 10 because you’re going to read a news headline and you like, “Oh my goodness, that’s bad. That means the market’s going to go down. You’re going to go short and then you’re gonna get your absolute ass handed to you and you’re going to get absolutely steamrolled.” which is what happened to everybody in April and it’s what is what has been continuing to happen to people over the last couple of months. The market has continued to churn higher as oil has faded back into the 70s. As long as oil stays in the 70s, honestly it can even bump into the low 80s or so, which I think it actually might pop into the 80s. But if it just stays 70s, 80s, 70s, 80s, I think that we will be we’ll be totally fine. I think inflation will ease and I do think the markets will be will be free to to kind of breathe and continue to move higher. I’ve been bullish the markets now for the last two weeks. We switched up short in the month of June. We attacked b we shorted bounces the month of June. We expected a red month in June. We got that red month in June and then at the end of June we flipped into saying, “Okay, we’re looking now for to start to buy dips again, buy pullbacks into support.” We’ve been doing that so far for the really the last week of June into the first um the first two weeks of July and I’m continuing to do that. I am still on a buy pullbacks and support mindset. What I think ends up happening over the course of the next couple of weeks is I think the markets actually make a push to a new all-time high. And I think we’re going to make a new alltime high. I think earnings are going to be good. I have no reason to believe earnings are not going to be good. Earnings have been incredible so far this year. They’ve been amazing. So good that earnings expectations for next year have risen dramatically. And as long as that remains the case, I believe the markets will move higher. And the way that I’m thinking over the next couple of months, what I think happens in the market is I think that sometime between July and August, we make a new all-time high. That new all-time high sticks for a couple of days but fails to extend meaningfully and then falls back underneath the previous high. Once you fall back underneath that previous high, then you get closer into the month of September and then in September and the fall, I think the market sells off. So I I’m looking for pierce this here. If you look at my charts, I’ll just kind of draw it out for you just like a quick art here. Do arts and crafts with Michael Edward. What I think we’re going to see happen here, guys, over the course of the next several weeks, um, and really over the next two months is I think the market is go, you might you might chop around here. You might do something like this and then make that new all-time high, right? Make that new all-time high, sit here for like a couple of days, and then fail to extend and drop back underneath it. And once you drop back underneath it, then that prior high actually acts as resistance on your first bounce attempt. And then you get a nice significant pullback in the month of September. And and that’s what I and then that pullback takes you back down into some of these key support levels in the low 700s. And that becomes a very very very viable zone in the long-term portfolio before the markets recover. Then you get out of the midterm elections. The markets start to bounce back the end of the year and then I think the Fed cuts rates next year and the markets continue their bull rally and we go on to make new all-time highs in 2027. That’s what I think you’re going to see happen over the course of the next couple of months. Now, I could be wrong about that. Obviously, if there’s a catalyst that happens um that makes me change that, I will. Um, a huge part of me telling you this and a huge part of this analysis is the assumption that oil does not go back up to $100 a barrel. Um, if oil does go back up to $100 a barrel because of, you know, what’s going on in the Middle East, then this analysis changes. Then the odds of rate hikes would almost be certain at that point. inflation would not ease and the I would not be looking for a bull market to continue into next year. I’d be looking for probably a bare market in 2022. I mean, uh, excuse me, a bare market similar to 2022 in 2027. Um, that is not my base case, but if oil goes back to $100 a barrel or something like that, then I become very I become pretty bearish for 2027. But as it stands now, I’m still bullish for 2027 and I’m still bullish for the next couple of weeks. I think we’re going to make that new all-time high and then pull back underneath it and then roll over. So, let’s talk about what we think the markets are going to now. Let’s just keep kind of pulling it back. We’re going from long-term to then, you know, medium-term. Let’s go shortterm. Let’s talk about just this week and this week alone. Um, what I’m thinking about here, we we have a pretty sizable gap down here. Um it’s not nothing. Uh right now futures are sitting we just fell under 7,600. So we’re moving back to the lows right now. We’re down.3%. Um so we’re headed back towards the lows. And what I think is going to happen, I think the markets are going to continue to stair step. So that was the one um specific type of price action that I mentioned to our members two weeks ago. And if you if you were on my live stream two weeks ago on Sunday, I mentioned that to you guys as well about the stair step. I specifically said stairst step, which is like two days up, one day down, two days up, one day down, like that type of thing. Markets go $3 up, $2 down, $3 up, $1 down, $3 up, $2 down, right? Like stairstepping it, not breakout, rally, extreme parabolic move. And that’s what I still think we’re going to see. And this gap down that we have today just makes me still feel like we are going to be in this stairst step mentality. So you look take a look here. You see it looks like three three days up. You have this nice pullback day up day then two pullback days now two up days. And I just think we’re going to continue to do that. So I think that tomorrow maybe you get a nice little pullback day. A candle that looks something like this. But these support levels I think stick. So, you might get a little bit of a pullback in here and then I think the markets are going to continue to move to the upside as earnings then start to take the center stage because I think earnings are going to be good. Bank earnings are coming up this week. Starting on Tuesday, you’re getting JP Morgan, Wells Fargo, Bank of America, Cityroup, um Goldman Sachs, right? All these bank earnings are going to start to kick off this week and that’s going to kind of set the tone and set the pace for earnings. I think those earnings are going to be good. I think they’re going to be um I think the market is going to receive them well and I think that’s going to kind of set the tone and get the markets moving higher. You also have CPI inflation data this week. I expect that data to be good because oil fell back down considerably last month, the month of June. Oil went all the way back down to where it was before the Iran war started. You had you had WTI back at $70. You had uh Brent back at 74 before the Iran war started. Oil was at 67. So we completely roundt okay the Iran war spike in oil prices last month. So I think we should see we should see inflation ease. If you get a combination this week of inflation easing, a good reaction to what I believe are going to be strong bank earnings. I think that is more powerful than the news headlines and the tit fortat going back and forth between the US and Iran with the different military strikes and a 3% move higher in oil. I don’t think a 3 or 4% move higher in oil, even a 5% move higher in oil prices. We see WTI at 767. We see Brent at 79. I don’t think that that’s enough to really kind of, you know, flip the market sentiment over. So, I still think we’re going to push higher. We just might need to absorb a pullback into a key support level to do so and continue this stairst step price action. We’ll go now break it down to a shorter time frame so I can really start to show you guys some of the support levels that I’m targeting uh for if and when these pullbacks happen. There are two main levels that I want to focus on on the spy. One of them is 752. The other one is 749. So these are the two support levels that I am here. I’ll give you a third one in case we get there. I don’t think we get this low, but in case we do, 746 would be the third. So these are three support levels that you should have your eyes on coming into this week. Okay? I mean, I’ll give you a fourth one. The fourth one is 740, but I really don’t think we get there. Um, but these are the support, these are the key support levels that are on my radar. 752, 749, 746, 740. Now, I’m going to start to look at the first two support levels for pullback. Okay, that’s what I’m going to look for. I’m looking for pullbacks right back into 752. I’m looking for pullbacks right back into 749. Right, that’s what I’m going to be targeting. And I think that these support levels are going to hold. Okay, I think they’re going to hold. So, I’m going to look for pullbacks into these zones. I will then be going long once these levels are tested. The first is 752. Next is 749.

    All right. So, those are going to be the spots we’re going to look for to target the long. Now, if inflation comes in higher than expected, if the bank earnings are [ __ ] right, then we have to change that. I’m not just going to blindly be going long if the catalyst that I’m looking for don’t line up, right? If the bank earnings on Tuesday morning and they’re all reporting pre-market. So, we’re going to be able to get a really good feel for what the tone is and the sentiment is in the market on Tuesday before the market’s open. So, we come in Tuesday and JP Morgan’s down 5%, Goldman Sachs is down 6%, Wells Fargo is down 3%, Cityroup’s down 4%. Then I might not be so aggressive taking the long into these support levels. If the inflation data comes in on Tuesday, um, you know, 2/10 higher than expected and the markets are selling off down one and a half% by the time it’s 9:15 a.m., then I’m probably going to be sitting here and thinking to myself, ah, maybe I’m going to be a little bit more patient with these pullbacks into these support levels. But I don’t think that’s going to be the case. So, I’m getting ready to target the long. That’s where I’m going to do so. Now, let’s go from there. We’re going to shift things on over to some individual stocks. I am still really bullish on AMD. I think AMD’s chart looks absolutely freaking fantastic. I think this thing’s going to make a push at those all-time highs. I think we’re going to get up there and test 580. I’m still looking for the long. I like the the high of the day from Thursday and the high of the day from Friday. It is a cleancut clear double top at 600. What I’m going to look for, guys, is AMD to break above 600. Okay. And once AMD breaks above 600, I’m going to look for 600 to be support. I will be long in the low. I’m sorry, not 600. I’m sorry, guys. 560. I’m sorry. I was saying 600. 560. 600 is the KO because Kru is also on my watch list and that level is 600. So that’s why 600 was in my head. But I’m for AMD it’s 560. Sorry about that. 560. So when you have Thursday’s high 560, Friday’s high 560. If AMD breaks 560, I’m looking for it to make a move to 580. So I’m going to go long AMD in the low 560s, stop loss under 560 and look for a push up towards those all-time highs. I still think that this thing is strong. You’ve had a massive support level at 500. you have a nice month-long consolidation channel and we’re going to look for AMD to push back up to the top end of that channel and that takes you to 580. So above 560 I’m looking for longs on AMD. I would not overstay your welcome on the long. I would take profits into that 580. That is the all-time high. You want to make sure you guard against a double top. That’s AMD.

    Next up we have Micron. Now, Micron is a little bit of a different story because I am bullish Micron for the next couple days, but I am bearish Micron over the next couple weeks. And let me explain to you why I think Micron is going to form a wicked head and shoulders. If you take a look at the chart that is on my screen right now, you will see the formation of a left shoulder,

    a head, and what looks to start to be the formation of a right shoulder, and you have a very clear defined neckline. What I am looking for here on Micron is I’m looking for Micron for this week to push back up above $1,000, maybe get to 1025, 1050, get into like that 1050 area and then top out and turn back over. If if MU gets back up above a thousand and then turns back over, that would then form and solidify the right shoulder of this head and shoulders pattern and then you would look for a micron to give you a much more significant pullback from there. And that can coincide with a selloff in semiconductors and a selloff going into let’s say August and September, which is what I’m telling you. I think the market toss make a new all-time high, fail it, drop back underneath it, then sell off and give you a nice pullback. That nice pullback could line up with a head and shoulders forming on Micron. And a pullback on Micron that takes it back to 750ish. 750 is going to be a really nice support level. 750 to 800. That could be a beautiful spot. If you don’t own any micron in your long-term portfolio and you want to, that’s a spot where I would take a nibble. And that’s a very realistic profit. a very realistic target for us over the course of the next one or two months. So, if this head and shoulders forms, put that trade idea in your back pocket going into August and September because I think it’s going to be an absolute freaking monster for us when it forms. But in the meantime, very, very short term, I’m looking for like a two or three day push back above a,000 and let’s be there for it. I’m going to try to say if we get above Friday’s high, that’s $1,000 on the button. we get above that, let’s look for a $50 move to the upside. Take our profits off the table. Maybe even scale into a tier one entry on the short stop loss back against the previous shoulder high of around 1,100 and let that right shoulder form. Let it roll back over and the trigger for the break is if the stock breaks 900. You break 900, you’re breaking the neckline and you’re breaking the 50-day moving average. That is what will trigger the head and shoulders to the downside. Here is your neckline. It’s a little bit of a upward sloping neckline. It also lines up with this dark blue line. That’s the 50-day moving average. So, we look for Micron to give you one more move higher. Fail, roll back over, break that neckline. Okay, that’s what we’re going to be looking for there on Micron under 900. I am short Micron.

    Next up, the KO. KO has this is where that 600 number comes from. Here’s your 600 number. As you guys can see, massive support here in May and June. We broke underneath it in July. Now, we’re consolidating underneath it. What I’m looking for for the KOU is I’m looking for KO to pop back up towards 600, run into that resistance level, and then turn back over and fall back down into the 400s. Okay, this is what I’m looking for on KO. Pop back to 600, roll back over down into the 400s. We made a awesome trade on KOU um a week and a half ago. We caught that short. Uh we caught this move to the downside, guys. Was a really great trade for us. Uh and I’m looking I’m I’m looking to beat this thing up again. All right, so we’ll look for a move back up into 600.

    Next up, Core Reef. kind of a similar situation here. Just an area that used to be support that is now acting as resistance. So you can see here we had support in June around 92 to 94. You broke underneath it. You bounced back up. And now that level that the level that used to be support now acting as resistance and I’m just looking for Cororeweave to continue to pull. Okay, we’re looking for Corave to continue to pull. So, if recall, we’ve been looking at shorts in the in the low 90s or so and then targeting the targeting a move into the low 80s, like an 82 81 target there on the downside. Next up, Meta. Some great news on with Meta last week to finish out the week, Thursday and Friday. Back-to-back kind of news for the stock. Big support level at 640. Let it pull in and then look for the long off of 640. 640 yellow line. That’s the 200 day moving average. And then you have this previous pivot resistance double top at the end of May and early June. Prior to that, you had all that. You had structure right here on this gap up with the gap entry there in April. So just some really good structure there around 640. So what we’re going to do here is just going to look for Meta to fade down towards 650 preferably like high 640s and then look for a bounce off of that level. Okay, that’s going to be meta.

    That’s really it. Oh, SpaceX. Sorry, last one. SpaceX. So, SpaceX is kind of a tricky one.

    Everybody sees this support level at 148, right? Everybody sees this support level at 148. And it looks like on Friday it broke. But if you get back above it,

    you got to you got to look for SpaceX to do something like this and just screw everybody. I I told people last week um I told people last week that I really kind of felt like that SpaceX might trap short sellers under 150. Um, and the the the setup the the pattern’s there for it, but you would need the only way I go long SpaceX this week is if this stock is green tomorrow, not Tuesday, not Wednesday, if this stock is green tomorrow. Let’s say SpaceX goes to 150 tomorrow. If you see SpaceX at 150 tomorrow, I’m going to go long SpaceX. I’m looking to trap everybody short underneath 150, which is the IPO open, and then pop this thing back up into the mid to high 150s. Um, so if I see 150 tomorrow, if I see 149, 150, I’m going to go long. Uh, my stop loss would be down around 146. And we look for this thing to pop back, you know, maybe even into the 160s. But if that’s not the case, if we wake up tomorrow and this thing is weak, um, and I don’t see any type of that bounce back into towards 150, I think it’s I think you’re safe to short it under 145. I think it would be safe to go short at 145, 146. Your stop loss would be like 148 and a half, 149 uh, and let it fade out because then you can say, then I would say that 150 level is broken. that 150 level to me 148 150 it’s not necessarily really broken yet it’s being tested so I don’t want to just I don’t want to jump the gun and be early there because I am like I said I think short sellers could get trapped so I wouldn’t really wait for confirmation that the level is broken and the level’s cleared and in order for me to say that the level’s broken and cleared we got to break through Wednesday’s low and Friday’s low you have a potential double bottom there you got to break that if you break that you’re good to go short. Okay, you break that, you’re good to go short. So, SpaceX is on my list is why I had SpaceX. I saved it for the very end. All the other stocks I just mentioned to you, I have clear clear conviction on direction. SpaceX, I’m coming in. SpaceX is on my watch list, but it’s I’m neutral. I have a long idea. I have a short idea. I’m going to wait. Let the markets kind of tell me which direction I want to lean on before I go ahead and take a position early. But, I do like the setup. I think you can make money either way depending on what the stock gives us tomorrow. That’s why it’s on the watch list. And that wraps it up. That does it for me. I hope you guys enjoyed the live stream. Um I hope you guys feel better prepared for the week ahead. We’ve got um some really big catalyst. You’ve got all the inflation data. You got the earnings. You’ve got Iran. All of this stuff is working itself through um within the next couple of days. So, I expect no shortage of news headlines. I expect no shortage of volatility. I expect no shortage of money-making opportunities. Get your butts in chat. If you are not part of this group, go to trueradinggroup.com990. Join us for 90 days. It’s a full trial for you guys. You can use all the AI tools that are on the platform, unrestricted access. Make money with us. See what this group is all about. And then you can talk about joining us for the full year. That’s trueraininggroup.com990.

    If you guys need any help, if you need help signing up, if you have any questions, don’t hesitate. Send us a text message to 18886212127.

    The phone number is right down there at the bottom of your screen if you guys need to do so. Go ahead and check it out. Pause the video. The number is right down there at the bottom of the screen. I will see you guys all tomorrow. Have a wonderful rest of your night. Subscribe to the channel. Smash that like button. Show us some love. I’ll see you guys all uh this week. Take care, folks.

  • 07/13/2026 – I blew up a YouTube channel in 2 months with AI

    I built an AI agent whose only job is to make viral YouTube videos. This agent browses YouTube competitor videos, sources, transcripts, posted videos, and my channel history before it is allowed to recommend anything. [snorts] And today, I’m going to let it pick what I should film next and show you exactly how you can use it to grow a YouTube channel as well. By the end of this video, I will be giving you the same exact tool for free for you to download and install. Let’s get started. The idea here is pretty simple. AI can help you grow on YouTube. That is exactly why videos about AI YouTube automation, faceless channels, and 7-day channel challenges get so many clicks. But most of those videos skip the part that actually matters. They make it look like the magic is the tool. Use this AI video generator. Use this script writer. Use this shorts workflow. But the real leverage is not the tool. It is choosing the right video before you waste an entire filming day. Because if the idea is wrong, everything that comes after it doesn’t really matter. You can have the best script in the world, the best edit in the world, the best thumbnail, the best title, but if the idea is bad, the video ends up fighting an uphill battle from the start. So, I wanted to build an AI agent for the part I always struggled with myself as a creator, finding the best YouTube ideas. But the real question I had wasn’t, can AI generate YouTube ideas? Because of course it can. [snorts] The real question I had was, can an AI agent filter ideas well enough that I would actually trust it with my next filming state? To answer that, I needed to turn it from a title generator into a research employee. But the way I define that job is very strict. Nova, which is my YouTube agent, is not just allowed to just brainstorm. If I ask for 50 ideas, I will still have the hard job. Now I have to sort them, validate them, reject the weak ones, check if I already film them, and figure out which ones are actually worth betting on. So Nova, my YouTube agent, has one job. Bring me the strongest ideas with receipts. That means before it recommends anything, it has to check what I already posted. It has to check what is already in my notion pipeline. It has to look at my approved and rejected ideas. So, it understands what I personally like and dislike. [snorts] It has to check competitor videos, YouTube validation, vid IQ when available, and source transcripts before calling something proven. And the most important part is that Nova has to label the evidence. If something is Vid IQ backed, say that. If something is competitor backed, say that. If something is just judgment, say that too. That is the difference between an idea generator and a strategist. A generator gives you more options. A strategist removes the bad one. So before Nova is allowed to find anything viral, it has to learn how to say no. So when I ask Nova for video ideas, it does not just start brainstorming. There is an actual sequence of events that happens first. It checks my channel memory. It looks at what I already posted, what worked, what flopped, what topics I repeated, and what my audience actually responded to. Then it looks at what is already in my notion database. What is already filmed and posted? What is already in Q film or write? What has been approved? What has been rejected? Then it looks for demand. It searches YouTube. It checks Vid IQ when available. It looks at competitor videos and it tries to find real signals instead of just nice sounding ideas. Then it finds what I like to call the viral pond, the viral cluster. That means it looks for the bigger audience desire behind the idea. Not what tool did I build, but what are people already clicking on when it comes to AI agents, YouTube automation, make money with AI, one person businesses, whatever pond is actually moving that is within my niche. Then it pulls source videos. It looks for videos with similar promises, strong titles, strong thumbnails, high views, and or clear outlier behavior. Then it reads the transcripts for all those videos. Really, this is where it tries to understand what are these videos about behind that title. You can you can’t always understand what a video is just by looking at its thumbnail and title. Sometimes there’s a lot more context inside those videos. Uh Nova also looks at the hooks, the structure, the mechanism to try to understand, you know, what really differentiated this one video that did massively versus all of those other ones. Then it translates the pattern to my channel. It does not copy the source video directly. It asks, “How does this become a Charbell video? What proof can I show? What system does Charbell already have? that fits well within this idea. Then step eight, it scores the ideas. It looks at demand, uh, channel fit, proof, freshness, packaging strength, and whether the idea would force me to overclaim, for example. And then step nine, it labels the evidence. Is this idea vid IQ backed? Is there numbers that back that this is a strong idea? uh is the idea competitor backed, is the idea transcript backed? So, it collects and labels all of the evidence and data that it collects. And finally, number 10, it returns only the top picks. Not 50 random titles, not a giant brainstorm, just two to three recommendations with receipts, risks, and camera proof just like it’s written over here. Camera proof is basically what would be nice for me to show on camera just like I literally am right now. And that is the difference between asking AI for ideas and building an AI strategist. If you want to use Nova yourself, as I promised, I put the repo link in my video description below, but here it is on screen as well. And the easiest way to install it is not to manually figure out every file. You can literally just take this link that will be in my YouTube description. Copy it. Send it to your coding agent. You can use Hermes agent. You can use cloud code, codeex, cursor, whatever you already personally use to code and write code. Send it to that agent. And you can say something like this. Install and set up this repo for me with the repo link. Read the read me and codebase first. Then walk me through the setup step by step. This is what’s going to help you onboard that agent to your personal workflow. Before changing anything, tell me what this repo does, what dependencies it needs, what accounts or APIs I need, what files I need to configure, how to run it locally, and how to test that it works after setup. Help me connect it to my own YouTube workflow. That right here is the simplest way to install it. You’re not trying to become a developer for 3 hours. you’re using your AI coding assistant to install the YouTube strategy agent and have it adapted to your setup. I’ve already put uh instructions for your AI agent on how to install it and how to onboard you when you go to install it. So, literally just ask it to help you with that and it will read everything my agent has written for your agent and it will just help you. And if you’re using Hermes, by the way, you can make this even more native. You can ask Hermes to clone the repo, inspect the instructions, uh, and configure the environments, then help you connect Nova to your own files. Say if you work on Notion like I do, if that’s where you manage a lot of your videos, you can ask it to connect to your YouTube research process, your channel memory, whatever files you currently already use. The important thing is this. Do not just run random commands blindly. Have your coding agent explain what it is installing, what keys it needs, what data it can access, and how to verify it’s working. Because Nova is only useful if it is connected to your real channel context. By the way, last note I’ll give on this. There are a few dependencies I use for my YouTube research like having a logged in session to YouTube on my desktop that runs Hermes agent and having a logged in Vid IQ session. Make sure you have those as well if you want just as good results as the ones I get. If it does not know your posted videos, your pipeline, your rules, your audience, it’s just going to end up being another idea generator like random ideas. This setup is what turns it into an actual useful employee. But once Nova is installed, using it is mostly about prompting it correctly. And I made this as simple as possible. You can literally ask it, Nova, what two videos should I film next week? And behind the scenes, Nova knows the job. It checks your channel memory. It checks your current pipeline, what you already posted, what you filmed, what you approved, rejected, what your audience has responded to as in what has performed well for you and what hasn’t. Then it looks for demand. It checks YouTube source videos, competitors, and transcripts. When it needs to understand why a video works, then it translates those patterns into your personal channel. Not here are 50 generic AI ideas, two to three recommendations. Each one should come back with the title, the source proof, the pattern it is adapting, what you should show on camera, and why it thinks this is worth filming. Let me show literally here. I was asking it to give me the page I was just showing you, but I’m going to run the prompt right here with Nova myself. Nova, what two videos should I film next week? And you’re going to see when I ask this Hermes since I’m using it on a Hermes agent, it’s going to load up my Nova skill to answer that question. It’s not just going to guess or just use chat GPT. It’s going to load up Nova. Uh I’ll give it a few minutes to set up and come back to us with the answers. Okay, here you go. This is exactly what I wanted you to see. First, it loaded up the Nova skill. Then it started searching our files. It activated the Vid IQ bridge to start collecting data. It read our posted videos history or approved ideas, rejected ideas, performance log, our configurations, everything it needs. And then it started running code to fetch us the best videos. Now I literally had two videos in my pipeline. So it gave us the same exact ones to which I told it, no, I want two new videos. I already filmed those two just today. two two new videos just corrected it and boom, this is what it gave us. The first one is how I build a milliondoll business with Hermes Agent, which is amazing because one, it builds on a video of mine that has found success. Five ways I make money with Hermes agent, which is now at 51,000 views. Uh, so this is a clear demand that it found in my channel that you guys enjoyed. It also also found uh a lot of our competitors had similar successes with ideas. Hence, it suggested this as a video idea. The second one is my $8 a month Hermes agent just got an AI team which it got from uh one of our competitors. I would maybe switch up the title so that it’s literally not a copy paste of one of our competitors. But the idea is solid. Its premise is how can we set up a lowcost Hermes agent workflow or AI team, an entire AI team working for you for just $8 a month, which is such a solid idea. And here you can see it’s telling us what not to make next. Uh, which are these, which didn’t really perform well. But that being said, if I enjoyed any of them, for example, this one, I really like it. Then I can take it and send it this. Hey Nova, I’d love to film this video idea next week. How I’d build a million-doll business with Hermes agent. Interview me and let’s make the script together. And that is literally something Nova can help you do as well. From writing hooks to writing scripts, bodies, help you brainstorm what is actually valuable for your audience and your channel context. The best AI YouTube system is not the one that makes videos for you. It is the one that helps you choose the right videos before you waste an entire filming day. That is where the leverage is. If the idea is wrong, the script, edit, thumbnail, and upload package are all just fighting uphill battles. But if the idea is right, everything after it comes and gets a lot easier. So if you want to copy this, do not start by asking AI for titles. Start by giving it your channel history, your posted videos, your pipeline. every single piece of data it’ll need. Give it Nova. Have it install it for you and have it help you find the right videos for your

  • 07/13/2026 – Claw Agents AI

    a multi-million if not a billion dollar company by now. You know, this is one of the most powerful claw agents there is. And people have been changing their lives because of it. The people that have access to real Open Claw are generating lead, sales, and clients daily. You can see here, Open Claw is the most powerful tool I’ve ever used in my life. It helped me stop drowning in busy work. Changed my life here. Um 30K a month from Open Claw, a 15year-old. I mean, it is doing all the work for him. Hence, he’s able to get such amazing results. I mean, answer the following question. Who do you think makes money online easier and faster? Is it someone that spends hundreds of dollars a month using different credit based AI tools? Or someone that lets a claw marketing agent run professional campaigns, run their business 24/7 on autopilot? Let me know in the chat box. There we go. I see B. B. Definitely B 100%. Person B. Number two. Exactly. It is in fact person B. If there’s anything you take away from today’s training and special webinar, it’s this. The easiest way to grow in 2026. In all seriousness, if you want to make this your record year, I’ve I’ve done this. I run three different businesses myself. This is the route to a million dollars in sales and even beyond. It is acquire autonomous claw agents. Agents that are skilled enough that execute. agents that are laser focused and trained on particular tasks that they can do completely independent outside of needing anyone or anything. Then simply let them scan your business and run the campaigns that they’re good in for you. So let’s say the agent is extremely well equipped to run social media campaigns. That’s their skill set. That’s what they’re trained on. Then let them understand your business. They go out there, get the job done. They scan everything, create everything, and from there you generate ongoing leads and sales. The problem, however, is a lot of times people have agents that yes, they can work on their own, but they’re not skilled enough. And that’s why you might be wondering, right, if if this is so powerful, then why isn’t everyone doing it? And that’s first of all, because OpenClaw in of itself is extremely costly and difficult to set up. You can see right here, companies are paying people $6,000 just to set up Open Claw for them. Not only that, or even worse, the setup is a nightmare. It even confuses data and tech experts where you need Docker, terminal commands, VPS configuration. I’m talking about having a welle equipped claw that actually knows what it’s doing that can actually run and have responsibilities and run companies and actually grow them and having different API keys for claw that they need to burn tokens through. It becomes really expensive. You need to manually configure everything and it’s either running on your computer meaning the AI has access to every file, every email, every safe password. And there are countless of horror stories of aentic AI agents. There’s actually one I want to show you uh real quick if you don’t mind. Let me actually uh go on YouTube here. You see, during our research, we researched a lot of podcast, blogs, data, Google search volume, a lot of things, and we came across this uh which was really interesting. I’ll just uh spend the first few seconds playing it. With OpenClaw, you started off as one of the leading skeptics. My first install, I truly spent 8 hours getting OpenClaw up and running. In return for those 8 hours, I got my personal family calendar deleted. Now you’re She spent 8 hours setting up OpenClaw only to get her entire family calendar deleted. I mean, this is the reason why it’s so hard for the average person. Now, just like that, there are countless of horror stories. You can see right here, a Meta AI director named Summeru connected OpenCloud to a work email. The agent ignored stop commands, deleted over 200 emails before she could even shut it down. Right? There’s no undo bit but then if an agent goes rogue it has the same access to your system that you do and that’s the problem and that’s where yog is set down and wonder right open claw clearly is powerful because again the people that do manage to figure it out the people that do actually you know are able to use open claw in a proper way they can grow their business immensely fast right the the case studies and results are phenomenal there are beginner 15year-olds doing 30K. It is clearly one of the most powerful AI out there. So with that being said, we sat down and wondered how do we create a claw agent that’s built on Open Claw, runs on Open Claw, has all the necessary skills. So not an AI that you need to train, that’s just an empty shell that’s waiting for you to do a job and hoping it does a good job, but something that actually knows what’s required and is already ahead and knows exactly how to take you from A to B. And that was Yoga’s goal to find a way that people can use all the AI claws and their power instantly without having to worry about any tech hassles. and he built an you know massive give some respect or or some you know claps or anything in the chat to Yoges because if you understand the data that was required the amount of you know server as well as time as well as skills and coding that was required to get this done he’s built a dedicated clause servers that pro provides you instant access completely safeguarded not just the AIS that can just do what you ask them to do, but revenue driving claw agents, agents that actually are able to make money, that have already done it before and know how to do it again. Meaning, everything you need is already pre-installed so you don’t have to. You can ask it anything and it knows how to get the job done. And better yet, it comes back with results. It knows how to get the lead magnet, send the email, close the client, get the person interested, get the views in. Now you simply give it a task, watch it work 24/7 to guarantee you results, generate leads, sell products, get traffic, and email businesses. Now, let me ask you a question. What if we equipped you with your very own claw agent AI that grows your business overnight? If you had that, a dedicated team of AI agents that can literally accomplish everything you want in a way no other AI can. If you had that, do you see yourself growing your business extremely fast like Michael Carter who helped him simply grow his business by just sending a telegram command into having his offer research done, his page copy done, his emails done. He doesn’t have to jump between five different tools anymore. Emily full landing pages, call to actions done. Brandon, all his emails are getting open now. He’s getting cold clients in. This is something that isn’t just another agent, another whoopdedoo AI tool. It is something that has the skill to deliver results. Now, pay very close attention because claw agents AI will manage all of your marketing in 2026 to get daily result on the most successful and powerful agentic AI, which is open clock. Comment, I want this. If you want to see an inside look, comment, I want this. And then let’s go ahead and go on the inside. Let’s see here. I want this. I want this. I’m super excited. Show me the money. There we go. All right. Without further ado, let’s go ahead. I want this. Let’s go ahead and have an inside look. Hello everyone. This is Yogesh Agarwal. And in the next few minutes, I’ll show you the most powerful AI agent on the planet, Open Claw. Doing everything for you with zero technical skill. plain prompts turning into real automations and results that land you actual clients all live right in front of you. This isn’t another AI agent app. It’s a fully cloud hosted OpenClaw platform built for those who want results. Normally, you’d need a dedicated server and have to wrestle with Docker and all that ninja stuff. We handled every bit of it. No technical knowledge, just click and done. And I won’t just talk about it. I’ll build a real live agent and command it from Telegram, Discord, WhatsApp, and the web right in front of you. A real OpenClaw agent doing everything for you from a single command on your phone. Trust me, this one is going to blow your mind. Let’s go. So, this is my dashboard. You can see everything you’ve done so far. All your agents, your account stats, and your chat sessions with their status. Now, let me create an agent and show you the real power you’ve been waiting for. Click create agent from the dashboard. First, give it a name, a face, and a purpose. I’ll call mine Ria. Pick a color and add the description where you tell her exactly how to behave. Then, the model. Two ways to run this. The in-built LLM is built right in, completely free and included with every bundle account. So, you start without spending a thing or bring your own key on the settings page and it shows up right here. I’ll take the in-built LLM. It’s free and already paid for. Now, step two, and this is where your agent gets its real power, where it stops acting like a bot and starts getting real work done. On the left, the tools, more than a dozen built-in website scraper pulls content from any site. PDF creator, media studio for images and media, a web browser that reads pages like a person, plus content tools, leadfinder, and text to speech for natural voiceovers. Below that, the services it plugs into. Want to post to your WordPress site? Just connect it. Want to schedule emails? Connect Aweber to send emails. Connect your Gmail and you can always add your own because any app with an MCP server connects straight to your agents. On the right, pick a skill. Over 250 in-built skills across more than 50 categories, one per agent, and you can add your own here, too. I’ll give Ria the smart sales assistant. So, the possibilities are infinite. connect any app and automate anything. Step three, where will she live? Web chat is always on, so she’s live on the web from the start. These are the channels I connected in settings. And for this first agent, I’ll put her on Telegram. So, I pick my Telegram bot, Kindclaw. Last step, review. My skill, my tools, my model, and my channels. Web chat and Telegram both active. Looks perfect. So, I hit launch. Validating, verifying the channel, building the agent, wiring the integrations, finalizing, and she’s ready. Ria is live on web chat and Telegram. I click open Telegram bot, and it takes me straight to her right inside Telegram. Now, let me show you the real power. You’ve heard me say it. You get a real open claw agent right in your phone and you run it anywhere, anytime. I’ll take this one slow because it changes how you see all of it. Same agent we just built. Now inside Telegram on my phone, type/start and it’s ready. Now watch what one message can do. Let me give it a real job. One you do daily. Find the top 10 independent restaurants in Miami. Figure out which ones are barely posting. Build each a full 365day content calendar for Facebook, Instagram, and X. Drop it into a professional strategy PDF with my offer. Then email every one of them from my Gmail. One instruction, the way you’d text a coworker. And here’s the first thing to notice. It doesn’t just start. It stops and thinks. Lays out its own five-step plan. Then asks the only three things it needs. my Gmail, my pricing, and how many to target. I say $4.97 a month, the three least active. Go. Now, watch it work. It researches the live web, checks each restaurant’s Instagram and X, and builds a ranked table of the top 10 with real follower counts and post totals. Mila on top at 230,000 down to Soya Epomodoro at 6,300. It didn’t make this up. It actually went to Google, scraped the results, and analyzed them. Awesome, right? Then, like an expert strategist, it picks the three that need the most help. It hunts down the actual contact emails site by sight, then builds a full 365day calendar for each, 12 monthly themes across all three platforms into a beautifully designed strategy PDF with my offer. And here’s where every other agent on the market stops. They stop at research. Yes, they just stop here. But Claw Agents AI is different. This one goes further. It sends all three emails personalized with the PDF attached straight from my Gmail. Let me prove it. I’ll open my Gmail and sent items. And there they are. Three proposals all delivered. Wow. This is what no other AI agent does. And these aren’t plain emails. Each one greets the chef by name and quotes their exact follower count. So think about what just happened. Your agent just ran as five in one. A scraper, a researcher, a strategist, a copywriter, and a designer. Five agents working together, finishing the whole job in minutes from a single message on your phone. That is not a chatbot. That’s a real agent doing real work and a service you can sell for $497 a month to every client on that list. That was outreach. Now watch it build. Same agent, same chat, something completely different. Find the top 10 trending products on Amazon. Compare them. Pick the best and build me a premium animated high converting sales page with my affiliate link. One message it plans, asks my Amazon affiliate tag. I give it and go. It pulls live trend data, ranks the 10 most searched products with real search volume, then filters out the low earners, and picks the best converter on its own. The Fire TV Stick 4K Max, 17,000 searches a month, low price for an easy impulse buy, and a strong commission. Then it builds the whole page top to bottom. An animated gradient hero with a floating product shot, a stats section, a comparison table, top features, testimonials, an FAQ, and a final call to action. Every element wired with my affiliate tag, and publishes it live to a real web address. You’d pay a designer and a copywriter good money for this and wait days. It did it in minutes from one message with your affiliate link in every button. That’s a page you could run ads to right now. Awesome, right? That last page sold a product that already exists. But here’s the one that changes everything. What if you don’t even have a product to sell yet? Same agent, same chat, the boldest ask yet. Research the bestselling make money ebook topics. Write me a full 30page ebook on the winner. Build a colorful professional PDF with a stunning cover. Then build a vibrant sales page with payment integration and publish all of it. One message, it plans, asks just two things, my payment provider and my name. I give it my PayPal and go and it starts working. First, the research. It ranks the hottest make money topics by real demand, picks the winner on its own AI powered passive income, then actually writes the book. a complete 30-page ebook, seven income methods, 11 chapters, two appendices, a 50p prompt library bonus, and five real case studies with names and numbers. It generates a custom cover, dark navy with a golden neural network design and wraps it into a clean, professional PDF. And this is what I want you to see. Open the book. It’s the real thing. A proper cover, a full table of contents, chapter after chapter, real tables, frameworks, and earning breakdowns, not a thin pamphlet. This is a book someone would happily pay for. Amazing, right? Then it builds the store, a high converting sales page live on a real web address, an animated gradient hero with a glowing book mockup, a problem section into six solution cards, a bonus stack, testimonials, a stats bar, a three-step how it works, an FAQ, and a $17 pricing card with the checkout wired straight to my payment. It published both the book and the page live. I bet no other AI tool can do this. Awesome. Right. So, in one message, a product you didn’t write, a cover you didn’t design, a page you didn’t build, and a checkout you didn’t set up. No writer, no designer, no upfront cost, a finished digital product live on the internet, ready to earn while you sleep. That is not a chatbot. That’s a real business on your phone. And here’s the best part. Everything you just saw happened inside Telegram, but this worker is not stuck on Telegram. The exact same agent lives on Discord, too. Right where your team already hangs out. Let me show you. Now we’re on Discord. Not a new tool, not a new login. The exact same agent now living inside a free Discord server where your team already works. And this time it publishes straight into my WordPress site. Watch this. I say hi. It welcomes me back. and I hand it one job. Create a premium animated SEO friendly review page for AI Talker using my affiliate link and publish it live to my WordPress site with pros and cons, FAQs, testimonials, and multiple call to action buttons. A VA would charge $50 to $100 for a post like this. I hit send. It maps a clean five-step plan, connects to my real site, yoga shaggerwall.io, then researches AI talker, and pulls the full picture. A promptdriven voice design engine, 11 core features, one-time pricing, a commercial license, a 4.9 rating from over 580 reviews. It’s not guessing. It read the real product. Then it generates its own images and post structure and even finds the right categories on my site on its own. I say continue. It uploads the images and publishes live on my own domain in under 60 seconds. Wow, super simple, right? Open it up. A cinematic hero banner. A clear breakdown of AI talker. A pros and cons box. Nine pros against four cons. Six target audiences. Six key features each explained. A full comparison table against 11 Labs and Murf, a pricing section with a one-time deal versus 97 a month. Three testimonials, an FAQ, a final verdict and call to action buttons, everyone wired to my affiliate link, even the affiliate disclaimer. So, a complete SEO ready affiliate review researched, written, designed, and published to your own WordPress site from one message on Discord done in minutes, and you can automate it to run daily for different products. This is the real power of Claw Agents AI. One more from the same agent, and this time it writes a whole email campaign and loads it into my autoresponder. scheduled. I give it one line. Analyze AI talker. Write me a persuasive five email conversion sequence and schedule it to my Aweber list 01 with a 12-hour gap between each. It confirms my list, analyzes the landing page, and writes the sequence. And these aren’t lazy emails. Look at the angles. Curiosity, social proof, comparison, opportunity, urgency. Then the part that made me stop cold. It doesn’t just hand me the emails. It schedules all five itself right into Aweber. 12-hour gaps across the next few days. Every link pointing to my affiliate page. Wow. This is real automation. Here’s my actual Aweber account. And there they are. All five scheduled today, tomorrow, and into Monday. Exactly the gaps I asked for. A full launch sequence written, wired, and scheduled into your real email platform from one message on Discord. Amazing, right? So, you’ve seen Claw Agents AI on Telegram and Discord. Your agent working right inside a chat on your phone. The same experience runs on WhatsApp, Slack, and Signal, too. And since they work the same way, I’ll skip them and show you something even more powerful. Remember, every agent you create comes with its own web chat. that’s always live. No extra setup. I go to my agents, pick the agent, and click open chat. A clean, professionally hosted chat page ready to use instantly. Here’s Ria live on the web. I say hi and I give her one instruction. Find 10 plumbers in Austin, Texas with the weakest social media presence. Collect their verified contact details. Analyze their online presence. write a personalized sales and growth strategy for each and organize it into a professional spreadsheet report. One message, she scopes it out first, a clean five-step plan, and even tells me it’ll take about 15 to 25 tool calls. She’s thinking like a real strategist. I tell her, “Go.” She searches Austin, opens each plumber’s website, checks their Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn one by one, hunts down real phone numbers for every business, and ranks them weakest social first. Then the output, a full report, top 10 scored weakest to strongest. Plum in order at the bottom with a 10 out of 100. No Instagram, no LinkedIn, a dead Facebook page. A clean spreadsheet. every business with its website, email, phone, and notes, and five custom strategies for each tailored to their exact gaps. Awesome, right? And then the part that made me stop. She picks the single biggest opportunity herself, ENT service plumbing, 368 five-star Yelp reviews, but zero social presence, and tells me, “This is your number one client.” Wow, that’s a qualified lead handed to you on a plate. And she publishes the whole analysis as a live, beautifully formatted report on a real web address ready to send straight to a client. So from one message in a browser, no app, no channel, no setup. You got a qualified lead list, a scored spreadsheet, 10 personalized strategies, and a published agency grade report. A local marketing service you could sell for hundreds done in minutes. That’s an entire agency running inside your browser. Still the same chat, same agent, but now something completely different. I want a voice over. I hand her a short SAS commercial script about claw agent AI and tell her, “Make it energetic, professional, a confident male voice with real excitement on the key benefits.” one message. She doesn’t just grab the first voice. She casts it like a pro. She weighs Christopher Nurl, that reliable news anchor authority, against Gynurl, the high energy passion voice, and decides Gyural fits an excited, energetic sass ad. Then she generates it. Your voice over is ready, she says. Listen here. Claw Agent AI is an all-in-one AI workforce that replaces dozens of business tools with intelligent AI agents that actually get work done. From creating content and websites to finding leads, sending emails, generating images, a high energy, passionate male voice reading my script like a real person who loves the product. Wow. And she even tells me why it works. the pacing, the conversational tone, the way it builds to the payoff, then offers to try a deeper news anchor voice if I want. The kind of thing you’d pay a voice artist good money for or a whole monthly subscription done in seconds. Amazing, right? We’re not done yet. A few more things in the app. In chat sessions, you see every session status, boot time, skills, LLM model, and chat count. Sleeping? Click resume to restart it. Idle Ré opens a chat window and a smart touch. Idle sessions sleep on their own to save credits, then wake when you need them, so you never pay for an idle agent. In my agents, all your agents live in one place. And open chat spins up a new session with a clean chat interface. your whole agentic team in one window. Under tools, skills, around 200 readymade, sorted by what your business does. Each one a job you’d normally hire for. Click to assign. Stack as many as you like on one agent or hit create skill for your own. Next, MCP servers. Connect any app with an MCP server and every popular app has one these days. 14 tools are built in. To add your own, click my MCP server. Add MCP server. Enter the details and assign it. It talks to your account in real time. And last, agency where you make money with it. Add sub users. Hand out credits. Set their username. Plan and credits. Track who’s active and what they’ve used. Stay in full control. One platform. A whole new revenue stream. Okay. Stop and think about what you just watched. One sentence found 10 businesses in Miami and emailed them a full pitch from my own Gmail. A 365day content calendar built and delivered for a real restaurant. A review site live with affiliate links inside it. And a five-part email sequence scheduled to a real list 12 hours apart without me touching a thing. Nobody edited anything. Nobody coded anything. Everyone was a single plain English sentence typed from a phone. Now the question that matters, what happens when that’s your phone? Everything tonight was maybe 10 prompts and you saw two pages of skills out of 250 plus. With MCP servers, you can plug this agent into practically any app you already use. Your CRM, your store, your calendar, and let it run those, too. What you watched is the floor, not the ceiling. And under the hood, this is OpenClaw, the most powerful AI agent on the planet. Now, let me clear the doubts because I know exactly what they are. I’m not technical. You just watch the setup. There isn’t one. We host everything. You type a sentence. I can’t afford another subscription. It’s not one. It’s one payment. Unlimited use. Zero API fees forever. What if it’s not for me? A full 30-day money back guarantee. Run the exact prompts you saw tonight. And if it doesn’t deliver, you pay nothing. So, here’s what’s on the table for this room only. Your own cloud-hosted OpenClaw agent. All 250 plus skills commanded from Telegram, WhatsApp, Discord, Signal, Slack, or Web Chat. Unlimited use. Zero API fees and just one thing you watched, one reputation report, one content calendar, one review site sells to a single local client for more than this whole platform costs. Your first client pays for it. Everything after is profit. So, you’ve got two ways to leave this webinar. Go back to doing all of this by hand tomorrow or grab claw agents AI. Send your first command before you sleep and wake up to finished work. Now handing over to Raheem. Wow. Wow. Wow. Who here absolutely loved what they just saw and just wants to activate claw agents AI right now. That’s it for secret number one. I see lots of yeses coming in. Anthony, John, Melissa, Steven. Uh there you go. Dan as well. Ali as well. Yeses flying through the roof. Uh Randolph saying yes. Perfect. Now, I quickly want to show you how you can even have a fully hands-free agency using this. As you saw, this agent has all the skills you need. It is the one-stop shop of highly trained agents that can actually execute with precision and results. And that’s why the people that grab Claw Agents AI, you will get guaranteed clients and results and at least at bare minimum one client per week. We even have a results generator on the inside where you can already map and track out how much money you’ll be making using claw agents. And this is 10 out of 10 times from what we’ve seen with our existing users accurate. So it gives an estimate of how much clients you will get, how much you will make and it literally it also gives you already pricing. It literally comes down exactly to just putting the claw agent to work and watching the results happen. You see, local businesses, as you already know, are desperate right now. Let me know in the chat box if you’ve seen this and if you realize this overall just in general with this massive shift of they were barely getting adapted to AI. Now they have to adapt to a gentic AI, whereas they’re still stuck with outdated marketing methods, outdated technology, and just manual and time consuming operations. They literally need more help than ever in 2026. And there lots of data on this as well. And that’s why the demand for AI agent automation is booming. It’s absolutely booming. And with the power of claw agents AI, they just see it once. This is the type of service where all you have to give is a demo. Just even just this snippet and they completely are sold. Businesses will fall in love with you. And I’m not just saying this. I’m actually going to show you this can be done in minutes because all these businesses are hiring expertise ASAP, right? People are hiring social media managers, social media copywriters, hearing about hiring copywriters, we’re hiring a full-time invoicing clerk. We’re hiring, you know, copywriter for property web property management investment firm. We’re hiring a website builder, a designer. Every single day, hundreds, if not thousands of people are looking to outsource certain tasks and the average AI just leaves you with tons of prompting, overwhelming subscriptions, right? These are real complaints that we see from people that are trying to do this themselves with either AI or generic AI tools because they don’t know they’re not equipped with these skills to actually do it. They’ll do it, but that doesn’t mean they can actually deliver a good job. Now, who wants me to share the exact script that gets you these exact clients that are frustrated, that are looking for a solution, how to easily get them and make $1,500 a pop. Let me know. Comment yes in the question or chat box. There you go. Lots of yeses. Now, all we do is we let the claw agent go to Google and it goes now hiring function can be website builder, social media, content manager. I mean, it can do this on Google. can also do this on social media. If I literally go to socials right now and type in, you know, hiring social media manager. Let’s say this is what the claw agent will do. And then it will go to most recent posts. And you’ll see right off the bat, six hours ago, hiring a social media manager here. Hiring a social media manager. Hiring a social media manager. Uh we’re hiring a part-time marketing manager. We’re hiring. Look at the amount of opportunity that is here that the agent can tap into. This is money sitting waiting for you to be picked up. Right? All these people, right? We’re hiring a media manager. We’re hiring uh digital marketing. We’re hiring uh social media manager. Now, you can show them the claw agent and they’re completely sold. So, let me show you how that works. We let the claw agent send the following message saying hey business name I saw you’re looking to hire a position which is you know a website builder a designer um you know graphic designer even here if I go in hiring you know I need graphic designer you’ll see again tons look at the amount of money you can make right off the bat now hiring looking for two people graphic designer website designer right back to back right we’re we’re looking at grounded K9 I think this is something you know a dog industry or business. Someone that can create logos, someone can do graphic design. These are clients that are up for grabs. Now, we send let claw agents AI sent this message. Hey, I actually happen to have a dedicated AI agent specialized in that exact function. If you want, I can share the agent with you so you can get a glimpse of what it can do to help you. That simple demo alone when they get a glimpse of it is enough for them to say, I want to work with this agent for the rest of my ongoing career. And we make it even easier by saying, “Hey, if you don’t want or happen to need it, you won’t have to pay a dime. Just have a look. You like what it can do. You know, it’s always lives on your phone. It’s always next to you. It’s not like chat GPT where you have to constantly go through it, ask it, prompt back and forth, and then the output take that and actually try and do something with it.” This agent is self-fulfilling. But not only that, it is skilled to deliver. Now, just ask yourself, who would a business rather work with? a person that will spend weeks researching and building while managing a bunch of AI tools or a person that you know just needs your URL your business a little bit of your business and installs a claw agent that continues to run all your campaigns a business obviously and will always choose B there you go lots of people saying B exactly and here’s what actually happens when you turn this on right we provide oneweek free trials to any business owner so they can you know get used to the claw agent know enjoy Enjoy the life of having everything done for you in a perfect manner. Then paste the URL in the claw agent AI and get clients happily paying your retainer. And this is what you see right here. Jessica for client campaign. You know, she mapped the complete workflow. That agent is now running non-stop. She’s getting paid every single month. And that’s why the people that make or take action today will make money in any industry. And it doesn’t just have to be with clients. You can give the claw agent any offer. You can even give it an affiliate link or a digital product link and it runs a high converting marketing campaign and knows exactly what to do. It can set up the page. It can set up the promo, get the leads, get the traffic, send the follow-up emails. That’s why businesses will happily pay you for a Gentic setup because it can do anything and it can actually do it with skill. So, you tell me, do you see how this is one of the easiest revenue streams? People are willing to pay $2,000 for workflows like this. Let me know in the chat box. Do you see how having access to this is one of the easiest AI revenue streams? Comment yes. And if you comment yes, we’re going to go and show you something special. We’re going to show you how you can get direct special access to this. I see lots of yeses falling in. John, Melissa, there you go. Stephen, Adam, lots of yeses. Uh Drake, amazing. Good to have you here. George saying yes. So glad I showed up. Yes. Perfect. All right. And without further ado, let’s go ahead and go into secret number three because this is where we’re now actually going to get you the biggest results without you barely lifting a finger. Let’s make it happen. Now, you’ve just seen what is possible. You have the AI hardway that most people are stuck in where they have to learn a lot of different apps, have to log into each of them, no clarity on how to grow their business, and the AI tools are not skilled enough. Or you have the claw AI agent way where the agent already knows exactly what is required to generate the given results. Now, who here wants to wake up with AI agents already working on your business while you slept? I’m talking. They analyzed your business, created content, wrote your emails, designed your images, scheduled your post, published your content, tracked your results, but more importantly, generated clients, got real people to show interest, generated real traffic, actually got sales, actually got people to purchase. If that’s you, comment yes, because here’s what you’re getting today. Once you have claw agent which is proven the most successful AI that is generating success stories the agent that is built upon openclaw you’ll have such fast results that all the lost time you’ve had up until now is made up for and that’s mainly because first of all with the claw agent AI command center you have access to the open claw powered AI workforce system and if you already know you can look this up yourself openclaw is the most powerful agent there is. Now, this will allow you to write, research, automate, and execute businesses tasks from any dashboard. You have the Telegram, WhatsApp, and Discord command, which allows you to boss them around from any device. You have unlimited LLM power without monthly token stress, so you can create pages, emails, research posts, workflows, client assets without having to deal with any AI tokens or credits. You have advanced workflow power which gives you an upgraded and advanced output faster execution as well as multi-channel AI employee control meaning you can send commands from both Telegram, WhatsApp and Discord all simultaneously. You have over 250 plus skill training systems, meaning your AIS are not just shells that you know learn as they go, but they’re already trained. They already know what to do, such as Offer Hunter. They know how to find strong affiliate products and how to promote them without you having to manually search. And it’s completely beginner friendly, meaning even if you’re a beginner, you can let the agents do all the heavy lifting for you. Now, this allows you to go from, you know, doing everything yourself to having an AI workforce handle all the work for you. Everything, even client work or even generating clients is handled for you. Now, on top of the AI command center, you also have access to all these specialized AI agents such as the offer hunter agent which finds the best offers to promote. You have the page builder agent which creates your landing pages, your bridge pages, your copy, your CTAs, your entire campaigns, the email writer as well. You have the social media agent, the research agent, the workflow builder agent, the app connector agent if you want to connect different apps. Even that you don’t have to do an agent does that for you. You have the client work agent and the AI automation planner. Everything you need to get done will get done as fast as humanly possible. But again, the most important thing is it will get done with expertise. It will get done with skill built upon the only and most successful agent out there, which is OpenClaw, which very few if not barely any other tool can do. Every skill that you get paid for is already built inside your claw agent, right? getting paid for email marketing services effortlessly without you lifting a finger. Making anywhere from $300 to $2,000 including generating the client, getting the person interested, and being happy and delivered with the work. All of that is done for you. Now, on top of the command center and the specialized agents, this is where it becomes real. You’re going to get the campaign modes, and this is where the real results happen. You have a campaign asset generator. If the copyrightiting engine, the content calendar builder, the niche and competitor scanner, the proposal builder actually close the deals, the AI task organizer, what needs to get done and when, the automation planner, as well as the app connected work system. This is where it goes out there and executes and it doesn’t stop until it gets the desired results. Now, on top of that, you also have full commercial license and support. You have a client monetization license, a simple beginner-friendly setup without any tokens, without any monthly fees, royalty-free asset creation, 100% ownership of everything you can create, and live training and weekly Q&A support, meaning you’re completely taken care of. And this is how our users are getting massive results. and you’ll be able to go from zero to seeing real clicks, leads, and sales flying in just like Michael Carter, Emily Johnson, Brandon Miller did using Claw Agents AI. Now, who here is loving everything they’re getting so far? Let me know in the question or chat box. Who here is loving everything they’re getting so far? There you go. Fantastic. Give me the link. I need this. I’d love to try this out. Yes. Yes. Can’t wait to get started. Awesome. Now, here’s the thing. because you are so smart to show up to the webinar. And I always, you know, I applaud and respect and congratulate the people that show up to the webinar because you should already know because you’re on this webinar, you’re going to get the biggest bang for your buck. Meaning, you’ll get access in a way nobody else can outside of this webinar, which means you will unlock the webinar only bumble deal. And this will increase your results by so much in record time because a lot of the stuff, the initial setup, etc. will be done for you. Meaning on top of the initial premium account, you’re also getting the unlimited. The unlimited allows you to generate more results because there’s no cap. Unlike most AI tools, when you use them, they have to break, they have to stop. You have unlimited AI employees, unlimited LLM credits, unlimited task execution, unlimited campaigns, unlimited workflows. You have unlimited access to the entire 250 plus skilled agent library, more flexibility for marketers, and bonus training included that is responsible for generating our users $1,000 within 24 hours. It goes out there, finds the highest intent buyers, delivers the service, and sends the proposal and gets paid. Now, if that’s not enough, this means that with the unlimited, you can run your claw agent as much as you want. On top of the premium account, you’re also getting because you’re on this webinar, the unlimited mode. Now, normally the unlimited is a 97 a month, but you won’t have to invest anywhere near that because you were smart enough to show a lot. On top of the premium and unlimited, you’re also getting the professional mode. And this knocks it out of the park because with the professional, you have advanced AI employee control. This means you have more control. You can now customize the AI employee. You can give it specific roles and tasks. You can have a specific character to it. You’ve got pro workflow builder that builds out your entire workflow for you. You have the advanced campaign planning. You’ve deeper research and analysis where others stop. This one continues. You have stronger content and copy, better client ready output, more control over your agents, and additional professional support. Now, this means you can turn one ID into multiple workflows and actually build your entire business on the pro version and normally this alone is 127 a month, which means you’re getting the premium account, the unlimited mode, and the professional. Now, because you’re on this webinar to really shortcut your results, and this is what our initial users love so much, this is worth its weight in gold. What I’m about to show you next is thousands if not tens of thousands of dollars worth in actual value right here is the done for you. We’ve actually already done the work for you. The landing page copy, the email campaigns, the social media packs, the outreach scripts, the proposal templates, the bonus page copy, the bridge copy, the client ready materials, everything you need to sell your offer, sell your services. We’ve already built out everything for you so the claw agent can take it and run with it. obviously customizing it to your business and go and start generating results. We already know what converts. We run multiple businesses. I run three agencies myself, all doing well over six figures. And right now, you are stepping into something that already works. And as an agent that is scaled to the point it can actually bring the results home. This means on top of the premium account, the unlimited mode, the professional, you’re also getting the done for you. Now, if that’s not enough, besides the done for you, you’re also getting the AI automation. Now, the automation is it automatically follows up. It sends reminders. It has a recurring task. So, if you want to set a task that it does it repeatedly, you can. It has daily and weekly reporting flow. It checks in with clients. It has email sequencing, content scheduling, and a daily AI world report. Meaning after work, it makes a report of what it has done, how it has performed, the results it generated, so you can see the growth over time. Now, the automation allows you to truly work hands-free and watch your claw agents report back to you, keep you in the loop, give you all the data and analytics, and actually work around the clock and recurringly. Now, who here is loving this? so far. Again, let me know in the chat box who here is loving this so far. And if you said yes, I see lots and lots of just coming in. Let me tell you, it’s only going to get better. Only on this very webinar. We’re also going to give you the agency mode. And this comes immediately with the entire client proposal templates, the onboarding assets, the client audit templates, the client reports, the surface packaging, the agency pricing, white label surface, client outreach scripts, discovery call scripts, client delivery checklists, monthly retainer IDs, and agency workflow blueprints. Meaning your agents are already immediately dialed in to go and land clients. They have everything. They have everything they need to instantly make money without Phil. Now you can let claw a AI agent sell themselves and their services and you keep 100% of the profits and everything is already done for you. Even the pricing, even the service package, what they need to offer, the onboarding, the outreach, everything to land clients is already done and they go and do it themselves and you keep a 100% of the profits. Meaning on top of the clawi premium account, the unlimited mode which is normally 97 a month, the professional mode which is normally 127 a month, and then the done for you which is normally 147 a month, and the automation which is normally 197 a month, you’re getting the agency mode. We’re going to do something very special. At least Yoges thought of something brilliant because you’ll now have a claw agent that can effortlessly, you know, reach out to clients, land clients, has the skill sets that actually, you know, not just execute like most, but actually get results. We’ve decided to give you two more agencies that we know are extremely high in demand right now, which is first of all, AI Talker Agency, which a lot of businesses are looking for proper voices to use in their content. We’re giving you full agency access to AI Talker and Clever Studio Agency, which is an all-in-one social media marketing tool as well as an entire agency around it powered by AI and AI agents that you can offer as a service. Now, these two agencies combined are massive, massive in demand. uh especially the voice one right now everyone is desperately looking for really good quality unique AI voices that are just specific to a brand to a tone of voice to the right business and you can offer that or let claw agents specifically offer that as a service and it knows exactly how to sell it as it is already trained to do so meaning you have everything you need to earn from day one now with claw agents you can easily make 5K per month, right? There are people that need agents for everything. Just for social media posting alone, they’re willing to pay $500 a month. Then for e-commerce, you know, $1,000 right here, $2500. AI agents are just begged for left, right, and center. And that’s why the realworld value of everything you’re getting right here is $46,957.

    This is built on premium stuff. This is built on open claw, not some, you know, generic AI server. This is the top of the top. The reason our users are getting such immense results is because this is the real deal. And that’s why outside of this special webinar, the investment for Claw Hai will be no less than $6997 annual, close to $7,000 a year. And even if we took 50% off, making it just 3500 a year, Claw Agents AI is designed to earn an income from day one, you can make 3500 a month easily, let alone a year. And that’s why even if we were to charge this, it would be more than worth it. Heck, the unlimited alone is worth it. But yet, we’re not going to do anything near that. We figured 997 is a very good and reasonable price, right? Let me know if you guys agree. $8,000 a year for something this powerful that will literally generate you way more results than a thousand just within the first weeks of using a loan. And yet, we’re not even going to do that. You see, you made an effort to show up live here today. And that’s going to pay off in ways you could have never imagined. If you comment the word live, comment live in the chat right now. Comment the word live and we’re going to give you the live discount. That means instead of 997, we’re going to drop it down all the way. And let me know if you think this is a huge discount from 997, actually from 7,000 all the way down to just 367 one time. Let me zoom in on this. One time, mind you, this is only for you on the webinar because others will have to pay 97 a month for unlimited, 127 a month for professional, 147 for done for you, 197 for automation. You’re getting all of this, including all the agency modes for just 367 one time. And to make it the ultimate deal, and this is where it gets crazy, 55 live coupons, first come, first serves. We’re handing them out in the chat right now. Make sure you comment live because that means you’ll get it for just 2671 time. This is the lowest it will ever be. comment live in the chat if you haven’t done so already because if you comment live you’re going to get it for just 267 one time. This includes the premium account, the unlimited mode, the professional mode, the done for you, the automation, the agency mode, everything from top to bottom to generate immense results with AI for once and for all have an agendic AI that actually generates you results. Go to the link, ask for it, comment live. the team will drop it in the chat immediately. And again, right now in 2026, the way the fastest path undeniable to generate massive results online, the fastest way to generate results is this. You acquire agents like these, specifically high-skilled claw agents like the one you see right here, the one you’re about to get access to. That will allow you to generate results so immensely fast. The people that don’t do that will forever fall behind. All you have to do is acquire autonomous claw agents, let them scan your business or run campaigns for you and generate ongoing leads and sales. You have a 30-day money back guarantee to prove me wrong and try it out. The link is in the chat. It is first come for serve. I see people already joined in. Uh let me see some names here. There we go. Michael, congratulations. Christopher, congratulations. Amy, congratulations. You guys are fast. James, uh, I wanted to make sure I got that coupon in time. Perfect. Yeah, we still have coupons left for now, so make sure you go and grab it. Uh, Robert, Angela, Kimberly, Ryan, Melissa, David, congratulations. John, William, Matthew, Joseph, Daniel, Kevin, congratulations. Heather, congratulations. Stephanie, congratulations. Scott, Richard, Jeffrey, Eric, congratulations. You guys are fast. Now, again, 267 is a steal of a deal, obviously. So, make sure you grab it. It’s a one time and you have something that allows you to generate results without you barely having to lift a finger. Uh I see a good question about the um special upgrades. So some of you might see this um sometimes we do this in the order form. If you’re lucky you see this again a lot of times this is actually sold out but um I know Yogish opened up some extra spots for it. So for as little as 77 and this is actually crazy. Um I can’t believe there’s still spots for this. If you see this, consider yourself extremely lucky because I’m going to read this out loud for you. Gold membership, $77 one time. Yes, at the gold membership and you get every product forever for free. Check this box and you’ll never see another buy button from me ever. Here’s the deal. Yogish, if you know him, releases four to six new products every year. Each one sells for up to $497 initially. My customers spend up to 2,000 plus annually just to keep up with the latest, but not the gold members. The gold members get everything automatically free forever. What does this mean? If you go to the order form right now and you happen to see a box that says gold membership, check this box green because this means every other product that Yogish releases and he releases a lot. Actually saw two more. The next product is going to release is an Instagram product which is amazing for anyone that wants to grow their Instagram. I think that one’s going to be 497. If you want all those upcoming products for free, check this box. And for a onetime 77, you’ll be part of the gold membership. You’ll get all upcoming products for free. Now, if you want it or even if you’re lucky enough to see this, then congrats. Other than that, make sure you get the claw agents bundle because that’s only 267 on this very webinar right now. You’re going to get unlimited agents, pro workflows, done for you assets, automation, agency power at a special bundle price. I mean, you just saw what Claw Agent AI can do. And now you’ll be able to unlock the full stack with zero limits all included, all unlocked in one price. I see more people just joined in again. Congratulations. That’s you, Scott. That’s you, Stephen. Uh, that’s you Joshua as well. Tammy as well, Shannon. Congratulations. Now, I just want to show you again. You’re going to be able to deploy agents across 26 categories having all the skills, proper trained skills you need them to have. Whether it’s marketing skills, developer skills, business skills, creative skills, I mean everything you need, the agents can go and execute left, right, and center. And even if you needed custom skills that is not in within that 250, you can actually create an agent that goes out there and trains itself on this very skill. Let’s say you want an agent that you know watches your competitor pricing and alerts you every single morning on what they do or watches what the latest offer is or the best um you know viral content is or what is the best product to promote or the latest product to promote. it can go ahead and scans that for you every single day and report back to you. There is no limits to what you can create. Now, if that’s not enough, you simply choose your agent. Pick any from the 250 plus ready-made claw agents. You don’t need any coding, no Docker, no VPS, no technical setup. You tell them what you need. You don’t need to prompt or edit or be very, you know, specific in a way. It can understand you and it immediately executes to get results. and you use the output and watch your results happen. Now, we have so many. For example, find top independent restaurants in Miami, then create a personalized 350 or 65day content calendar, generate a PDF with the strategy and surface packages, email it to the restaurant using my Gmail account, and boom, it goes out there and does that to the top restaurants in the industry or locally. It creates a full social media calendar. It creates a proposal plan, a strategic plan. It emails it to them. It shows them how it’s done and it shares the price and the offer and it closes the deal. This is what you can expect having a machine, a closing machine working for you. Now, right here, find the top 10 trending Amazon products, compare them, choose the best one, create a premium animated converting sales page, use my Amazon affiliate link, and start driving traffic. And boom, it creates the entire page. It has the top products on there and it starts driving the traffic and all of it is done in record speed with massive results. If you want more affiliate sales, more clients, agency revenue, this is where it’s at. Go to the link. I see Rebecca’s just joined in. Paul just joined in. Gregory’s in as well. Uh Charles is in as well. Susan is in as well. Congratulations. I mean, this, you know, being able to have this power in the palm of your hands is just phenomenal, right? You can literally tell it to do anything and it goes out there and just delivers immense results. Now, you have a full 30-day money back guarantee to check it out firsthand. I’m going to recap everything you’re getting. Once again, you’re going to get instead of having to, you know, pay 197 a month just for the premium account alone, the core platform, you’re going to be able to command AI agents from Telegram, create pages, emails, post, leads, reports, and workflows. Let the agents do that. having all these skills unlocked. No VPS whatsoever. And you get our bonuses of a 100 commands of our blackbook that is responsible for bringing in the biggest bangs for our bucks. Meaning we have certain commands that are solely responsible for bringing in five figures in a single day. This is what you’re going to be able to do. 100 money machine prompts we have ready for you. 100 higher ready agent personas, 100 script conversion fault, and 100 build it live case studies. I want to show you this is something we do. This is something you can see over the shoulder case studies we recorded. You can literally duplicate our results. As easy as it gets is this right here. Now you get 100 overnight affiliate campaigns. These are affiliate campaigns we ran overnight brought us sales. You have 100 of them. Meaning you will start seeing commissions whether you like it or not. our 100 command traffic pack, our 100 go viral content commands, and the niche go mind command file. All of these bonuses are only because you’re getting this on the webinar. Congratulations, Tammy, to you as well. Andrew, congratulations, Jeremy. Congratulations all of you and everybody that just got in, you’re getting these bonuses as well. On top of the core platform, you’re obviously immediately getting upgraded to the unlimited. Now, this includes unlimited AI employees, unlimited LLM credits, unlimited task execution, unlimited campaigns, unlimited pages, unlimited agent library, and is perfect for marketers, affiliates, creators, freelancers, and agencies. Now, the price of the unlimited will go up to 297 a month because the limited, you know, it’s quite heavy on our end in order to sustain only on this webinar. This will be included only if you grab it during the webinar. We have our 100 bulk build command stacks that you get as a bonus. 100 set and skill campaign blueprints, our 100 unlimited content engine commands, and our 100 volume prospecting scripts, and 100 parallel project playbooks. The Unlimited really allows you to never worry about getting clients or getting leads ever again because it has everything it needs to execute relentlessly to get them for you. Now, on top of the unlimited, once again, you’re also getting the pro edition. If you want all of this at the biggest bang for your buck, which is, by the way, only 267 because you’re here live, go to the link in the chat because you also get the pro edition. This gives you advanced AI employee control, pro workflow builder, advanced campaign planning, deeper analytics and research, stronger content performance, better client ready output, and more control over how your agents work. Overall, the pro will be 397 a month. Now, you will be able to get it with the bonuses, 100 prograde custom agent blueprints that we’ve already laid out for you, 100 deep research command frameworks that we’ve already built out for you, 100 multi- aent chain systems that are ready to deploy for any given business, 100 campaign memory mastery prompts, and 100 pro conversion scripts. Now all of this including the unlimited including the core platform at just 267 is phenomenal and that’s why in moments from now you will miss out on the biggest opportunity of getting all of this because the price will go up of the pro to 397 a month limited to 297 a month the regular platform to 197 a month but if you grab it and when you grab it right now just like Anthony Christine Jeremy Ryan here Jonathan just got in congratulations Stephan Sean Aaron, uh, Patrick, Justin, Edward, congratulations. Stacy, congratulations as well. Keith, congratulations. April, congratulations. If you’re grabbing it, like the smart people that are grabbing it right now, you’ll understand that not only are you saving a ton of money, but you’re about to make a ton of money. And remember, you have a 30-day no questions asked money back guarantee to try it out. On top of the pro version, you’re also getting access to the done for you. Now, the done for you normally is $497 a month because this is for the powerhouse players. This is where you get everything already done for you with our done for you ready to launch campaigns, our done for you review site builds to sell and promote any product and let agent get all the traffic, 100 plug-and-play email sequences, 100 pre-built funnel blueprints, and 100 done for you lead magnets. All of this is ready to deploy to get you results. And instead of having to invest 497 a month later, you can get everything for a onetime 267 if you leverage one of these special 55 live coupons. If you haven’t seen it yet, make sure you act now or ask for it in the chat because we’re running out of them. I see Andrea just picked up hers. Benjamin just got in as well. Uh, make sure you grab it right now because now we’re getting to the last few. The link is in the chat. The coupon, you’ll find that there as well. And on top of the uh done for you, you’re also getting the automation where everything is automated. The follow-ups, the reminders, recurring tasks, daily and weekly reports, client check-in workflows, email sequence workflows, content schedule workflows, app connected workflows, uh everything. You connect with Zapier, make and web hook, API workflow IDs. It can do that itself. You don’t have to be techy. It can just run on autopilot and get you leads and clients and sell itself and services for you. Now, 100 autopilot workflow recipes we’ve already given you, 100 set and forget schedule comments we’ve already given you that go hand inhand with the automation, the 100 trigger-based automation script, the 100 hands-free follow-up sequences, and the autopilot profit system blueprint. We have internalized every single thing that would normally take you months, if not years, to figure out. We’ve already walked those roads for you. Built the claw agents for you to immediately generate results. Now, you get the agency edition with all the client proposals and outreach blueprints to immediately land clients. We also give you our high ticket client closing scripts that the claw agent will apply, the white label surface blueprints, the AC proposal and contract templates that we use, the exact same ones, the 100 client onboarding or retention scripts, and our scaling case studies. So you can see over the shoulder how claw agents will do the exact same thing for you. And because you’re on this webinar, you’re not just getting the claw agent agency, but as promised, the AI talker agency that is responsible of creating custom AI voices, emotion control, scene modes, as well as the Clever Studio, which is in a full video marketing agency, an ad and social media marketing agency. Now, this one right now is huge and you’re going to get the agentic version of it ready to deploy handinhand with claw agents. Now, if we do the math on this, right, to get all of this separately, right, including the bonuses, you would look be looking at $9,953 per year or specifically $829 per month. Because you’re on this webinar, you’re getting it at a discounted final price. Make sure you use the coupon code to log in your $100 discount to get it for as low as 267, but only if you act right now. Now, when you’re on the order page on the right hand side, you might see the option, you know, to get the gold membership and maybe one other option. Make sure you check this box if you do because that means you’re going to get all the next products for free. And those products go for $497 and up. So this, you know, puts you in a premium position to just secure yourself and invest your money wisely. The people that put their money, you know, in the right places where AI is moving right now are the ones that are benefiting the most, that are growing the most, that are the smartest, the most intelligent, and it will generate the most results that will come out the AI boom with the most assets as well as the most money made. So make sure you take advantage of this special deal where you can only grab it for just 267. And if you’re lucky enough, you know, grab all the upcoming products for free for onetime 77. That is a onetime 77, not a recurring. So you’re getting the biggest bang for your buck. And lo and behold, all in all, right, right now the shift to aicgency is happening. The shift to agentic AIS, real businesses are actively looking for people who can help them right now. And if you’re seeing or even yourself just using a lot of tools, not getting things done, you’re using too many tools, too many loginins, constantly rewriting, and you’re even using maybe some agentics already or not generating results, then here’s what needs to happen. You need properly trained AI specifically based on OpenClaw that can generate you results. That’s exactly what you’re about to witness. That’s when AI becomes extremely powerful. Now, you will have claw agents that will market an entire business on autopilot for you, grow your social media, get leads and sales, works for complete beginners, and gets businesses paying you to install this. You will own an AI agent that knows exactly how to grow business and has clients loving it. We’ve beginners using our exact law agents and are getting paid as we speak. And you will have a skilled AI autonomously growing your business as well without sales skills, without needing marketing skills, speaking to people. The agent will do everything for you. Now, as promised, you have a 30-day money back guarantee. So, go ahead and try it out. The link is in the chat box once again. And get ready because you’re about to witness massive results. You’re going to love the most powerful agent that is responsible for generating the most success stories. Like people, we have 15 year olds doing 30K. How is that possible? That’s because the agent now does the work. It’s not the individual anymore. A well-trained agent that knows how to make money can get anyone results. Even a baby, if you give a baby an agent that knows exactly how to land clients, sell and make deals, that person will make money. And as crazy as it sounds, that’s what’s happening right now. It’s all about who is the best, the smartest, and the most welle equipped agent that can act independently without you having to learn all the skills first, without you having to learn how to prompt or even, you know, needing what knowing what needs to happen. The agent finds the gaps, knows what needs to happen, and executes. And that’s the easiest way to grow in 2026. Acquire autonomous claw agents that are smart that can work for you. Let them scan your business and generate ongoing leads and sales on autopilot. Now, normally to do this, as you saw, you know, Open Claw, you know, outside of this, it will be really hard to put this together yourself, let alone train them. And that’s what Yogish has done here. He’s built upon the entire OpenCloud server. The most powerful agents that you can execute and deploy instantly. Everything you need is already pre-installed so you don’t have to. You give it a task, watch it work 24/7, you’re about to see it firsthand. Having a dedicated team of agents accomplish everything you want. And if you see yourself growing your business fast, go ahead and grab this right now. You can use this to sell affiliate offers. We give you the scripts. We let the agents actually get clients for you and sell themselves. You got everything you need to make money. Whether it’s commissions, sales for digital products, or clients for services, businesses will happily pay you. But the only chance for you to grab it and to finally move from the hard way using AI to the claw way is by grabbing it right now. The link is in the chat box. I want to congratulate once again everyone that is getting it. That’s you Gary, that’s Brian, that’s Jose, that’s Nathan, that’s Douglas, that’s Nicholas. Go ahead and grab it and I’ll see you on the inside.

  • 06/24/2026 – Vidicom Webinar

    Good morning everyone and good evening if it’s the evening where you are. This is Siril Gupta and we are just about to start the webinar. Thank you for attending the show this evening. Here I am in uh Dubai today. It’s about 4:00 a.m. in the morning. Let’s do a little customary round of introductions. I see some people already telling me where they’re from, which is appreciated. We got Teddy from Vancouver, Canada. We got Sharon from Vichita, Kansas. So everyone here, thanks again for joining this webinar. We’ll be talking about an all new product and of course an all new opportunity that this product unlocks. We’ll go into a little bit uh details of how this product can unlock a very very profitable new income stream for you and we’ll talk about how to best capitalize on that. So we’ll get there. Let’s get to know each other. Thanks again for anyone who’s attending the webinar and feel free to drop me a little bit info about yourself, where you’re from, what time it is right now, where you are. It’s a little bit of an interesting day for me. I have uh uh I will need you to be a little patient with the webinar today because I have on an ongoing uh episode of bronchitis and if you know what it is, it can cause some uh coughing and breathlessness and I will try to minimize it. I I have medicated to the best of the capacity. Mike says you’re echoing. Mike, it’s likely your speakers. Anyone else? Can you hear me clearly? Just confirm that you can hear me clearly. We got Ken Sap from Dublin, California. Hey, Kenap. Dublin’s a beautiful city in Ireland too, I believe. Wow. I didn’t know there was a Dublin in California. Debbie is here. Hi Debbie. I’m excited to learn this. Well, good to see you here Debbie from Utah.

    Terry, uh, can you cannot hear me? Well, Terry, I think most people can hear me and uh I think uh you need to probably check your speakers. Check your speakers, Terry. Sharon, hey Sharon, welcome to the webinar again. Yeah, Ken says, “I’ve got bronchitis for years.” I know what you’re saying, Ken. Then you know what it is, right? So, when you have the episode, it’s a little bit tough.

    All right. So we got some like four five people introducing themselves but there are like 40 people in this webinar. So I’m hoping to hear a lot more from everybody else. Are you paying attention guys? We got William Hoppy from Kenovic. Kenovic WA. Hey K. Hey. Hey William. Awesome.

    So the topic of the webinar today is to create high quality product videos with AI with pointandclick ease. So we we’re going to build some context why this product is needed. We’re going to build some context about how you can be the best guy to utilize this and how it makes things easy like it’s going to change something that required a lot of effort earlier and today this is so much easier using AI. So again guys, I know a lot of us are thinking, always thinking in the back of their head, how will AI transform the world and will it change my business? Will it change my business and my work in a manner where I may not be able to do it the way I can? I can I can do it now. Well, the good answer is it will change your business and you will not be able to do the business way the way you’re doing it now. But you will be actually able to do better if you use AI in every single workflow that you possibly can. So I’m doing it in my business. I’m looking at AI and seeing how we can incorporate and incorporate it in all the different things we do. And it’s helped me over the last few years, over the last couple years to be exact. And I can see it taking more and more important role in even more important role going ahead. So you’ll be able to do a lot more. And I’ve been making tools to help people do a lot more in their own reamps, in their own specific, you know, specialties. So, this is another one of these tools. Today, we got Glenn here. Glenn, thanks for confirming that sound and video are okay. We got Jeromi from Maryland, Tony from Indiana Police. All right, Teddy. Good to know that the audio is working now. And uh Macrist, all systems are good. Perfect. Perfect. So, let’s do this. So today we’re going to talk about VidCom. It’s an all new app that I have created for this purpose. And the webinar today is going to be a little bit shorter than the usual webinars. I’ve had webinars which went on to 3 hours and more. But today I’m going to do a little bit of a sort of shorter session because I want to limit my time so that I can speak properly and uh we’ll try to maximize the value in the in the time we have. So the first promise on this webinar today is that I will show you a way to create high quality product videos with AI with point-and-click ease. And this is targeted at all the ecom ecom people out there, people who are either ecom sellers themselves or who work or work with ecom sellers, right? So, we’ll do a little survey of that and I’ll show you how to launch a highly profitable video creation service with zero editing skills, no equipment and automated fulfillment. Yeah. So, this is quite a calling, right? It’s quite a lot of uh you know uh things to do and we can all do it through AI. So, I’ll show you all show you how to do that. And most of all, I’m going to show you how to turn just a link into a profit boosting video. So, in the past, if you needed to create a video, you need to assemble it, right? But now you can just give it a link. You can just give AI a link and you can have a very good high quality video as a result. So we’ll see how to do that. So if you’re all excited, let’s go for it and check out the next slide. So again guys, I’m here. I’m showing I’m showing up on time and uh it’s my commitment to you for the next couple of hours. Whatever time the webinar lasts, I’m going to do my best to give you the maximum value. Now in turn from you, I need a commitment. I need your focus so that you can derive the maximum value out of the webinar so that you can walk away with the most amount of learning and you can walk away with the most amount of uh insight that will help you in your own business. So it’s time to focus. Grab your coffee, grab your tea or whatever you like to drink, juice or whatever and let’s get into the webinar.

    So first thing I know a lot of you might already be my buyers in some fashion because I do have a lot of products and I I know some some of you are new. So let’s do a couple of round of surveys just to get to know each other. Uh very quick question. How many of you have a product from me from before? If you got a product from me from earlier, drop one in the comments. And if you never have my product, if you if you didn’t have my product ever before, you’re new to me, new new to my business, drop a two in the comments.

    Wow, that’s a lot of ones. Only one, two, Ravi Kumar is my is new to my business. Ravi Kumar, my my new customer, but everybody else hopefully my new customer, but everybody else has got a product from me. Vincent is another new customer. again. So, a lot of I think most of you have a product from me and some of you don’t have one yet. Well, maybe that will change today.

    So, I’m I’m the founder of Technic Force. We make software for internet marketers. I do have a lot of products about 44 of them and all of them are well appreciated. If you look for my business online, you will see that uh the products are very well rated and I’ve got over 120,000 users of them. 130,000 users across all my products. So, uh that’s a pretty big number too. So, today I’m going to show you how to build a profitable recurring service business, right? That’s the purpose of this call. Uh if you are an ecom seller, you can use this product and use this uh you know technology for yourself. But I know a lot of you are not or may not be ecom sellers and you would want to provide this as a service. So, for those guys, I’m going to show you how to do that at scale. I’m going to show you how to exploit the massive content gap and I will share a couple of strategies that will help you uh get into the market. So another quick survey, another quick survey. If you are a ecom seller, write seller in chat and if you are a service provider, write agency in the chat. Let me just get a sense of the room so that I can try to tailor my chat, you know, tailor my talk around the audience. So if you’re ecom seller, put seller in the chat. And if you are an agency or want to be an agency or a solo provider, whatever, I’m just going to categorize it all in agency. Uh, put agency in the chat. So, we got Terry. Terry is a seller. Good to see you here, Terry. We got Rusty agency. Ken is agency. Craig agency. Golem agency. Michelle agency. So, I see a lot of agencies. Zeromi does both though. So, Ted agency. So I think about 80% of the room is agencies and maybe 20% sellers. Yeah, it’s it’s pretty pretty likely. So I will try to tailor my talk to you know 80% agency orientation and 20% seller orientation. Right. So uh R is talking about can I use this for real estate? It’s actually possible. You know I’ve made this focused on ecom but real estate might be possible. So we’ll we’ll figure that out as we go along. Let me just get this out of the way. Yeah, perfect. Okay, so now this is not a survey. This is trying to get build an understanding of the market size. So, how many ecom stores are out there in the world? Now, we’ve got all these wonderful platforms, right? Everybody’s a big fan of Shopify. It’s the world’s leading ecom platform and it’s got a lot of customers. I will tell you in a moment how many uh you know uh ecom stores are there and there too many. Like Terry says, there are too many and maybe there are never enough because uh ecom is growing big time online. Everybody is buying and selling everything online. You can’t think of a single thing that is not primarily sold online, right? Whether it’s big ticket, whether it’s small ticket, whether it’s a commodity uh or a consumable, anything that you can imagine, anything that you can talk about is being sold online. And it’s got specialized platform. Shopify is very generalist, but they’ve got like, you know, millions of stores, millions. We got Etsy, which is a very good platform for handmade products. We got Amazon, Woo Commerce, Big Commerce, Wix, Squarespace, and of course, my own shop funnels. So, there are a lot of different platforms and even a bigger number of websites hosted on that on those platforms. Just Shopify, only Shopify has 6.9 million live stores. That’s right. 6.9 million is a huge number and just one platform out of those has 6.9 million live stores. People are paying a bunch of money for this because Shopify is also a pretty expensive solution. You know, it’s not cheap. So, if anyone has a Shopify store, they they’re already spending a lot of money, right? And there are 32 million online stores and counting. And Jeremy says it’s a good observation that only 10% are making money. But Jeremy 10% of 32 million is about 3.2 million. So it’s a quite a big number. It’s a huge number, right? And then we’ve got those massive marketplaces, you know, massive marketplaces like uh WooCommer, sorry, like uh Amazon, like Etsy, like eBay, right? Don’t forget eBay. And so many more, right? all the the all the marketplaces that allow people to list products whether new or secondhand they’re also counting in the in our business in our target market. So we have literally millions of customers at least 32 million or more and definitely more I would say Poshmark. Yeah, that’s a good that’s a good one. Uh okay, so I see the slides are not changing because I’m changing it on my uh computer and I I I clicked in the wrong window. Sorry about that. So yeah very quickly how many ecom stores are there you know a lot of them Shopify Etsy Amazon WooCommerce these are these are all the platforms and just Shopify has 6.9 million stores that’s what I wanted to show you and total ecom stores online 32 million and counting. Thanks for pointing out Swati that slides were not changing they were changing on my other screen which I was focused on. So I’m glad we sorted it out pretty fast. Yeah. Awesome. So yeah, lots of platforms, lots of different uh e-com shops out there, 32 million and only 10% are making money. So there’s a reason why u you know more stores are not making money. I would say a large part of it is traffic. But the second most important part of it is the offer, right? Is the offer compelling enough? And is the offer presented in a way that makes people want to buy? That’s also very important, right? So we can solve every problem with one tool, right? We can’t solve traffic and everything else, but today we are going to solve one problem out of these which will help people sell more. So that’s something that Jeromi identified that 10% of the stores are making money. So there’s a lot of pressure on everyone to try and make more money from their stores. And people are definitely interested. People who are spending money on the store, people who’ve done the listings, they’ve got a product, they’ve got inventory, they all want to sell more. Everybody wants to sell more, right? Sellers are competing aggressively for shoppers, right? So, you know, I imagine the e-com world as a busy bazaar, you know, with a lot of sellers, lot of stands all selling different kind of products. And you can see, you can visualize this bazaar. It’s got like vegetables, it’s got fruits, it’s got it’s got flowers, it’s got clothes, you know, uh, apparel, everything that you can imagine, right? So, people walk into the bazar and everybody’s competing. Everybody wants to sell their product, right? And who gets to sell? Well, not everyone. The only person who’s got an edge, right? Somebody who can make people come to the stand and then has a pitch that works, right? Has a pitch that makes them want to uh look at their product. has you know why makes them want to purchase especially in the ecom world right because most of the buyers who come to your website are could be discovering your products through ads right don’t forget about the ads people who sell a lot of products on ecom are driving customers through online advertising that’s cash first you’re spending money first even before you make the sale so the pressure is even higher right the pressure to convert customers the pressure to make that sale is even higher So you’re doing this cash first exercise where you’re sending people money to send you traffic. I’m when I say people I mean all the platforms like Meta and Instagram. So the pressure to convert people is very high. Every seller wants to have an edge and I would say in the world today in the ecom world today video is the edge. Right? And I will tell you a little story about what I’m talking about. Uh this is from my own shopping experience right? This is from my own shopping experience. So whenever I want to buy someone I go to something sorry I go to Amazon I go to eBay or I go to uh you know any of the other websites that sell the particular product and usually I found myself in myself the first thing I was looking looking for on the listings was videos right so I when I go to Amazon the first thing I wanted to check out was the video and see what the product was about and many times I found in myself that if I didn’t see a product uh you know uh uh if I didn’t see a product uh video I was getting irritated because then I had to go and read the specifications read the details with a lot more focus try to figure out if the product is still you know working for me. Videos just clinched the deal many many times. So if a product has a video I would watch it and I would say hey this is cool let me just grab it right then. So videos can help the conversions quite a lot. If you’ve got a video on the listing page and I got the idea to build this product when I saw some really good products that didn’t have a video that I could watch and it kind of irritated me and it made me understand, it made me feel that this guy could be making a lot more sale if he just had a nice video on the listing page. And I thought, what if I can solve the problem for him? Wouldn’t there be a demand for such a product and that’s how the idea of VidCcom was born because it it was from an experience that I had myself. So anyone uh here uh who’s watching videos on the listing page if you like to if if you also like me when you go to a sales listing an a video an ecom sales listing you try to see if there’s a video and you want to watch that video. If you’ve ever has seen that behavior in yourself drop me a yes in the chat. Right. So, uh, if you’ve been watching a lot of ecom videos and you want to watch ecom videos before you make a purchase, you want to see, give me a yes in chat. If you, uh, if you’ve also got the same behavior.

    So, we got Craig, Terry, Debbie. So, yeah, I think I think a lot of us have the same thing. We want to see the product visually. We want to see something more about it. Unless we know the product, right? So, if you know the product, we trust the brand, we don’t need to see the video. And uh if you’re buying let’s say a USB disc or something and we just know the product we don’t need to watch a video but when it’s something experiential right something that people could come to a come to using an ad we would want to watch a video so this is something which is very very common and it’s still quite lacking because when you think about it not all product listings have videos and I did a survey I you know not really a survey I did some research I went to a lot of product pages and I tried to see how many products pages have a video listing on them and I’m I’m shocked only about 20% plus like 25% of them had a listing page and even less than that in some categories. So this is like a huge open market waiting for you. Now there are some you know proper researches done on this. So studies which were conducted of course by research organizations have shown that if you’ve got a video on a on on your listing it can boost conversions by up to 80%. Up to 80%. Now think about that number. Let’s say if an ecom seller is spending,000 $1,000 on ads per month and he’s doing you know a double uh conversion. Let’s say he’s getting $2,000 by paying $1,000 to Facebook. He’s making sales of a digital product worth $2,000. So that’s about $1,000 in profit. Now, if he didn’t have a video, he would have that number that he has now. But let’s say he puts a nice video on the sales page on the listing, and now his conversions boost by, let’s say, 60%. That’s $600 more. So $1,600 instead of $1,000 in profit from that single product, right? So that’s that’s an example. You can’t you can’t let go of such a strong advantage, right? So, every single product every single product should have a video.

    Plus, it reduces returns, right? So, it’s not just about more uh more uh conversions. It’s also about reducing returns. Why? Because people when they see when they see a video they already experience they already imagine or I would say they experience the emotion of owning the product how they feel using it or what are the benefits of the product. It’s more concrete in their head right so that reduces returns too. It’s a dual advantage and if you add it together it’s quite a substantial advantage. So every product listing should have a video and if a product listing doesn’t have a video, it’s something that is missing from their own profit that they take home and they need to correct it. So all of the agencies out here, you know, the pitch is something that is obvious. You the studies are out there. All you need to do is, you know, make people aware of what how easy it is to solve the problem, right? They know the problem. They know what they’re missing. The only problem is it’s actually a little more difficult to solve it using the conventional way than what we’re going to do today. So if if if it’s easy to solve the problem for the ecom sellers, they will want to solve it right away and you can help with that. All right. So why do videos sell more? Because they can demonstrate what the product how the product can be used. They can show the product quality. They build the trust, right? because people see uh you know uh something that they can relate to online not just specifications or uh dis details or you know even if you browse the images it’s not I think having an image is definitely better than better than having no images on the listing but having a video is so much more better so the the images are good they convey they improve the trust they improve the relationship a little better but videos can do it so much more right so you also to remove buyer hesitation. When people see a video, they see the pitch and if it appeals to them, they will act on it. Compared to if they have to scroll the mouse a little more, go down the page, read the specification, read the details, try to figure out how this will appeal to them. When they’re watching a video, they’re not trying to do anything. They’re watching the video. The attention is on the video. They can hear the music. They can hear the audio. They can see the visuals. and their senses are entrapped in a way that we know where you can’t where you can’t f have them focus on just text or just images. Right? So this removes buyer hesitation to quite a lot more extent and increases conversion rate. We’ve already established that. The studies show that so it’s there. It’s there. Now, I said this earlier. Most product listings still don’t have videos. And I give you the numbers about about I would say about 78% of them don’t have videos. Even in the high paying categories, even when the product is being advertised actively, people are spending like three $4,000 a month on advertising. It’s already profitable, but they don’t have a video, right? So, this is terrible because uh people are putting a lot of money, leaving a lot of money on the table. But this is also good for you today because millions of people millions of products need videos. There are 32 million stores online. Most of these stores are paid. People are spending money to create them to put them up to list the products to build the inventory or to run ads. So they are paying customers. All of these people online running stores. They are a massive paying category. Millions of sellers need help creating videos and opportunities are all right there. So that’s a massive massive huge opportunity that we can capitalize on today as service providers. Now we talked about this a little bit earlier. Why doesn’t every product have a video already? Right? Because video is difficult to crack. If you do it the traditional way, the funnel looks like this. You need to have a video editor, somebody who will compile the clips. You need to have a guy who will do the voice over. And I’m talking about, see the numbers here, they’re the absolute bottom of the barrel. Like, you can’t go cheaper than this. Like $100 for a voice over. I think you would be lucky to get that for a good voiceover artist. Now, to put to put all put all this together, you need a video editor to you need a voice over guy. You need somebody who will actually conceptualize the product, write the script, a copywriter, script writer, right? Then you need somebody who will do the composting, the visuals. A video is made of slides, made of storyboarding and everything, right? So that also is expensive. Put it all together. A normal video, a regular video could cost you over $400, $350 just to produce. And I’m talking about when you really try to be competitive, when you know the right people, when you go to the right platforms and Fiverr, you’re lucky enough to hire the right guys to do the job for you. So it’s expensive paying paying this much and then waiting right before you get the video there’s going to be a huge wait could be days could be even a week or even weeks right it can take time especially if your providers are busy it’s not possible for ecom sellers to do that over and over chase that have that bad experience because you know many times you have a bad experience okay I’m I’m going to ask you guys have you ever tried to produce an ecom videos this way if you ever try to do that and had a good experience, give me a win in the chat. And if you have ever tried to do that and had a terrible experience trying to work with providers, trying to get it organized, give me a L in the chat. Let me see first if any of you ever did that and how it worked out for you. W for the winners who made it happen, who got the right contractors, or L for people who didn’t really find the right contractors and didn’t have fun with that. So we’ve got Craig. Craig gives me an L. Vincent L. But Teddy has got a good experience which is nice. Ralph, yes. Debbie, yes. Debbie has Debbie L. So it’s a good mix. Some of you, some of us are lucky to find good providers who could do the job. And most of us, and I would say this is from my own experience trying to get various things done online. I’ve done a lot of sales videos online using providers and it’s been a lot of else. Lot of L’s. Right. So we got to change that. We got to change that for us and for everyone else. We got just going to make things simpler. So Sharon says, “I’m an old school video editor.” So Sharon, you do the work yourself. You know how how much time it takes. You know how hard it is to organize. Then you got to you are just a part of the jigsaw puzzle. You got to have a visualizer, script writer, somebody who will verify everything, get things done, right? So it is it is not fun. Math’s not the math doesn’t math for most uh stores. It doesn’t compute, right? If a store has 50 products and you got to make 50 videos, you got to pay $300, $200 for per video. That’s about $3,000, right? That’s a lot of money. Even if you just say actually $5,000 just for just by $100. So imagine the amount of expense an ecom store will have to make if they want to list all of their products in a proper manner with videos. It’s not affordable. Most ecom stores can’t afford that thousands of dollars a month because you know most ecom stores that are making sales are doing a lot of experimentation. There are winners every month, there are losers every month and many times the losers are losers because the listings are not good. Right? You can scale up the winners, you lose the losers. But the idea is to pump in new products. Whether it’s an established brand, whether it’s a whe whether it’s a new brand, whether it’s a focused manufacturer, producer, or a drop shipper, no matter what the kind of business is, everybody is putting out fresh fresh products every year. So, they’re going to be like a bunch of fresh products, maybe even every month. You can’t produce videos at scale for that kind of an operation. That’s another reason why ecom sellers have not been putting out more videos on the listings. And that is another reason why you can come in and provide this as a valuable service with quick turnaround and it make this into your most profitable venture. Right? Traditional video creation expensive, slow, difficult to scale, right? You can’t make 50 videos in a month. You will be busy doing that. If you were the solo provider working for an ecom store that does 50 products a month and there are stores who do that more than that sometimes you will be just busy with that all day. Multiple tools, multiple revisions, all of these things. Everybody knows about it, right? The people who’ve done the else, they know more about it than me. So now the opportunity is there that because the creation process is painful. That’s that’s what always is the case. You know people who make money they don’t invent anything you know uh they don’t invent usually a category they just make a new way to do something that was painful earlier easier right that’s always the case in my opinion the people who make money the fastest they’re trying to solve problems that people have and video production for ecom is a huge problem every ecom seller has right so every new product needs assets product images add creative product descriptions, product videos. Now, through my products, I’ve been trying to solve one of the, you know, all of these problems uh one by one. So, I’ve got a product for ad creatives earlier that I launched it. It was loved by a lot of people. I’ve got pro, you know, products I I’ve got products that do product videos for uh you know, product, product images that was launched a long time ago. people still use it and love it and it’s becoming better because newer AIs are coming in and today I’m going to solve the problem of product videos right so every product launch creates fresh demand we just talked about this many ecom sellers launch 50 products a year some launch five a month or even 10 a month so businesses spend a lot of money in customer acquisition cycle Right? Especially if it can make them money in a proven fashion. And I can commit to you. I can tell you that for sure. Ecom sellers are tracking everything like maniacs. Anybody who’s been a success in ecom, they are focused. They’re committed to tracking. So whether it’s, you know, the traffic that’s coming in from Facebook that they’re paying for or Instagram or Tik Tok or whatever and the conversions, right? So they’re tracking headlines. They’re tracking to see what can convert and what cannot. They’re tracking all kinds of widgets. They’re tracking all kinds of offers. And they’re ready to spend money, right? They’re ready to spend money on advertising and copyrightiting, on funnels, on graphic design, anything that can help them more money, make more money, and they’re tracking. So if they un they already understand the value of videos, if they put one video on a listing, they see the bump in conversions, they’re going to commit to do it to for every one of the listings as long as it’s affordable, can be done in the uh in the in a reasonable time, right? So people are spending money on acquiring customers, on conversions, on sales, and they’re ready to spend more money as long as it makes them even more money. That’s the point, right? So, finding paying customers in this niche, in my opinion, is the easiest thing ever. It’s probably easier than any other niche because a lot of money goes out the door before the customer comes into the page and there is a lot of pressure to convert them. So, it’s very easy to try and uh make people understand that, hey, you’re spending money to acquire customers. You got to you got to make sure they buy. So agencies agencies uh you know like us we we are all in here for for a reason why we you know why we love this business because we don’t need to maintain inventory no manufacturing no shipping and all you get you as long as you deliver results you get paid right

    and in this category in ecom you know if you let’s let’s talk about the distinction between why this is a scalable business if you make products for ecom providers why it’s so much more scalable than any other business. Let’s say you make an make a video for somebody that’s doing, you know, I would say home improvement services, like a local business, a dentist, a home improvement services, a lawyer, whatever you can think of. You’re going to make one video maybe every 4 months, every 5 months, every 6 months, right? They would want one video that shows off their business and that’s it. Pretty much that’s it. They would put it on their YouTube channel, put it on their social media, put it on the website, and then they would be not be in business for a little while, maybe months. But in ecom, anytime somebody puts a video on a listing, they’re going to come back for more because the products get refreshed, the product product gets improved, gets changed, the labeling changes, right? every year there’s a new line new uh every season not every year every season there’s a new line right so the product the customers can be repeat customers so fast

    and I don’t need to explain to you how this can be profitable because if you’ve done agency work online you know you can charge very reasonable amounts and have it if you can do it at scale you can have it uh you know turn into very nice figures like if you just charged $250 per video from your customer and you had three three videos to do from the entire lineup, that’s $750 in revenue. And I’m going to show you how easy it is, how quick it is. Like, you can literally create a video in 10 minutes. And most of the 10 minutes you you spend sipping your coffee, right? The work is not done by you. You got to wait for the AI to do the work. So most of the 10 minutes that you spend to create one video is done waiting. So you can watch a video on YouTube or you can scroll it on the side or you know you can scroll Tik Tok on the side or talk to your friends or do a call or sip coffee or read a book. But the work will be done on autopilot. I’ll show you that in a moment. If you do 10 videos at $200, that’s $2,000. And you can do that maybe in you know even all the 10 videos that you need to create can be done in an hour maybe right. So this is easy to do when you have the right tools. So if you just pitch it to clients you get 10 clients giving you three videos a month which is very very reasonable. Three every ecom seller that’s selling online that’s making sales is probably putting out more than three products a month. You charge them $2,000. That’s a $6,000 a month business. And remember 32 million stores online. So a lot of scope for everyone here to find a nice client right on multiple client demands here. And like I said this this product or this technology works on every single platform out there. It’s not limited to Shopify. It’s not limited to Amazon. It it does the work for every single platform out there. eBay, Shopify, Amazon, Etsy, something local. Maybe there is a local website for the French market, for the Brazilian market, right? Or whatever local area you can think of. This product works universally for every single product out, for every single market out there, for every single language. I would say most of the languages out there. So in minutes, like I said, what if you could create product videos in minutes, right? Would you like that? But if one person could deliver videos at scale without having a team, without having a five people operation, no need for editors and Sharon, you don’t need to edit videos yourself even if you are an editor and no need to have a graphic designer, no need to have a visualizer, no need to have a copywriter. Pretty much one guy in charge of the entire operation looking at things, maybe tweaking a few things here and there, mostly mostly done by autopilot. Yep. AI doing most of the work. So that’s what you can actually do and at scale you can produce 50 videos a day if you wanted to and that’s a lot of content going out. So imagine the amount of you know business you can generate just by yourself. So AI in the past has done a lot of things. It changed writing it changed images. It changed coding. We do a lot of uh coding using AI and videos are I would say the last uh frontier as far as content type is concerned. So we I’ve been creating more AI based video products this year like I’ve done three already so far I think Frieza Cinemation Vidatia and I’m committed to bringing out AI based video creation products for different market differenti

    so businesses that adapt AI win the most usually if you know it’s with any technology any technology that makes an impact right if if a technology is set to die then you adopt it it can’t make a lasting impact. But if a technology is is going to transform the world, if you’re there first, you will make an impact, right? So I would say get on board AI. If you’re not onboard AI yet, I’m sure you are all onboard AI. If you’re in this room, you’re already ahead of the curve. You’re already ahead of the people who are not following what’s going on. So just adopt it the most ways that you can. The workflow to create a product video looks like this. Paste a single product link. The AI will write the script. The AI will do the voice over. The AI will create the scenes and all done in in a minute. Right? So, this is the product VCOM, the product that does everything. I’m sure you understand what’s going on, what’s the market opportunity and how you can capitalize on this. So, if you would like to see this, right, it’s a breakthrough product to create, you know, AI studio quality videos through AI and it makes things incredibly simple. Just three steps to create the entire video. Paste your product URL. The AI will automate the production and the AI will publish the video and you can just scale and try to maximize your profits whether you are running the store yourself or you are an agency provider. And we’ve got a lot of interesting features that can help you do things faster and better. So I’m going to show you some of the features first before I show you the demo. First thing you can create a video just from the URL. You don’t need to provide any more details. But you can if you want to put in things manually, you can, but you don’t have to. Then it fully automates scripting and animation. You don’t need to uh do any kind of instructions. Again, I like to build products that have control plus automation. So at the basic level, everything is automated. You can just click proceed, proceed, proceed, and it will give you a cracking video. But if you want to change anything, you can always come in and change whatever you want. Whether it’s a visual, whether it’s the headline, whether it’s the copy, you can change anything you want. You can create compelling pictures, videos with boring pictures. That’s the most important thing. Most of the ecom listings that I’ve seen online that I, you know, researched while I was creating my product had pretty bland images when it comes to products. They would have like five different angles of the product. maybe a close close shot, maybe a long shot, some couple of different angles, but they would not show products with models, with people, with uh you know, especially in a video because it’s expensive. So, this product Viccom can turn boring visuals into something compelling like like this. Let’s say there’s a mug, right? A mug is not going to inspire people to buy, you know, just for the sake of a mug. But if you put the same product in a setting where they see the experience of, you know, drinking something nice in a nice atmosphere, they understand, they see the visual picture in their head, especially in a video, right? A picture is better than just this bland picture, but a video is even more better. So, VidCom does this on autopilot. It turns bland pictures into something which is much more visual and engaging.

    All right. So, it’s got UGC2 in there. So if you if you and you know everybody knows in the e-com world how UGC is important user re user generated content in case some of you didn’t know what I was talking about. So having people actually experience the product pitch it talk about it is such a high value thing and you can do this automatically inside the video. So it’s not the entire product but VCOM can have UGC inside the video that you’re creating and I’ll show you. You can create infinite testing and creative scaling. So you can create one video by one angle, create another one, then third one, and see which one works best for you. So if you’re spending, let’s say, $5,000 on advertising a product every month, you got to make sure you have the right pitch. So you can create multiple videos that test different angles and you can do it extremely cheaply. Yeah, let’s not forget that, right? It skyrockets conversion. So up to 80%, that’s what the research says. But it can even if it’s a lot lower, even if it’s 50%, that’s 50% more money than when than you had earlier, it’s massive. So every everybody, are you ready to watch a demo and see Vidcom in action? So if you’re ready, I want to see a lot of demo in the chat. Give me a demo. If you are ready to see Vidcom in action, type demo in the chat. And once I see those numbers, when I see the action, when I see that you’ve got the attention focused, I’m going to show you the product.

    Wow, the screen just blew up. Sharon, Demo, Michelle, Swati, Golem, Ken, Terry, Craig, Gandhi, Hey Gandi, good to see you here. Tony, Mike, Charles, Rusty, Glenn, Ted, Demo, demo, demo. CY cy again you know you do a great job in Hindi Greg I see one I have not seen yet not sure what you mean Greg CT make awesome so I I can see the excitement guys and I’m excited to play the demo so I’m going to hit the play button uh just let me know in the chat if you can hear it all right and one thing I want to remind you guys all the videos that you see previewed are going to be on the webinar playing from this so there might be a lag there might be some screen glitches like you know when you see a video which is on low bandwidth because it’s playing on my laptop but the video itself is high quality premium playing very smoothly. So I want you to have that clear in your head. You can see the same videos on my sales page when the sales page goes live but during this uh you know demo presentation the video playback might be a little slow but it’s not slow in the real world. I wanted to remind you of that. So two things first that and second just let me know in the chat that you can hear the audio right so let’s go and watch that demo now hello and welcome to VidCom the video maker for ecom marketers and product owners well every product listing deserves a video because when you put a video on a listing page on your landing page the conversions get a big boost but preparing these videos is hard and it takes time and a lot of money now with Viccom you solve this problem and create fantastic videos in a matter of minutes. So let’s take a look and see how VidCom works. So get started. We will just go right into the action and click on create video. Now you can provide all the information manually like product information. Yes, that’s basically what VidCom needs just some product info or you can bring in your product information from your sales page. So I’ve got this little random Shopify website that I have picked. Yes, Viccom can take any page from the internet including your popular platforms like Shopify, Amazon, Etsy, Woo Commerce, whatever you can think of. Just copy the URL and paste it and then click on fetch details. So, VidCom is going to pull the details in just a few seconds and then set up your entire video plan. Here we go. You see, VDCOM pulled in all the data like product specifications, product features, product benefits, product description. Also picked up some images from the sales page so that it can use the images in the video. If you want, you can modify things. Let’s say you want to change anything, you can. For example, if you want to just remove this feature, maybe it’s not practical or not required. Just modify whatever you want. And you don’t need to go very deep into this because Viccom figures it out all by itself. Click on proceed. And next, you can choose how long a video you want to make. Now, typically for a listing, I would recommend any a video from 1 minute to 5 minutes. In this particular example, let’s do a minute long video. You can choose the aspect ratio too. If you want to use the video as a social uh video, you want to put it on Tik Tok or you want to put it on Instagram for marketing, you can make a 9×6 vertical or a square video for Instagram or you can do a 16×9. You also get to choose the AIS you want to use and at technique force we always believe in multiple AI. So we’re giving you many options. You can use GPT for text or you can use cloud and geminy or gra. For images you can use Google flux GPT or Cream. So once you’re ready click on proceed. And now you can choose the voice that you want to do the voice over the narration in. We’ve got a number of readym made voices for you from OpenAI. So you can do a preview. Hey there, I’m Ash. Chill. Now if you want to put in any special instructions, you can. If you want to change the language, you can do that too. Or you can even bring your custom voice. So I created a voice earlier called Mark AI is the biggest revolution in the history of mankind. So you can create voices over here. I will just go back in after I finished the first video and show you how to create custom voices. For this, let’s choose ash and click on proceed. Next, it’s time to choose a background score. So, take a look here. You can click on a readym made collection that we have.

    Choose the music.

    I think this one is fine. But here also, we’ve done some fun new stuff like you can generate tracks with AI. So, here’s a button generate new track and you can generate tracks with AI. We’ve got one track over here ready made. Let’s listen to this one.

    So this is created by AI earlier. But in for this particular example, let’s just stick to this one. Okay, this is pretty neat. You can also upload your own music if you want to. Once you’re ready, click on proceed. And now your video is being analyzed and creatives are being created. I’m talking about the initial visuals, the parts of the video. So let’s come back in a couple of minutes and continue from there. All right. The first thing you get here is a little script that will be used as nation on the video. So you can read it very quickly. Meet the ebony mini ure diaper bag. So it’s all about the product about the benefits and all. And if you want to accept it, if you want to change it, you can. If you want to use it as is, that’s perfectly fine. Click on proceed. And then you can set up captions. So the captions are the titles that will display on the video, the text and you’ve got some options about how you want them to look. I think I really am partial to this style. So I will just take that one. But you’ve got other options too. And you can also change the font, the size, everything. Click on proceed. And now the images are being created. The storyboard is being made. And check it out. Your visuals are created. Now notice this. VidCom really really did a great effort of of humanizing the entire product. What we got was a bag, but the video that we’re going to create has an amazing amazing presentation. You see that you’ve got all sorts of human elements. There’s a baby, there is a bag. Of course, this picture wasn’t there in the original. You can see now we showing the waterproof features, baby and baby conveniences and the travel ready features and the storage convenience. Then the comfort in carriage, the easy access. Just wanted to remind you guys none of the pictures are were there in the original. So I want to just pull it back a little bit.

    I want to show that listing again if I can. It’s a little bit behind me. Yeah. You look at you look at this. This was the listing. It it’s got boring and bland images. Like most of the images don’t have any caption, right? So it’s it’s not the kind of listing that you would imagine is going to convert a lot just by itself. Now the kind of video that we’re going to produce, we we’re going to take a look at that. So let’s continue entire product. What we got was a bag, but the video that we’re going to create has an amazing amazing presentation. You see that you’ve got all sorts of human elements. There’s a baby, there is a bag. Of course, this picture wasn’t there in the original. You can see now we are showing the waterproof features, baby and baby conveniences and the travel ready features and the storage convenience. Then the comfort in carriage, the easy access, the 12 pockets, all the storage boxes that it has. And this is something that not even a top visualizer can do in a very little time. And the amount of time that VidCom took to get here, all this work is amazing. Now you can go ahead click proceed and make a very nice slideshow style video or you can even animate individual clips if you want to. For example, let’s say I wanted to animate this clip. All I need to do is click on animate and if I want to create a prompt that decides how I want to animate it. I can put that in show this in action. For example, you can write whatever you want and then click on animate. Now this can take a little while. Till then you can review the rest of the stuff. You can see the narration. This is the narration that will play along with each slide. If you want to rewrite it, you can. And if you want to put some sort of specific effect in the slide. So, I just picked a random image of a girl from the internet. And I’ve got the bag image from my product listing uploaded here. And I put in some random instructions. You can do better if you want to. And once you’re ready, click on generate UGC Aar video. Again, you can choose the length of the video. I’m keeping 4 seconds. Now, let’s wait a few minutes uh a few seconds when it’s generated and we’ll add it. The video is generated. Check it out, you guys. Seriously, this is my favorite bag. Look at it. It’s perfect for everything. Now, this is a great UC video. The AI even kept in mind that this is an Indian girl and they matched the accent perfectly. The bag is absolutely realistic in her hands. And you can just click on add slide. You guys, seriously. And here we have the UGC video as a part of the video. Now I think we’re ready for generation. So just click on proceed and let it happen. It’s processing and preparing the video clips for the the the generation for the rendering.

    And there we go. The video is ready and we can play it back on play. Ebony Mini Zurich diaper bag. Compact, stylish, and ready for adventure with your little one. From park strolls to weekend getaways, lightweight mini backpack design with smart diaper bag features crafted for comfort, speed, and everyday durability and water resistant materials for messes. You guys, seriously, this is my favorite bag. Look at it. It’s perfect for everything. Great looking product video done in minutes. Let’s go back to the dashboard. I’ve got a couple more that I want to show you. Take a look at this one. Removable, moisture wicking liner and cheek pads fight sweat. This is for a helmet. While the secure double D-ring closure locks confidence in. Meet the tactical off-road helmet built for riders who push harder, climb higher, and demand prograde protection without the price. Get all done from just a few images. Take a look at this one. Free US shipping and returns included. Mail it back, then get your digital results in four to six weeks. Beautifully organized on any device online. Easily see at risk carrier and clear results with condition callouts. No need to know editing, no need to know copyrightiting, no need to know graphic design. Everything for any product category for any product. Now remember I was telling you about some extra features, voices and music. Well, you can create you can create the voiceovers in your own voice or any voice you want. Just click on create new voice and you can give it a name like John and you can describe how John should sound like a grumpy 90year-old veteran for example or you can make exactly the voice profile that you want or you can clone your own voice. Upload a small sample just a few seconds long and VidCom can make the narrations in the voice that you specify your own voice too. So that is in voices. Now in music you can create AI music. So click on generate music and you can give it a track like my background track. This way you can create copyright free music. Never worry about copyright strikes again or issues again because you can make exactly the music you want like cinematic and pop. And we will keep only instrumentals because we want a background track. But you can make songs if you want to. And you can make a song about your product. Click on generate tracks. All right. The track is ready.

    Perfect product music. So that’s how easy it is to create custom resources, custom voices, custom music, and create a truly truly world-class product video without hiring an editor, without hiring a copywriter or a graphic designer, and getting it done in minutes from your computer. If you get very calm, I’ll see you on

    Hello and welcome to V

    All right, guys. I think something went wrong at my end. Uh, I’m just trying to set up the sharing. Can you hear me now? Just confirm if you can hear me. And and uh Bob says, “No, I can’t hear you.” Can you hear me? Awesome. Awesome. Uh, sorry about that little glitch. I think something technical went wrong, but I’m back again and we didn’t lose much time. I think it was a 1 minute or couple minute dis disruption. Uh, sorry about that. Awesome. So, the demo just wrapped up. I don’t want to go and play try and play the demo again. I think something went wrong there. Just a reminder, this was truly an amazing software. Now, if you feel that this was something that was really amazing, something new and novel and your minds are blown, I want to see that in the chat. Let me know in the chat if you if your minds are blown. If you can you can type mind blown, you can type yes, whatever you want and we can we can carry on from there. Let me see what you think of the software. So, Greg says yes. Well, that’s good to know, Greg. I’m glad you like the software. Francis, yes.

    We got Randall, yes. And uh Stephen says, “Hopefully the software is more stable.” Um I’m sure Stephen it’s going to be uh I’m going to show you something about the software stability the kind of work we do in a moment and it is definitely very powerful. Anil Anil Agraal says it’s very powerful. Thank you Anil. Stephan says looks good. That’s exactly right. John John Young cutting edge. And James says the software creates the static images over and AI UGC model in one go. James it creates also the animation. So it’s not just static images. You can animate any image you want. If you remember the demo, there was a zoom in. There was a splash experiment of the bag where people were splashing water on the bag and then uh in the helmet demo that I showed you. There was a uh there was a a zoom animation around the helmet. Let me see in fact if I can find the video to show it to you right now. You know uh it’s not difficult for me to probably find it. It should be on my Vimeo actually.

    So, let me see if I can find the video

    because I want to show you that it’s not just static images. It’s a lot of images. Uh, you know, Vimeo can be a little bit hard to uh use.

    Okay. So, I’m going to go to my I think the webinar is also there.

    Okay, so check this out. This is the first sample that we played. Removable moisture wicking liner and cheek pads fight sweat and odors, while the secure double D-ring closure locks confidence in. Meet the tactical off-road helmet. Built for riders who push harder, climb higher, and demand prograde protection without the price. Get premium performance for 79. So did you see that animated clip? This was created by VidCom and I’m talking about all the aspects of it like the helmet, the price, the shop now button, everything was created by VidCom and animated by VidCom. Now it does give you an option where you can animate as much as you want. So if you want to make a completely animated video, that’s up to you. But I think the common format with the uh ecom videos is a part of it is animated and a part of it is static. So that’s what we’ve done inside of VidCom 2. You can animate what you want, right? Stiffen’s got a question. Do you think you could use this with local businesses? Absolutely, Stephen. You would. You can use it with cafes and hairdressers. Absolutely. Uh not just with ecom, but I’m going to tell you this. Ecom is the hugest market. Remember, we’re talking about 32 million stores with millions of products being refreshed every year. And every listing, every listing wants to have uh you know have a video on the listing. And I’m going to show you a way how easy it is to find these listings. So I know some of you are concerned, okay, how can I find the clients? I’m going to show you the easiest way to find clients for this. Michel is not clickable because it’s a video, but you can have the you know the it’s supposed to be on a listing page, right? So the CTA would actually be on the listing page too. So, we’re going to go to the Facebook ads library. You know, ecom is working because people are spending a lot of money on ads and they want to make money through ads. So, the best way to just find customers is go to the library, the ads library, and type in any keyword like, you know, pet product or pet product or whatever you want. You can write a keyword. I didn’t spell it right.

    You can target any niche you want. Put in keywords from that niche and you will be able to find clients. I’m going to show you how easy it can be. While that loads, okay, it’s already done. So, think about this. For example, this MSD familiar pet. This is I think this is Brazilian or something. I think it’s Brazilian. So, you click on the ad. You click on learn more. It will take you to the website of the company.

    And now all you need to do is check out the products that you want to maybe make a video for. You can just reach out to them through contact us. I I can’t speak Portuguese, so I’m not really sure which one is it, but you can reach out to them through contact us and offer them your services. You know, you could even make a sample video. For example, let’s say uh we we’re going let’s say this one, Tik Tok Shop Philippines. I think this is not really Tik Tok. It’s a it’s it’s it’s a shop that calls itself Tik Tok shop. Many people do that or it is or Purina Philippine or Purina. This is a I think a cat food brand. This one’s not working even though they are uh advertising which happens. Hills Pet Nutrition. Let’s try this one. So again, you know, you can you can see there is no video on this one. You can make a video. Just copy this over, put it into VideCom, make a video and it cost you less than 50 cents to make a static video and you can make a portfolio. You can show them, you know, if you want a video like this one, I can offer it to you for 250 and 300, whatever you can think of the price range. And you can, it will bump up your conversions by up to uh 82%. And you know this is serious because what happens is you are

    ads. Okay, I’m trying to see if I can open that website and we’ll see if it’s a fit case.

    So, Lily, you can easily make a video for this product too. Though there are not many pictures, so there’s only one picture. So, probably you can just add pictures after you get the product into Vidcom, you can add pictures. So, that’s how easy it is, right? We’ve se we’ve seen some video some videos already. Let’s we’ve seen this one. Let’s take a look. We’ve seen this one also. I will show you this one. This is more static. So, you know, you can make videos that have animation. You can also make videos that are pure pure slide videos, but they’re pretty good. Look at this one for example. This one costed about 40 400 credits to make. Meet Ember Mug 2. The smart heated mug that keeps coffee or tea at your perfect temperature from first sip to last. Elevate every moment. Designed for real life. Safe to hand wash and submersible up to one meter. Rinse, refill, repeat. Your perfect temp ritual is easy to clean. Consistent warmth. 10 o up to 1 and a half hours. 14 oz up to 80 minutes on battery. On the charging coaster, get all day temperature control. Built-in battery power meets auto sleep. Intelligently sensing when to turn on and off. Your Ember is always ready without you thinking about it. Customize presets, get notifications, and personalize in the Ember app. Choose 10 oz or 14 oz. Shop Ember Mug 2. Set your drinking temperature between 120° F and 145° F in the Ember app. The smart LED indicates it’s ready

    the copy and beautiful framing all of the that was a few images from the page and the AI did everything. So that’s how easy it can be. So again very quick review of the features that this product has. You can create conversion boosting videos and after this review I will show you one more way of getting clients. So pay attention. You can boost your videos you you know up to 2x that’s 18% plus. It turns listings into impressive videos with just a click. So you can pick up any listing on any platform right? You don’t need to think about what platform it is, what language it is, what country it is. Go to any website, any product page and it creates a beautiful video out of that in just a few minutes. Right? It’s a global market. It supports all the popular video sizes, landscape and portrait. And it creates viral product reel and shots. Think about this. This is something really cool because here is what happens when people when ecom brands advertise on social media websites.

    If you don’t have content, you can’t go in and try to capture the market over and over. So, this product not only lets you create videos for your listing pages, you can also create these videos and publish them on Instagram. You can take up a product that you really like that’s working well. Create multiple angles, multiple videos of it, you talking about the benefits, push it on Insta, push push it on Facebook, show it organically to your audience, right? Or to your client’s audiences and turn that into organic traffic

    that for pennies, right? By the way, can you hear me guys? I getting a bit of a glitch in my uh webinar now and then some few seconds it says and we are you know trying to get you on board. So just making sure. Can you hear me? Am I audible guys?

    Okay. Last message I see from Freddy. What does it cost me to create in the back end? Uh Freddy

    I just in and out of listen. Thanks for confirming. Hey, it is Russ not too good. I get you Russ, but I’m trying to do my best. I think it’s the connection. Maybe it happens. It’s it could be because of the uh because of the platform sometimes. So, you can create virus

    any kind of uh advertise in any kind of editor or teams. So, you can do it pretty fast. You can create literally unlimited videos for the entire catalog.

    Cinematic product showcase videos, right? So,

    it creates a difference.

    Bring your products to life with animations like I showed you. You can literally create an effective animation without even thinking about it because Vidcom reads the product. VidCom thinks about how to create a visual that will impress people and then you can just hit one button, click on animate and it will animate that visual and make a clip out of it which can be a part of the original video. Now remember it can be extremely extremely cheap to do this. You don’t need to spend $20, $10, $5, $2, right? And you can put UGC clips in your video which is autogenerated and it’s done very well. You can show real world use cases. So the AI itself figures out what is the real world use case and it demonstrates that in the video. That is very compelling because any copyriter, any visualizer needs to do that to sell a product. But with this product, it’s all done for you, right? It’s done for you and you can upload unlimited custom graphics and and visuals, right? So if you got a product, you got some images from your page, but you want to upload even more images, even more content, you can do that. You can also augment or you can also, you know, improve the video uploading your own

    video to use. You can do that pretty easily. and and you havey the slides. So let’s say you’ll see a slide and you want to change the heading. Maybe there is something that you want to change the composition, the heading, the font, the color, whatever you want, you can change with AI. No need to be a designer, right? No need to know Photoshop or any of that, you know, amazing mumbo jumbo, right? No special skills required. just tell the AI, make the headline yellow, put it on the left side and move the bike out of the frame and put a little bit of a golden shield, right? So, you can do all of that using AI, which is amazing. And you can target any language, any market. I showed you a Portuguese website. You can target that market. You can

    target know the language that still works. You got voiceovers in any language you want and you can also do your own custom voices and custom AI music because I know a lot of people are concerned about uploading music from places and then finding out that the

    generate you can generate

    as usual and You can scale an agency just with this product. Now imagine this with all these features that I’ve shown you, all these capabilities. Do you see yourself being able to scale an agency all using this product? Creating an agency that makes product videos just using this product. If you can see, if you can pictureize that happening, drop me a yes in the chat. Stefan says yes defo

    in and out and I don’t know why this is happening honestly.

    So Anil Anil says yes he can imagine. Stefan says great product. Freddy says yes.

    Yes, future. Lily, what see? Yes. I’m not sure what you mean, Lily. Russ says, “Yes.” Stephen says, “What do the credits cost though?” Credit uh Stephen, it’s extremely cheap to produce a video. It depends on how complex you make it. If you make a if you make a simple slide oriented video could be like 300

    credits. You can literally make of videos for the package that you get. I will show it to you in just a moment. Let’s let’s proceed from here. ready to see what’s inside today’s deal. I know you want to see what’s on offer, how many credits you get, what are the capabilities, what kind of uh products you are getting in today. So,

    I’m going to in an all-inclusive deal,

    VidCo Pro, and Live Caster Pro. I’ll explain each software in just a moment.

    says, “No, Tracy, it’s a regular video. The buttons are not clickable, but they’re call to actions, right? If it’s on the listing page, people will click on the buy button to buy,

    right? Products that you get in special all-inclusive deal today. By the way, this is going to be a lifetime offer.

    What this has right

    is for solo creators,

    people who have the Google look at the professional. It’s not the professional touch, but it’s got enough

    to includes the all-inclusive deal also includes VidCom Pro, which gives you 50,000 welcome credit.

    Let’s quickly log out and login one more time.

    Give me

    Okay. So, I changed my internet uh signal. I think this is going to be a lot better hopefully. So, let’s We were talking about the VidCom Pro. VidCom Pro is the prolevel upgrade that enables agencies to market massively, right? So, it gives you 50,000 credits plus it’s got unlimited campaigns, right? It’s got AI advanced AI video editing. It’s got multiAI access, unlimited UGC clips, team access, a commercial license, all of the things that you need to be able to create an effective agency. That’s a part of VidCom Pro, which is also included in the all-inclusive deal. And I’m happy, really happy that you can hear my audio now. I think it was the Wi-Fi signal. I just changed the Wi-Fi and it was started working much better. Perfect. So, today’s offer also has VidCom reseller. I know a bunch of you, those of you who have already got products from me, they know the value that my products have. They know that I always maintain my products and I always improve them. So with time, they just get better and better and there is a huge market of people who are interested in stuff like this. Now imagine this. Let’s say you are not even trying to create videos for ecom websites. All you would need to do is just go to them and tell them hey there is a software like this VidCom which which can create videos for you and this is how it works. Would you like to get your hands on it? And you can be very transparent. You can say hey you know what after this launch I’m going to sell. Okay. So here is the fact you can tell them serial is selling this product for minimum $164 per year because that’s exactly what’s going to happen after this launch. I’m going to do away with the onetime offer and the elite version will go for $67 minimum per year and the pro version will go for another $97 on top. So total put it together it’s $164 to get pro version. The reseller version gives you 70 accounts that you can sell of pro or elite. Right? any of these, you can literally go to customers and say, “Hey, you know what? Serill is selling this for $164 per year, but if you give me $200 one time, I’ve got the grandfather special deal, bulk deal that I did with them when they launched it. I can let you have the product for $200, right? So, you can easily easily even out compete me and we do allow that. You can sell my product for cheaper than me and cash it on the backing of the sales page of the setup that we’ve created, right? It’s very easy to do that. And here’s what’s going to happen. If you’re able to sell 70 licenses, that’s at the very minimum, that’s about $9,000. Even if you sell less than $200. And if you sell for $200, that’s $14,000 easy in turnaround time. So imagine the kind of multiple that you can get just from Vcom reseller. Right? So then in this package, you also get VidCo Pro. VidCo is another one of my products. It creates AI video clips and it gives you a lot of AI options to create those video clips. Now, if you are producing videos seriously, you might want to create all sorts of clips for your videos, intros, outros or all those things. You can use VidCo to create anything just by telling it. And it’s got so many different AIs to use. Literally all the popular video AIs of the world in one platform. You can use it to supplement your uh videocom, create clips for it, and it is included in the deal today. the pro version of it which is 97 actually it’s 164 because you get pro only when you buy elite first right then you also get today in the all-inclusive deal live caster pro live cer 247 is a very very you know popular product for ecom people because you know you already know that live streaming is massive for ecom sellers smart ecom sellers have been selling a lot of products by live streaming on Facebook live streaming on Instagram, on Tik Tok, all the platforms. And with this product, you can pick pre-recorded videos like videos that are created by VidCom. You can string together a bunch of videos. Let’s say you’ve got five different or 10 different videos. You can string them together and run a live stream which just continues forever. For example, on YouTube and on other platforms, you can run a live stream composed with multiple videos, but it runs like live. So, sell anything, promote anything very easily on any platform. That is also included in the deal today. Right. Vidcom Elite was $67 per year, John. So again, this is something. This is an amazing package. And if you look at the features in the deal, you get powerful pro upgrade. You get unlimited campaigns, advanced video editing, unlimited UGC clips, video tools and capabilities, multiAI, 50,000 welcome credits, and let me remind you to create one video, you need probably like 300 to 400 credits, sometimes up to 500 credits if it’s a little more complicated. So for 50,000 credits, you literally create a,000 videos if you’re using only static images. Now, if you create UG’s Eclipse, if you create animations, that’s going to be a little more expensive, but you will you can still create hundreds of videos, right? And even if you fully animate the video, you charge people uh you know, to create a video that cost them something like $600 or $700 to make, usually you charge them $100 or $200, whatever the, you know, it doesn’t matter how generous you are about it, you will still be able to get 100x plus returns on the amount that you spend. So spend like $2 or $3 creating a video and flip it for $250. That’s the target. That’s the target with VidCom, right? So again, two years of free upgrades, that’s a part of the deal. Now you know that I make sure that my products are improved and updated. It’s investing in these products is like, you know, making sure that you have something that continues to get better. So when we give you 2 years of free upgrades on VidCcom, if after 2 years we launch a new version, you will get special offer, special access. But during all this time, it’s absolutely free. Every single upgrade plus 70 license you can sell and profit from. Remember the math. If you sell each license just for $200, that’s $14,000 worth of sales waiting for you there. And you will make your money back. Today I’m going to show you just in a moment how much you need to invest. But you can make that investment back with just two sales, right? It’s going to be actually you’re going to be turning a profit into sales. I’ll show you in just a moment. You can create videos for other ecom brands which is part of the deal today. And if you put all of these together, the regular way to get these products would be to pay a reg. And you would need to pay at least $888 to get your hands on all of the things that I’ve shown you today, which is a $2,000 value. If you think about a threeyear lifetime, 3 years is a very standard lifetime for software products. It’s a $2,000 value. But I’m not going to charge you 2,000. I’m not going to even charge you a fraction of that. Not even half of that. I’m going to give you a lifetime on one-time payment deal for only $237 today on the webinar. So, this is this is a special deal only on the webinar. Now, the launch is still ongoing. The onetime deal will be available for the next few days, but remember this, it’s going to get more expensive. So, today is the best time to buy this for the best price. Now, here on every single day, it’s going to be more expensive. So, if you watch this webinar, you like this product and you can see the market, you can see the scope of 32 million ecom stores waiting for you to come in to just hit that contact message and tell them, I’ve created a video for your product. Here is something that I made. If you would want that, you just need to PayPal me or Venmo me $200 and you can use it on your website and you’re going to land customers and people who get started with that relationship once will come to you again and again. That’s how simple it can be. And yes, Russ, you can charge a monthly uh for the reseller. That’s totally up to you. Now, today on this webinar in the special launch period, I’m also going to give you the opportunity to buy some video, some boosters. So, the first thing you can get the sellers pack $29, which gives you readymade resources to sell. So, you get the landing page done for you. You get the videos, you get access to the sales video, sales video, the webinar, the demo video that you can use, you get readymade social media post, readym made emails, everything done for you that you need to sell, right? So you can just post these posts. You can send out the emails and direct people to your landing page where you put in your sales button, connect it to your Stripe or your PayPal or your Venmo or your crypto back end and let people pay you directly. Right? So it’s all done for you. You don’t need to write anything. You don’t need to create anything. You don’t need to go to chat GPD and or or clarity to create a sales page. It’s all done for you. Next, you als you can also get 50,000 more credits. I know some of you want to get massive amount of credits. I’ve had this request in the past. You should let us buy more credits. So, today on this webinar, you can get 50,000 more credits for only $44. It’s a part of the deal. And those of you who are forward thinking, who can see the potential, who know the market, who know there are so many ecom websites, every one of them will want this product. You can get 140 extra licenses to sell for only $99. That is.70 cents per license. Think about it. I’m giving you the access to 140 more licenses to sell for less than the cost of one sale that you can make, right? So, let’s say you’re very conservative. You’re very competitive. You decide to outbid me. totally outco compete me and you get hold of the 140 70 licenses plus 140 210 licenses and you decide to sell each one at $100 a pop lifetime access up to you you’re going to be landing $21,000 when you finish selling all 210 licenses and you’ll be making a profit when you sell the first three that’s how amazing this deal is today on this webinar so make sure you get it next where do you need to go to get to buy this deal today. The URL is on your screen and I think Swati will drop it on chat too and I think I’ve pinned it there. So if you want to click on the top l top link you can get it there. Uh I will quickly drop the link in chat too for you guys. So if you decide to get VidCon today, if you think this is a great product maintained in a nice manner and it’s solves a real problem for a real world, right? It solves a real problem for a lot of ecom businesses. Get VidCom today with a special webinar deal and notify me in the chat. If you decide to get it today, I want you to tell me so that I can give you a shout out and give you a proper welcome today to VidCom family. Right now, I’m going to show you some more details. When you go to the uh go to this link, you will see a page like this where you can put in your email address. You can choose whether you want to pay through credit card, which is Stripe, or you want to pay through PayPal. So you can choose to pay through PayPal or through Stripe using your credit card. Now if sometimes let’s say you you’re trying to pay through Stripe and it doesn’t work, don’t worry about it. Go into PayPal. PayPal also supports payment through credit cards, right? So sometimes I have customers who tell me my the Stripe thing is not working. So can I uh pay another way? So you can use PayPal right there. Now the options to buy the upselles are right here. BDCOM sellers pack $29. the VCcom 50,000 credit boost and 140 extra licenses are all there. If you want you can uncheck them if you’re not interested in any particular offer or you can just go on and purchase all of them. Now some of you were talking about how you know how well-maintained my products are or or how you know trustworthy the company is. I know some of you could be new to the brand, but just very quickly again, all of you guys who love my products, who’ve got at least one of my products, who love my products and who are absolutely happy about the way I maintain, I grow these products and give you value for it. Give me a yes in the chat or give me a one in the chat. If you love my products, if you have at least one of them and you are a big fan of Technic Force products, let me see in the chat how many of you are still here who’ve got my products and love them. So Russ says, “Great product, Sil.” Thank you. Thank you, Russ. You’ve got it. Uh Randall says, “One.” Francis says, “Yes.” Darl says, “One.” And we have uh Stephen who says, “Seril is top man.” Lily one. John Young, love your products. So that’s that’s a lot of people who absolutely see the value in Technic Force products and it’s because of you guys where why I have ratings like this. So on Trustpilot, Technic Force is rated at 4.7 stars and on Google, we are rated at 4.9 stars. So if you check us out, I think it’s been slightly updated. So if I Google Technic Force, let me spell that right though. I can see on Google, I’ve got 4.9 stars, over 198 reviews. And if you look at the reviews, I think you need to click here. You got people who talk about how valuable my products are, how much value they’re getting of it, and how we try to make sure that every single customer who reaches out to us make sure that they get the best value, right? And if you scroll down a little, there’s a trust pilot website. And on Trust Pilot, I think now we have 113 reviews, 4.7 stars. And if you see our reviews, you can see the review summary evaluating 73 73 reviews. customers consistently praise the staff and they uh frequently highlighted exceptional good things about the company because we try to make sure that every single product we set out is solves a real problem works well and it makes sure that our customers are more than happy. Now, despite all this effort, despite all this effort, if for any reason at all, you think that you get VidCom today and you think that VidCom is not the product for you and it’s not it doesn’t make you absolutely happy. I’m going to give you a no-brainer offer. Get VidCom today. I will give you a 30 days refund guarantee. So, you can grab VidCom without a single worry. You can use it for 30 days. You can even use all the credits you want. Go on and credit. go on and create all the videos you want, right? And it’s all on my pocket. I will pay for them. If at the end of 30 days, before 30 days, you can afford to give me back this product and tell me, sir, take this product back. Give me back all the money. I’m going to pay for all the videos that you’ve created. I will not deduct a single dollar. I will give you the all of the amount back that you paid for uh when you bought the product and it’s going to be absolutely free all the videos you created. That’s because I know that once you get started and once you create those videos, once you put them online and once you start making money, there’s no way you can afford to let go of a money maker. So that is my 30 days special refund guarantee, right? So don’t worry about it. Get VidCom today and don’t forget to tell me in chat if you make if you get VidCom so that I can give you a shout out. All right. So guys, now we’re going to go into the question section. I I know I told you in the beginning I’ve got bronchitis and you might have heard me cuff us a couple of times. It’s still in control. I’m happy about that. I did a webinar in the in the night you know a few hours ago spoke for 2 hours plus and now I’m back again and it’s still working. So I’m very happy. Uh I’m going to answer questions now. Don’t forget to ask me whatever you think is you know you’re curious about about this product or about uh you know ecom uh making ecom videos. I’ll be happy to answer all the questions you can I can. Right. Um, Valley says, “Yes, Silly Stop, man.” Thank you so much, Valley. Appreciate your kindness. Again, James says, “How many reseller accounts come with this?” Uh, James, when you buy the all-inclusive version, you get 70 accounts that you can sell, but there is an option to get 140 more. So, you can have up to 210 accounts to sell, right? Stephen says, “You need some whiskey and honey.” You bet, Stephen. It’s a good recipe. Maybe I will try that tonight later. Cannot drink on the webinar, right? Or I will not be able to give you anything that makes sense. Uh awesome. So let me know what other questions you have guys. And again, if you get get VidCon today, don’t forget to let me know in the chat.

    Marshall Michael is asking me is this one time or yearly? Michael on this webinar today and during this launch, this is going to be a onetime offer, but after 7 days, it’s going to be a yearly offer and the best price is going to be on today’s webinar. So, if you get this today, you’re going to get the best price on it. Later, it’s going to be slightly more expensive. Every single day, it’s going to get more expensive. So, this is the best time to buy it because then you get exactly what you want, which is a lifetime offer. You don’t have to pay for it again, right?

    Um all right let me see any other questions. Is this one time I really answered that one and I can see the orders are coming in. People are buying buying the webinar uh you know the special offer which is good. I appreciate it all those who are getting it today.

    I don’t know if there is a lag on my chat because I’m seeing chat a little bit uh later. Could be due to the connection or something else. I’m not sure.

    All right. Stephen says, “Let’s go. Love it.” I’m I’m glad, Stephen, you got it today. Daryl is asking me a question. Do I need the more expensive version to do only my projects? Daryl, see this is the webinar and this is the special launch deal. I would recommend you get the pro version if you can because the value is just there, right? So in my in my launches, I try to maximize the value at every level. So if you can get it, if you can afford it, I would absolutely recommend that you get the best version possible. This is a one-time deal. The product will not go into recurring for you. And it’s this is a like a special find, right? You’re on the webinar, you found it. So I would recommend if you can get it even for your own business, get the pro version. It it unlocks everything. It unlocks every single feature. But if you can’t manage to do that, then you can make do with the with the elite version. The features will be limited. There’s not going to be every feature available to you. But I guess you will need to think about that.

    Awesome. So let me know if there are any other questions, guys.

    Okay. Uh let me quickly ask you anyone wants to see the demo video one more once more on let’s I will play it on 1.5 time. So it’s going to be a little bit speedier. If you want to play if you want to see the demo once more just give me a quick yes. Okay. Stephen says yes. John says how do you get the pro version? you buy the elite, you buy the all-inclusive uh John, that’s how you do it. Uh if not, then you can buy the elite and you will be shown an option to buy the pro version later. So yeah, you can do that also. And let’s play let’s find the demo and play it. I’m on YouTube. Hello and welcome to VidCom, the video maker for ecom marketers and product owners. Well, every product listing deserves a video because when you put a video on a listing page on your landing page, get a big boost. But preparing these videos is hard and it takes time and a lot of now with Vidcom, you can solve this problem and create fantastic videos in a matter of minutes. Let’s take a look and see how Vidcom works. So, get started. We will just go right into the action and click on video. Now, you can provide all the information manually like product information. Yes, that’s basically what it’s just some product info or you can bring in your product information from your sales page. So, I’ve got this little random Shopify website that I’ve picked. Yes, Vcom can take any page from the internet including your popular platforms like Shopify, Amazon, Etsy, WooCommerce, whatever you can think of. Just copy the URL and paste it and then click on fetch details. So, Vcom is going to pull the details in just a few seconds and then set up your entire video plan. Here we go. You see, VidCom pulled in all the data like product specifications, product features, product benefits, product description. Also picked up some images from the sales page so that it can use the images in the video. If you want, you can modify things. Let’s say you want to change anything, you can. For example, if you want to just remove this feature, maybe it’s not practical or not required. Just modify whatever you want. And you don’t need to go very deep into this because VCOM figures it out all by itself. Click on proceed. And next, you can choose how long a video you want to make. Now, typically for a listing, I would recommend a video from 1 minute to 5 minutes. In this particular example, let’s do a minute long video. You can choose the aspect ratio, too. If you want to use the video as a social uh video, you want to put it on Tik Tok or you want to put it on Instagram for marketing, you can make a 9×6 vertical or a square video for Instagram. Or you can do a 16×9. You also get to choose the AI you want to use. And at Technic Force, we always believe in multiple AI. So we giving you many options. You can use GPT for text or you can use cloud engine or grock. For images, you can use Google Flux, GPT or Cream. So once you’re ready, click on proceed. And now you can choose the voice that you want to do the voice over the narration in. We’ve got a number of readym made voices for you from OpenAI. So you can do a preview. Hey there, I’m Ash. Chill. Now if you want to put in any special instructions, you can. If you want to change the language, you can do that too. Or you can even bring your custom voice. So I created a voice earlier called Mark. AI is the biggest revolution in the history of mankind. You can create voices over here. I will just go back in after I finish the first video and show you how to create custom voices. For this, let’s choose Ash and click on proceed. Next, it’s time to choose a background score. So, take a look here. You can click on a readym made collection that we have. Choose the music. I think this one is fine. But here also, we’ve done some fun new stuff like you can generate tracks with AI. So, here’s a button generate new track and you can generate tracks with AI. We’ve got one track over here ready made. Let’s listen to this one.

    So, this is created by AI earlier, but for this particular example, let’s just stick to this one. Okay, this is pretty neat. You can also upload your own music if you want to. Once you’re ready, click on proceed. And now your video is being analyzed and creatives are being created. I’m talking about the initial visuals, the parts of the video. So, let’s come back in a couple of minutes and continue from there. All right. The first thing you get here is a little script that will be used as narration on the video. So, you can read it very quickly. Meet the Eini Mini Yuri diaper bag. So, it’s all about the product, about the benefits and all. And if you want to accept it, if you want to change it, you can. If you want to use it as is, that’s perfectly fine. Click on proceed. And then you can set up captions. So the captions are the titles that will display on the video, the text. And you’ve got some options about how you want them to look. I think I really am partial to this style, so I will just take that one. But you’ve got other options, too. And you can also change the font, the size, everything. Click on proceed. And now the images are being created. The storyboard is being made. And check it out. Your visuals are created. Now notice this. Videom really, really did a great effort of of humanizing the entire product. What we got was a bag, but the video that we’re going to create has an amazing amazing presentation. And you see that you’ve got all sorts of human elements. There’s a baby, there’s a bag. Of course, this picture wasn’t there in the original. You can see now we’re showing the waterproof features, baby and baby conveniences and the travel ready features and the storage convenience. Then the comfort in carriage, the easy access, the 12 pockets, all the storage boxes that it has. And this is something that not even a top visualizer can do in a very little time in the amount of time that Viccom took to get here. All this work is amazing. Now you can go ahead click proceed and make a very nice slideshow style video or you can even animate individual clips if you want to. For example, let’s say I wanted to animate this clip. All I need to do is click on animate. And if I want to create a prompt that decides how I want to animate it, I can put that in. Show this in action. For example, you can write whatever you want. And then click on animate. Now this can take a little while. Till then you can review the rest of the stuff. You can see the narration. This is the narration that will play along with each slide. If you want to rewrite it, you can. And if you want to put some sort of specific effect in the slide. So I just picked a random image of a girl from the internet. And I’ve got the bag image from my product listing uploaded here. And I put in some random instructions. You can do better if you want to. And once you’re ready, click on generate. You just see aar video. Again, you can choose the length of the video. I’m keeping 4 seconds. Now let’s wait a few minutes, a few seconds when it’s generated. And we’ll add it. The video is generated. Check it out, you guys. Seriously, this is my favorite bag. Look at it. It’s perfect for everything. Now, this is a great UC video. The AI even kept in mind that this is an Indian girl and they match the accent perfectly. The bag is absolutely realistic in our hands. And you can just click on add slide, you guys. Seriously. And here we have the UGC video as a part of the video. Now, I think we’re ready for generation. So, just click on proceed and let it happen. It’s processing and preparing the video clips for the the generation for the rendering. And there we go. The video is ready and we can play it back. Ebony Mini Zurich diaper bag. Compact, stylish, and ready for adventure with your little one. From park strolls to weekend getaways. Lightweight mini backpack design with smart diaper bag features crafted for comfort, speed, and everyday durability. And water resistant materials for messes. You guys, seriously, this is my favorite bag. Look at it. It’s perfect for every Great looking product video done in minutes. Let’s go back to the dashboard. I’ve got a couple more that I want to show you. Take a look at this one. Removable moisture wicking liner and cheek pads. Fight sweat. This is for a helmet. While the secure double D-ring closure locks confidence in. Meet the tactical off-road helmet. Built for riders. Push harder, climb higher, and demand prograde protection without the price. Get all done from just a few images. Take a look at this one. Free US shipping and returns included. Mail it back, then get your digital results in 4 to 6 weeks. Beautifully organized on any device online. Easily see at risk carrier and clear results with condition callouts. No need to know editing. No need to know copyrighting. No need to know graphic design. part of the mod everything for any product category for any product. Now remember I was telling you about some extra features voices and music. Well you can create you can create the voiceovers in your own voice or any voice you want. Just click on create new voice and you can give it a name like John and you can describe how John should sound like a grumpy 90year-old veteran for example or you can make exactly the voice profile that you want or you can clone your own voice upload a small sample just a few seconds long and VCOM can make the narrations in the voice that you specify your own voice too. So that is in voices. Now in music you can create AI music. So click on generate music and you can leave it a track like my background track. This way you can create copyright free music. Never worry about copyright strikes again or issues again because you can make exactly the music you want. Make cinematic and pop and we will pick only instrumentals because we want a background track but you can make songs if you want to and you can make a song about your product. Click on generate tracks. All right the track is ready

    perfect music. So, that’s how easy it is to create custom resources, custom voices, custom music, and create a truly truly world-class product video without hiring an editor, without hiring a copyriter, or a graphic designer, and getting it done in minutes from your computer. If you get VCOM, I’ll see you on the inside.

    Awesome. So, that was the video playing on 1.5x and I think it did pretty well. So, yeah, it was fun to watch the video one more time. Uh, John says, “Are there video for the usage of Viccom?” Of course, John. We’ve got tutorials, a bunch of them and more are coming up uh all the time. Uh most of the tutorials are already already accessible through the app, but we also have them uploaded on our YouTube channel. So if you go to our YouTube channel, you can find all these beautiful tutorials right there and they’re in the app, right? So don’t need to go to our YouTube channel, you can get the app and they are in the app. So we are making more tutorials based on what people are telling us. Michael just purchased the bundle. Hey Michael, congratulations on getting VidCom and I’m sure you will enjoy it. And if you got any of the upgrades, thank you for that too. Uh Stephen says, “Love it. Thank you for the webinar today and all your hard work.” Appreciate it, Stefan. And thank you for putting the time out for me and attending the webinar. And uh thank you for all the appreciation that you showed this product. Uh it’s it was a wonderful webinar. I had a great time hanging out. Uh I get the energy from you. Whenever I see the kind of response you uh give the products that I create, it really makes it worth it. Of course, the money is great and I like selling my products. But beyond that, I think even more special when I see people making amazing things with my products, that is great. For example, I launched adstorm a little while ago and people have already made nearly 1,200 ads using that product and I see the ads and I feel okay, wow, this is great. People are utilizing this on a daily basis. So, that’s the kind of product Viccom is with a huge huge market out there. Thank you again for everyone who came down to attend the webinar. I appreciate your time. I appreciate you. And if you bought VidCom today, if you purchased VidCom or any of the upgrades, I really really appreciate that. And it’s my commitment that VidCom will just get better and better and you will enjoy the product more and more. On that note, I’m going to wind up the webinar today and I’ll see you later with another cool product maybe sometime soon. This is Sil signing off.

  • 06/24/2026 – Stock Market Crash or Rally Incoming

    Hey yo, what’s up everybody? What’s going on folks? Welcome, welcome to the True Trading Group live stream. Hope you all had a wonderful weekend. I want to give a big huge massive shout out and a happy Father’s Day to all of the TTG dads out there. I hope you guys had a wonderful day spending the time with family, with friends, but most importantly, family. That’s what this day is really all about. So, gentlemen, I wish you all a happy Father’s Day. And there’s no better way that I could think about showing my appreciation for all the TD dads out there than to prepare you guys to make some money this week. And that’s something that obviously we’re all here to to figure out how to make money, right? It’s why you guys are on this live stream. That’s why you’re not, you know, getting the popcorn ready for, uh, House of Dragons like my wife is, um, going nuts over that show or watching the World Cup matches or whatever it else it is. Or maybe you’re still sitting outside with a cold one, smoking a cigar, maybe you’re over the grill, whatever it is, we’re all here to make money. And on a day like today, being Father’s Day, uh, I am recently a new dad myself. I have, uh, I have two kids. They’re both under two. My daughter is not even two years old. My son is three, almost four months old. My son will be four months old in just a couple of days. Um, so I’m a new dad. I’m a new dad. And I got to tell you, man, the my entire life has changed over the course of the last two years. And in in the best way possible, my entire outlook on life has changed. my perspective, the things that I care about, my priorities, and my sense of purpose and meaning in life has completely changed. I’ve made, you know, changes in my own personal life, um, as a as a result of this. And you know, I think it’s pretty I think it’s, you know, as we sit here and it being Father’s Day, I just think to myself about how lucky and how blessed that I am to live the life that I do and to be able to provide for my family. And it makes me kind of think more about, like I said, ever since I had kids, it really made me comp think about life differently. And I want to start this live stream off by sharing something with you that I’m never going to forget. I was watching an interview with two very successful two very successful gentlemen, two fathers. One is is a billionaire and the other is a couple hundred millionaire. So two guys that money is not is not a is not a thing to them, right? There is no amount of money. There’s no something that they can’t buy. There’s nothing that they can’t do. And the person that was interviewing these two gentlemen asked them, “What is success to you?” Because obviously it can’t be a number like how do you gauge your life and success within your life? Because it’s not reaching a number in your bank account for obviously for for those guys. And the two responses are something that really stuck with me and really hit home personally and I want to share it with you guys because it kind of gives I think a perspective on life. And then we kind of bring it all together and talk about how we’re going to make some money this week. Trust me, it’s all related. It’s all tied together. The first guy responds with saying, and I don’t remember which one responded with which, but the first guy responds with, “Well, success to me.” And he says, “Is having my children want to hang out with me as adults?” That was his response was, “Yeah, obviously when your kids are young, they all want to hang out with mom and dad.” And yeah, right. Everything’s everything’s great, but when they become adults, do they still want to hang out with mom and dad? And that was um that was success for for that for that person and the next guy. And that hits home for me because I’m very very tight with my my parents. I’m very tight with my sisters. Um I see my family, you know, several times throughout the course of the month. I was with my family obviously all day today. Um so that kind of hit home for for me because I still hang out with my parents all the time and I obviously want my children to want to hang out with me all the time. But the next guy’s response completely changed my outlook on life. And the next guy’s response to me was or to this question was and again if you’re just tuning into the live stream, the question was what is success to you? What is having a successful life? Because obviously it’s not a number. The guy’s a billionaire and the other guy was worth a couple hundred million a few hundred million. And the billionaire guy or the I don’t remember which one gave the response says success is you lived a successful life if your children lived a better life than you did. That is the definition of success for him. And that kind of really really hit home. And for every single person that is out there watching this live stream right now, for every father, for every mother, for everyone who just has children, just in general, success is not defined by a number or you reaching a particular net worth. It is defined simply as did you make good choices throughout your adult life that allowed your children to live a better life than you did. And if that answer is yes, then you are providing a generational leap to your children that you did not have. And then hopefully your children will be better set set up into their adult life than you were. And then they could make sure that their children then lived a better life than they did. And that is the process of building generational wealth through time. And if each generation continues to live a better life than the prior, then you continue to live a successful life. And I I share that with you because it was something that really changed for me because when I first had when I had my children, it completely changed, you know, my whole outlook on life, my my whole perspective and my priorities have changed. And I share that with you because, you know, I know how much of an impact it had on me and I want you guys to think about life and that means as well. And then it brings me to what we’re doing here today on this live stream. And it brings me to what we’re doing here just in the markets in general, like being a market participant, not even just being on this live stream, so we can figure out how we’re going to make money this week. And if you guys are new to the stream, trust me, stick around. You guys are in for a hell of a treat. I share with you my exact detailed game plan, what stocks I’m looking at, where I’m getting in, where I’m getting out, what I think the market’s going to do. I’m not a Monday morning quarterback. I’m not going to come on this YouTube channel on Friday and be like, “Oh, look at what we did this week.” No, I’m going to come on on a Sunday on Father’s Day and I’m going to tell you exactly what I think the market’s going to do. I’m going to stick my neck out there. Listen, I’m not going to be right all the time. I don’t have a 100% win rate. I’m right a lot more than I am wrong, but I’m wrong sometimes. I’m not perfect. I don’t claim to be the world’s greatest trader. I don’t think you should listen to the things that I share on this YouTube channel because I claim to be the world’s greatest trader. I’m a damn good one. I began my career working at a hedge fund in New York City, my first job out of college. I received a trader of the year award back in 2008 when the stock market was crashing and we had the great recession and the big, you know, housing crisis and everything else that we had during 0809. It was actually one of the years I received the trader of the year award. So, I didn’t have to figure this stuff out on my own. I didn’t have to watch YouTube videos. I didn’t have to sit in Discord chats. I didn’t have to scour the depths of Reddit. I was trained by professionals right from the jump. And now, fast forward, I’ve been doing this for 19 and a half years. And I’m the co-founder and head trader of True Trading Group. We have 11,000 members from 114 countries all throughout the world. We are the recipient of the Benzinga Fintech Award for best AI analysis tool. We have partnerships with u the NASDAQ, with Benzinga, with Databento, Unusual Wales. We work very closely with OpenAI to build out the the fintech platform that is True Trading Group and then TTD terminal that that is the the whole suite of trading tools that we have on this platform that are customized to you the individual user that integrate AI into everything it is that we do where we have actual deterministic algorithms that can help build trading plans for you all the way through um you know an active trader mode session that can actually where AI can manage trades for you and so much more that we can get into a little bit later on in this live stream. But, you know, that is what True Trading Group really is all about. It’s not just me. You know, there’s seven other professional traders that are live with you every single day that share their screens, that answer questions, that trade in front of you live, that provide their analysis and commentary, and of course, all of their trade alerts, which they’re fantastic. Okay. Our mods maintain a cumulative win rate of just around 80% now going on roughly the last six years or so. all of our buys, all of our take-profits, all of our stopouts, our greens, our reds, our break evens. It’s all tracked. It’s all there for you guys. Full transparency. We’re a complete and total open book. Okay. So, yes, do we have the trade alerts? And the courses, of course, we do. Yes, they’re fantastic. But TTD is much more than just a chat room with alerts. It is an entire trading terminal and entire trading software system for retail traders that genuinely gives them an edge and an advantage over other traders that don’t have access to these tools and these data points because at the end of the day retail never really had a fair chance against professionals. Professionals have Bloomberg terminals. They have all these different data um points, all these different analytics and all these different tools that retail traders just never had access to. It was never a fair fight. Not not only do they have faster executions, more information, more amounts of money, they actually have physical tools and data that retail doesn’t have access to. We change that here inside of True Trading Group with the TG Terminal and all the tools and resources that we have on our platform that actually give our members a distinct advantage over other traders that simply do not have access to these things. Okay. Um, and when I say here, let me actually just ask real quick. members of True Trading Group, just type the number one in chat real quick if you guys feel like you have an advantage, you have an edge over other traders that do not have access to the tools and resources that you have at True Trading Group. So, if you feel you have an edge, if you feel like our tools and our platform, our whole system gives you an advantage, I want you to go ahead and type the number one in chat right now. And for anyone that’s new to this channel, pay attention very closely to the people you’re about to see comment because these are real traders. These are real members. These are people that were once viewers on a live stream, just like you are now, telling you that they have a distinct advantage over other people that don’t have these tools.

    That’s what you’re seeing. You’re seeing people from all over the world, 114 different countries, from all walks of life. 82% of our members have a full-time job. So, there’s no excuse on why you are not going to be able to do this and use this platform successfully like all of our members are.

    And when I and when I sit here and I tell you when I say remember look at this you can see all these people that are typing number one telling you that they have that they have an edge and it brings me back to what I was talking about before about having about what is a successful life and living a successful life making sure that your children live a better life than you did and that could be in in a lot of different way that that means different things for different people right the reality is life is not fair the reality is not everybody starts from the starting point. This isn’t this isn’t the Olympics. This isn’t a race where everybody gets to line up and everybody starts from the exact same distance from that finish line. Life’s not fair.

    Somebody gets to start sometimes much further ahead than you got to start and some people get to start much further behind where you got to start. So, it’s not fair to compare yourself as far as did I live a successful life if not everybody is starting from the same point. But if you make the right decisions as an adult, and when I say make the right decisions, I’m specifically talking about financially. I’m talking about investing. I’m talking about getting involved in the stock market. I’m talking about becoming knowledgeable in, you know, what are actually good stocks that you should buy? What are, you know, a what’s a good long-term portfolio look like? How can you day trade and swing trade to supplement your income to generate extra income so you never have to necessarily worry about what’s what are you going to do? How’s your family going to survive if you ever get laid off? If there’s ever another recession, how are you going to make ends meet? Not having to worry about those type of situations. Not having to be relying on somebody else for you to live your life and provide for your family. Having a job is not security. Being able to actually make money on your own terms, that is security. Because as long as the stock market is open, we have a job. As long as the economy is booming, you have a job. But the reality is that next week, somebody that you’ve worked for for the last 15, 20, 25 years could decide that, you know what, costs have gone up, inflation, margins are compressed, we got to lay some people off. And just like that, it doesn’t matter how many times you showed up to work early. It doesn’t matter how many times you stayed at work late. It doesn’t matter how great you completed that project or that task. It doesn’t matter how reliable you are, how much your boss could depend on you. The reality is you are replaceable. And at any given moment, that security could be taken from you. Not because you did something wrong, not because you made poor decisions, not because your actions were terrible, but because somebody else above you decided you were worth removing. That’s not security.

    Security is knowing whether the stock market goes up or the stock market goes down. As long as it’s open, we can make money. And it’s what we’re going to talk about here on this live stream. I’m literally going to give you my game plan of how I plan on making money this week.

    But I hope that everybody that is on this live stream right now, and this is a real gut check moment. I’m being as as genuine as I possibly can. I’m not I’m not making a joke. I’m not being sarcastic. I’m not exaggerating. I hope that every single person on this live stream is ready to take this serious. If you’re here just to look for some, oh, tell me the next yolo stock that’s going to, you know, short squeeze, small flow, whatever it is, or give me some kind of yolo zerodt option play. Tell me where Tesla is going to close on Wednesday evening so I can buy a call or a put tomorrow. If that’s what you’re looking for, then true is not the place for you. But if you are motivated and dedicated to ensure that you live a successful life, by which I mean have making sure your children live a better life than you did, then this is the this is the very best place you could possibly be at 8:25 p.m. Eastern on a Sunday evening. I promise you that. Because my entire life is now dedicated to make sure that my children live the very best life they possibly can. And I bring that all together because Father’s Father’s Days mean something different to me now. Father’s Days two years ago was all about my father and appreciating everything he’s done for me and my sisters and my mom and for our family. And I still appreciate that. I still am I thank God every day to bless me with a father that that that I have. And he is the epitome of of a man and father and and a dad. And I couldn’t ask for anything more. And I just hope that I am half as good of a father to my children as he is to me. I’m very lucky and very blessed for that. Not everybody’s not everybody can say that, but I hope that every single one of you are as motivated and dedicated to make sure that your children go on more family vacations than you went on. That your children are able to get a car when they have their driver’s license. That your children are able to go to college. That your children are able to go to the college that they want to go to. That your children are able to wear the pair of sneakers that they want to wear on their first day of high school. That you may not have been able to do. You might have had to wear a hand-me-down from your older brother. I hope that your children have enough money set aside for them when they decide it’s ready to start a family of their own. They have enough money in an account because you made good investment decisions when they were children. That they have enough money in the account now for a down payment on their house that they don’t have to worry about, well, what’s going to happen if dad loses his job? And if you are motivated and you are dedicated to achieving that level of success, then you are in the right place. And I am I’m so glad to have you guys here because those are the type of people that I want part of True Trading Group. Yes, it’s all about making money, but the dollar number is not necessarily the mark of success.

    It’s supplementing your income. It’s making more money. It’s providing for your family. That is the definition of success. And that definition means something different to everybody. But we all share that same goal. That same goal is to make money. That same goal is to provide. And it’s exactly what members of True Training Group do. And I’ll prove it to you. Don’t just take my word for it because I’m some guy on a YouTube channel. Okay? Don’t just take my word for it because I have a cool painting that hangs over my head. Or maybe you’re a Yankee fan like I am. Don’t just listen to me just because you’re a Yankee fan. Listen to members because they’re the ones that are living it out day in and day out. Members of True Trading Group that are on this live stream right here, right now, I want you to type the number one in chat. If you are making money and you are becoming a better trader because of True Trading Group, because of this platform, if you are getting closer and you are reaching that level of success, I want you to type the number one in chat right now. If you’re making money, you’re becoming a better trader because of True Trading Group. And for everyone that is on this live stream that is not yet a member that you’re new to the channel or maybe you’ve come to this channel, you maybe join me on these live streams before but you’re still not a member or maybe this is your very first time. Pay attention to how many people you see type number one because these are your friends, your family members, your co-workers. If they can make money, there’s no reason why you can’t. They are not luckier than you. That’s for sure. And they really don’t have more time than you. 82% of our members have a full-time job. 11,000 members from all over the world, from all walks of life. If they can do it, so can you. There’s no reason why they can and you can’t. And as much again, as much as I would love to tell you that the reason why all these people are successful because I’m the greatest trader to ever walk the earth, I am not. I’m a damn good one. don’t claim to be the best, but our platform, our tools, our data, our analytics, Mari, which is what that’s our AI system is the damn best that I can say that I will say because I use it personally in my trading every day. I see the success that our members have with it every single day. That’s how I know it’s the best. You’ll never hear me say that I’m the best, but you will hear me say every single damn time anybody asks that our platform and our tools is the best in this business. And for anybody that’s on this live stream right now that is not part of this community. I am going to give you a chance to prove me wrong. I’m going to let anyone that’s not a member, happy Father’s Day. I’m going to let anyone that’s not a member join this platform for 90 days to try out all of our tools. Try out all of our systems. Become part of this community and make money with us. I want you to use our holy grail trade plan generator, which actually can generate a trading plan for you by typing in a ticker symbol, by typing in a trading style. You want a day trade, a swing trade, uh you want a scalp. Okay, you can just type it. It’ll give you a trading plan with an entry, a stop-loss, take-profit targets with a win rate over 70% on almost half a million trading plans generated. Yes, I’m going to let you use all of these things. All you need to do is go to trueradinggroup.com990.

    Again, that is trueradinggroup.com990.

    You guys can sign up for our trial for 90 days for 90 bucks. It’s going to cost you a dollar a day. Forget about an annual membership, right? True Training Group is an annual membership. I’m not even going to talk about that. Forget about the longer term commitment. Forget about the higher upfront investment. I’m going to give you 90 days for 90 bucks to join this community. Use these tools and make money with us. Get on board. Join the family. Get motivated. Get determined. And start seeing progress. Start having success. There’s a reason why we have 11,000 members here that have been part of this community for years. Guys, do me a favor. Type how many years you’ve been a member inside chat. Just like type the number. You’ve been a member for three, four, five, six. Just type how long have you been a member of TTG? Just type the numbers in chat. And this is how you really know. This is a testament to just how good the community and the platform really is. Because if these people were not making money, they’re not going to stay. Would you stay? If you joined and you did, let’s say you joined for an annual membership and you you you spent the whole year with us. You didn’t make any money. Worse, you lost money. Are you guys stay? Look at this. 6 years, 5 years, 5 years, 7 years, 2 years, 3 years, four years, five, five, five, six, five, six, five. Just just look at the people that are typing in chat. There’s a reason people have been here for five, six, seven years. It’s because they’re making money. It’s because they’re having success.

    This is this is not a hey trust me bro situation. Oh, our tools are great. Sign up for a whole year and use them. No, no, no. Use them for 90 days, make money with them, then join because I I’m confident that if you use them for 90 days that you are going to have success that you’re going to make money and then you’re going to want to stay with us for the whole year. So, it makes it makes sense for us as a business. Don’t get it twisted. Chengoup is a business. We have over 30 employees. We have 11,000 customers from all over the world, right? I’m not just doing this out of the goodness of my own heart. This is a business and it’s a good business move on our part to let you try these things out first, make money with them because I’m confident if you do use them that you’re going to want to join and stay with us for the entire year and then you will one day be this one of these people that are typing four years, five years, six years, seven years, you will be that person. I am confident and I can sit here and tell you with a straight face that if you try this stuff out, fast forward a couple of years, you’re still going to be here. You’re still going to be with me. You’re still going to be with the mods. You’re still going to be with the family of 11,000 people from all over the world, all striving towards and getting and seeing progress and becoming successful. All you have to do is go to trueinggroup.com990

    and you guys can sign up for the trial. If you have any questions or you need any help signing up, just send a text message to the phone number you see at the bottom of your screen. The phone number is 1888-621-2127.

    Again, it’s 18886212127.

    The phone number is right there at the bottom of your screen. Just text that number. You’ll talk to a real person. We’ll help you guys out in any way that we can answer any questions, clear anything up that you’re uncertain about, or maybe you just need help checking out. whatever it is, text that number and we’ll help you guys out. Otherwise, you can go right to truthtraininggroup.com990

    and you can join us for 90 days. That’s the deal. That’s the offer I’m willing to make to anyone that’s on this live stream that’s not yet a member. Try this stuff out for yourself. Try it out for yourself. Happy Father’s Day.

    Now, with that said, I’m going to take a sip of water. We’re going to talk about futures because futures are selling off. We’re going to go over some really key levels in the market. We’re going to go over what I think the market’s going to do this week. We’re going to talk about some key economic data that we have coming out. And I’m going to go over my watch list, the exact list of stocks that I have focused on. I got it right here written down in my notebook for benches and exits. I’m old school. I still have a pen and pen and notebook.

    Okay, with that said, let’s shake, rattle, and roll. Let’s sit on futures real quick. Let’s check them out. Oh, we bounced right off the support level. My goodness, TTG fam. See, I haven’t looked at futures in the last 35 minutes because I started the live stream. So, I haven’t been looking at futures. I’ve been talking to you guys. And as you can see, I’m I’m I’m really really passionate about this stuff. I really really am. Um, you know, I got really passionate there. I got a little emotional there. Like I said, you know, today’s a today’s a special day for me. Um, and I hope it is for for many of you that are watching at home. Um, but the markets did bounce. And the reason why I’m laughing about the markets bouncing, and members of TD will know this, is because we bounced right off of the exact support level from last week. So, we took a long on Friday, uh, excuse me, on Thursday. Friday the markets were closed. We took a long on Thursday. Okay. And the support level that we went long off of on Thursday, we drew that line right across. It’s the mid the mid740s on the spy. It’s right into that 7500 zone on futures. We got right at the 744 745. That’s the support level. And that’s right where we just fell down into. Okay. In the futures market and then bounce. So that’s why I’m that’s why I’m laughing as soon as I went and I took a look because that level held yet again. So here you guys go. I’ll draw this line right across my screen and we can just show you guys this. Now, if you’ve been a if you’ve been a viewer of my live stream for the last couple weeks, then you know about this level because we’ve talked about it a lot. We placed not one, not two, but three different trades we placed over the last two weeks off this level. The first two trades we placed off this level were shorts and those were these days. And then on Thursday, we placed a long. And then there you guys can see again a beautiful support level right there against the area that what once was resistance now acting as support. And on Wednesday when we had the Fed day, we very deeply tested that support level. It almost looked like the level was broken. But then we had the big gap up day on Thursday. I posted a video on my socials about, you know, me thinking that the markets were going to kind of rethink the weakness that we had on Wednesday from the Fed and I thought we’re going to have a bounceback day on Thursday. So, go ahead and follow me on on X. If you guys do not follow me on X yet, I’m always posting content analysis and stuff on there. My Twitter, my X handle, Mike Edward_TTG. Again, it’s mike edward_TTG. You guys go ahead, give me a follow there. You guys can even check out the video that I posted last week on my analysis of the Fed meeting. I posted that analysis on Wednesday after the Fed meeting. And you know, we talked about looking for a bounceback day on Thursday and we got it. We caught that trade long, but the long was off of this support level. Okay, this level that used to be Oops, I didn’t mean to delete that. But this level that used to be resistance, okay, now acting as support. And this level is exactly where futures just bounced off of. Okay. Exactly. And that level is 7515.

    Okay. 7515 is right where we just bounced. Okay. 7515 is right where we just bounced from. But now roll it back to 7540 as we’re taking back a good portion of the early open selloff here on futures. Okay, now that takes me to the analysis and the thought process here for this week. As we get into this week, this level is going to be very, very, very crucial for me in my analysis. If this level you see on my screen now, if you’re trading the spy, if you’re trading options on the spy, that level is 744. If you are trading futures, that level’s more like 7500 to 7515, 7510. It’s really that that zone. Okay? If you’re trading futures now, we trade everything at TTG. We trade stocks, we trade options, we trade futures, we even trade some crypto. Okay? There’s something literally for everybody here at True Trading Group. We day trade, we swing trade, we scalp, we cover long-term portfolio investing. There’s literally something for everybody. So this level is going to be really important and it even more so the price action that we just saw on futures more so even confirms just how important this level actually is because now not only is that level the Thursday low but it’s also now your overnight future session low and that level is going to be now just marked if you get underneath that level this week, then I think you have to be short. Okay? If that level breaks, the only support level that’s after that will be 740 on the SPY and that’s going to be the lows from the Fed meeting. But I don’t think that’s a big enough support level. I don’t think it would be able to hold. I think the SPY would drift back down into the low to mid730s this week if that level breaks. So again, draw it across on your screen. 744. That’s the level on SPY. It’s right around 7510, 7515. If you guys are trading futures, if that level breaks, I would be short. Stay short until you run into the 50-day moving average, which if you guys are looking at my screen, that’s this dark blue line that was support, okay? During this this brief pullback we had there in early in early June, right? And now you can see this fifth the dark blue line’s curling its way up. So, if you break underneath this level, I’ll just draw the candles. If this level breaks, okay, if you get underneath it, I would expect more downside to take us into that dark blue line and get into that 50-day moving average if that level breaks. Okay, but for now, that level held. It was tested right now off the futures open and it held. So now as long as that level is it holds, we have to talk about what are some stocks that were strong on Thursday that we can look for a little bit of a bounce play. If we wake up tomorrow morning and the futures are green, you wake up tomorrow morning and futures are green and we took this thing all the way back up. We have to be looking with a long bias come tomorrow. We wake up tomorrow morning and the futures have retraced all the way back down to that level of 744 on SPY 7515 on futures. I would be very very very cautious with the long early. I think that bounces would probably be faded if you opened off that level and then look that level to eventually break and then move it to the downside. So, we’re going to start off with some long ideas and some short ideas coming into this week because that level is going to be a big one. And at least now you guys have an idea of okay, that’s going to be the mark. We open above it. We’re going to look for the long. If we open green, we’re looking for the long. We open red and we’re opening right back down into that level. We’re going to look to short the first bounce, break the level, and then be short, stay short, and we’re going to target the 50-day moving average. Okay, everybody good on that? That’s going to be the way that we’re going to play this coming into the week. All right, let’s talk about some individual stocks here first. Now, part of the reason why we had futures moving to the downside was what’s going on. We have some talks going on. There were actually in-person discussions happening over the weekend with the United States, Iran, you know, France and Qatar and Pakistan. There’s a lot of different delegations that have all gotten together um in in a neutral site to kind of go over and to to try to talk things through and get through into a larger peace deal. There were some bumps in the road during those discussions and that got oil prices bouncing over the um over this weekend and that’s got equity prices moving a little bit to the downside. So, let’s actually go and talk about oil. Let’s go to the USO. Now, the USO is not the price of oil, but it is an ETF that tracks oil futures. And what I’m thinking about here with oil, oil is a very is in a very interesting place right now. The reason why oil is in a very interesting place is because obviously we are well off the the conflict highs. You know, oil moved all the way back down into the 70s and before the Iran war started, oil was at like $67 a barrel. We got as low WTI got as low as the low7s. I think now we pushed back up to around 78. Trace, we’re tracing back a little bit off that back to like 76.

    But oil oil itself has some record high straight direct short interest. Now the it almost seems like the entire world is betting that a larger peace deal is going to be had between the US and Iran within the next couple of weeks. And they believe that if Iranian oil then also comes back onto the market with the shared formoose opening up and the US naval blockade drops that the price of oil is going to fall back beneath the price that it was at prior to the conflict starting because the amount of short interest that is on oil right now is some of the highest short interest on oil on record. Now that can be a good thing. It could also be a bad thing. It could be a bad thing because if the if everybody is betting on one particular outcome that means there is not enough position on the other side of that trade where if there is some type of scenario where talks break down and you know military con military conflict resumes then you could have a massive short squeeze in oil. Now, I’m not sitting here telling you that that’s what I think is going to happen. I’m just telling you the mechanics of what happens in the market when you have such a large short position and everybody is betting on one particular outcome. If that outcome does not come true, the unwind of that one-sided trade could be a very vicious and volatile move. You could have a short squeeze. The way that I think this is going to play out though is any type of bounce in oil that comes from just a tit fortat kind of arguments and theatrics of this delegation walks out of the negotiations. This delegation they’re not happy. this individual person post this on on X or or the president posts something on truth social and the other side doesn’t like what we said and we don’t like what they said. All of that like playground little kids stuff back and forth high school drama. Any bounce you get in oil from that I think is fadable. I think you should fade those bounces. The only play where I think you need to be very careful shorting oil is if there’s a complete breakdown. If there’s a complete breakdown, you have to be very careful because oil can go back to the 90s. It can go back to 100 like that. If there’s a complete breakdown of talks, but the little tip for tat, I wouldn’t try to continuously be long. I think that the bounces on that would be faded. And what I’m actually looking for here on USO is I’m looking for USO to bounce back to 120 or maybe a little bit higher and then fade back off of that again. So here’s your levels here on USO. If we draw lines out here on USO, you will see a real nice support level here around 110. 110 is going to be support back here from March, support back there in April, and support there from Thursday’s low. Now, with what you were getting right now, oil is bouncing a little bit. So that should take USO back up to here or so come tomorrow and get a nice little bounce back that takes you up into this region. But then you have this 9 EMA, this teal blue line you see on my screen that is coming to the downside. I believe that teal blue line will come into play here will act as resistance and then you will get a fade off of that area. So we’re looking for a bounce back up here to USO that takes you up towards 120 and then look to fade that back to the downside and get back down into that 110. And if talks were to continue or if there was to be progress in those talks, you can eventually break 110 and fall down into like a 10 I don’t know like I think 107 or so is going to be a really big support level. I would probably just take that short off there. I don’t think you should hold USO like down to like 95 or so. I think it would take some type of a real serious breakthrough in talks and a real, you know, progression towards a longerterm peace deal that would get the USO down to, you know, 95 to 100. 95 to 100 is a massive support level. If you get there, I would assume you should look for a bounce play. And I’ll probably look for a bounce play off that level if we get there. But I don’t think that that level is in play this week. So, we don’t have to talk about it all that too much. So, we’re going to look for a bounce back up here in USO up towards 120. And then we’re going to look for a short off of that 9 EMA and off that 120 resistance zone to get back down towards 110. Okay, that is USO.

    Next, we’re going to take a look on over at Bitcoin. I’m not going to trade Bitcoin, but there’s going to be a play here we’re going to look at. There’s such a massive support level at 60 and we tried to bounce off of it, you know, a week and a half ago and then failed. Um, if we fall back down toward if if you get Bitcoin back underneath 62K, I’m going to be taking shorts on some of these crypto names. Um, but the way that I’m going to play this crypto idea is I’m going to play this kind of two sides. I’m going to play one long position in a cryptoreated equity and one short position in a cryptoreated equity. I’m going to place uh most like I’m going to place a hedged position and then I’ll release the position that’s not working and let the one that is working ride for a much larger move. That’s probably how I’m going to play this. The stock that I’m targeting for the short side is Circle. Okay, Circle has had this base support line around 78 for the last three weeks and every time we have bounced off of this level, you’ve run into this 9 EMA up here around 86 and you have sold back to the downside. Now, on Thursday, we briefly pierce 78 support and then closed back above it. Now, when you get a pierce of a support level like this and then you reclaim and close above, typically that’s a buy signal. But I’m just not convinced yet. I’m not convinced yet that this candle that we just got on Thursday, I’m not convinced that that’s a buy signal yet. If circle tomorrow morning, if circle is red, tomorrow morning you wake, you wake up and circle is at like 78 and a half, I’m going to short it with a stop loss at 80.

    If you wake up tomorrow and circle is green, if circle is above 80, I’m not going to touch that thing short. I’m giving you very specific price action. I’m giving you triggers on when to enter these trades. I’m not just giving you, hey, I like this for this direction. I’m telling you very specifically, if this, then we’re going to do that. So, if you wake up tomorrow and circle is red, it’s like at 79 or 7850. I’m going through short circle, stop loss around 80. We’re going to look for Thursday’s low to break and we’re looking for circle to fade into the low 70s. You wake up tomorrow and circle is above 80, I’m not going to touch it. Okay? So, that’s going to be the idea there for circle. Now, the long-sided idea when it comes to on the cryptoreated name, if Bitcoin were to rally is going to be if Coinbase reclaims 165, if you wake up tomorrow and Coinbase is above 165, I’m going to go long Coinbase with a stop loss around 163 and look for Coinbase to push up into the mid70s. I’m also going to look at Robin Hood. Robin Hood has a beautiful support level around 103. And we’re going to look for Robin Hood. This used to be support back here in November of last year. Then it was support in January. Then you broke it, sold off to the downside. You had this yellow line, which is the 200 day moving average come into play. You broke above it on Wednesday. The stock then pulled back in on Thursday, retested that level, and it held support. So, as long as we were above 103, I like Robin Hood long. So, just continue to try to be long Robin Hood. Anything above 103, stop loss would be under 102. and you’re just going to look for Robin Hood to give you more upside over the course of the next couple of days. And that’s going to be how we can couple this this trade idea as it relates to to crypto in general. So, if Bitcoin bounces, we look for Coinbase and Robin Hood long. If you see Bitcoin south of 62K and you see circles south of 79, we’re going to take that trade short on Circle. So, circle’s the one to short. Robin Hood Coinbase would be the ones we would go long if that setup gives us the confirmation. Get it? Got it. Good. Fantastic. That’s Robin Hood. Next up, we are going to talk about Madna. Madna broke above an absolute massive resistance level last week. And that resistance level is between 58 and $60. So, here’s that line drawn on my screen. Now, you can very easily see, it doesn’t take a master, you know, technician or chartist to see that this level was resistance on Madna. But it’s not just from February and May. If you pan this back, you can go all the way back to 2023 when Madna found support down there around $60. And then you can go all the way back to 2020 and see when Madna found support right around $58 $60. That level was finally broken in October of 24 and then it became resistance before the stock really got just destroyed over the next year. Well, this year you’ve rallied back up to that resistance level and now you finally broke above it. And now that we are above it, we are going to look for this level of 6061. We’re going to look for that to become support. Any pullback that you get in Madna that takes you back down towards 61K, we are going to look for that to hold support and look for the stock to then bounce back off of that level. Give you some type of a candle that looks something like this. Okay, we are going to look for this level to hold and we’re going to look for now a new a new uptrend to form on Madna. I think Madna has room to $80, $75, $80. Depends on how long you want to hold on to this position for. It’ll take a few weeks for the stock to get there. But as long as we are above $60, as long as there’s no piece of news about a drug trial that I can’t foresee coming, right? If there’s a piece of news and the thing gaps back underneath it, you got to forget about it. Right? There’s a news about a drug trial. There’s nothing I can do about that. But as long as we’re above 60 from a technical standpoint, we’re going to let this 90 EMA come up here, getting to 60, hold support, and then let that thing push up into the 70s over the course of the next couple of weeks. I like Madna, not just for the day trade, but I like it also for the possibility of a multi-week swing trade as long as it stays above 60. And then last, but certainly not, well, not last, I got two more actually. I almost forgot. UAC. UAC is one. I like UMAC for the long. UMAC has a gorgeous support level here at 23. You guys can take a look here. 23 was the previous all-time high back in 2024. We then tested it again here in March of this year. Then we gapped above it in the end of May. We pulled back down in early June and we stuck that support level not once, not twice, not three, not four, but five times. We have now held that support level. We are going to now look for UMAC to start to push itself back start to push itself back to the upside after successful test and hold of this support level. Okay, the stop loss here is obviously underneath $23. You’ve gotten as deep as 22. Okay, but we’re going to look to see if there’s a gap up on UMAC. We’re going to look for that to bounce back up into the high 20s. And then now, last but not least, probably the ticker symbol that you have all been waiting for, and it is SpaceX. I think it is time for us to then now go back long SpaceX. We caught a gorgeous long on SpaceX off the IPO using our um our institutional flow monitor that we have inside of True Trading Group that actually allows us to make a distinction between an institutional order and a retail order. We able to identify where all those large institutional buy orders are clustering together to identify support. We caught really beautiful longs on SpaceX last week and now we got a nice little shakeout here on Wednesday and Thursday, but that shakeout takes you right back into a massive support level around 175 and it held support there on Thursday. We’re now going to look for SpaceX to bounce. Okay, looking for SpaceX to give us a nice bounceback play. We’re looking for SpaceX to get back into the high 190s probably as early as tomorrow. And I’ll take this into a threeinut chart just to show you guys the level that I’m referring to. And here you guys can see as we look back on IPO day, the high of the day from the IPO and then you had the early initial morning highs from day two of the IPO. And all the whole time that you see this resistance here on the IPO day and the morning after, we saw massive institutional sell orders clustered around 175 176. We saw it on the IPO day and then we saw it on the day after the IPO and then we finally broke through that level and then it pulled back in and it held support and then you got the huge rally. You dropped back down into that level on Thursday. The stock held and then rallied into the close. As long as SpaceX is above the mid70s, I like it for a long. You also have I don’t know I don’t know how much we can trust this this trend line because it’s only been a couple of days, but you have a really beautiful downtrend line here on SpaceX. You can see high of the day from the 16th, high of the day from the 17th, high of the day from the 18th. Really nice downtrend resistance line. And then you have this beautiful support here at 175. And that is why we are looking for SpaceX to now give you a nice little move back up there to the upside. So, we will be looking for SpaceX longs. Um longs on SpaceX will probably be in the low to low to mid 180s and we’re going to look for us to push back up into the 190s. Resistance levels will be actually I’ll draw them for you. Resistance levels will be actually 190 even. Okay. Minor resistance at 194. heavier resistance at one at a at 200. So these are going to be kind of and then you know what? We’ll just draw this. We’ll split the difference here to give you the gap fill. So here’s going to be our resistance levels on SpaceX. Okay. So if we play this right, we’re looking for longs probably somewhere around 184 185. All right. Stop loss can probably like 178. We look for take profits at 190, 192, 194, and then 200. Okay. But I do like SpaceX to give us a little bit of a bounceback play. this week. Okay, nice little nice rally, nice shakeout. I think it’s time for us to get a nice green candle tomorrow. Okay, so that’s it, folks. That kind of wraps things up there. That’s that’s my game plan for for this week. We have PCE inflation data coming out this week. That’s going to be really really important. Um, we want to make sure we’re paying attention to that inflation data. That could be that can obviously move the markets, but I think that we’re in a really good position. Futures are rallying. We’re actually back to the new high. We just made a fresh new high on futures. We’re now down only a quarter of of a point. We got down to we were we were down almost 75.8% at the lows. We now rallied this thing all the way back. We’re down only a quarter point. This is a new high on the session. Um, we’re still red. We’re at a quarter point, but we are making a fresh new high. So, as it stands right now, we are looking for those bounce plays. We are looking for those longs. We’re looking to short short the oil pops. We’re looking for longs on Madna. We’re looking for longs on UMAC. Looking for longs on SpaceX. And we have that hedge position with Circle and Robin Hood/Cinbase. That’s how I’m going to start off my watch list coming into the week. Obviously, I’m gonna add some stocks to my watch list as the week goes on and then I see what the news is and everything else. But that’s my game plan to start off the week, guys. So, once again, if you’re not part of this community yet, I’m giving you guys a chance to join this platform for 90 days. Try it out. Try our whole tools, our whole suite of tools, make some money with us, and then we’ll talk about you guys becoming an annual member. If you want to join the 90-day trial, you can go to trueterradinggroup.com990.

    That’ll allow you to try out our platform for 90 days for just 90 bucks. Okay? Join the trial. Don’t be shy. Don’t be embarrassed. Communicate, ask questions, learn from the group, talk to the mods, and really use the tools. Talk to your onboarding concier. All of our trials, you guys get an onboarding concier. Their job is to just make sure you know exactly how to use our tools. You’re getting the most out of it. Their job is to help make sure that you guys make some money while you are with us for those 90 days. Okay. So again, truerading.com990 to join that trial for 90 days. You have any questions, don’t hesitate. Send a text message if you need help with anything. 1888621-2127.

    The phone number is right at the bottom of your screen if you guys um need to to take a look at it. 1888-621-2127.

    Okay, so folks, that’s it. That wraps it up. Again, I wish all my teach dads out there, I wish you guys a very happy Father’s Day. Hope you had a wonderful day. I hope you have a wonderful evening, but I hope you have an even better week because I plan on this being a big green week. So, get your butts in chat. Let’s get ready to make some damn money together. I’m excited for the setups that we have, especially that I really like that SpaceX setup. I like that Madna setup. I like that circle setup. Oil. I really like these setups. I think it’s going to be a really great great week. True.com/990. I’ll see you guys there. Subscribe to the channel. Smash that like button. Show some love if you haven’t done so already. Have a wonderful rest of your evening. I’ll see you guys bright and early tomorrow morning as we always do. Take care, folks. Have a good one.

  • 06/24/2026 – Hermes Agent is the greatest AI tool ever made – Here’s how to set it up

    Hermes Agent is the number one AI tool you should be learning right now. It is a super powerful AI agent that is basically your 247 AI employee. The problem is most people have absolutely no idea how to use it or get any sort of value out of it. In this video, I will show you how to use this incredible tool. I will cover literally everything from installation to get it up and running and choosing the right model, choosing the right computer to use cases, everything. If you stick with me until the end of this video, you will be a master of the most powerful AI agent on planet Earth. Now, let’s lock in and get into it. If you haven’t used or mastered Hermes Agent yet, this is about to be the best 60 so minutes of your entire life because it is going to change everything for you. This is Hermes Agent. What I’m going to show you in a second. First is what it’s all about, everything you need to know about it. Then I’m going to show you how to install it, use cases, all that. This video is built to be jumped around if appropriate. So, if you don’t need to see installation, if you already know what Hermes Agent is, you can look down below and find different sections. So, feel free to jump around however you’d like. But, let’s get into it. First, let’s first talk about what Hermes Agent is for those that are new or for those that just need a refresher. After that, we’ll talk about Hermes versus OpenClaw, which one you should be using. We’ll talk about which models you should be using. We’ll talk about should you use local models, should you put this on a Mac Mini. We’ll talk about where you should install this, how to use their dashboard that I promise you 99% of people are using wrong, their built-in automation and cananband board, how to take advantage of their self-improvement. We’ll talk about which skills you should be using, use cases, security, all of that. So, jump around for that. But first, let’s start off with what Hermes agent is. It is a 247 AI agent. That means it can work for you around the clock, completely autonomously, completely proactively figure out tasks and activities you should do to advance you, to make you more money, to get you closer to your goals. It is a custom employee for you. And I truly believe it’s the most powerful AI technology out there right now. It learns everything about you and the way you work. It learns your goals, what activities you do every day, what tasks you do every day, how you make money, what you’re trying to achieve. It learns everything about you and saves it into its ultra powerful memory. The most powerful memory in AI agents. It’s accessible from everywhere. So, you don’t have to install any sort of Hermes app. You can just have this integrated into your Telegram, your Discord, your iMessage, whatever you want. So, it lives where you live. It can do work autonomously. So in the middle of the night while you’re sleeping go and build an entire SAS application and launch it for you. And here’s the part that separates Hermes agent from everyone else. It is self-improving. Every time you send it a message, every time you send it a prompt, it will do that task and it will learn, okay, what went well? What didn’t go well? Next time I do this, how do I do it better? And actually learns and edits its own skills. So the more you use it, the more powerful it gets. The number one question I get though is Hermes or Open Claw. Well, I got some answers for you. For those that have been watching this channel for a while, you know I was really, really big into Open Claw. I still am, but they have run into many issues that I’m hoping and I’m sure they will solve. I am good friends with the team. I know they’ll improve things. But at the moment, I am recommending Hermes Agent for several different reasons. one, it’s lighter weight. Open Claw has gotten and feels very, very bloated because it feels bloated. It’s not quite as performant. It’s not quite as quick. Hermes just feels a lot snappier and a lot quicker. But here’s the big reason. Here’s the big reason why I think you need to go with Hermes at the moment and why I think you’re watching the right video is because Open Claw’s biggest issue the last couple months is every update has broken it. Every time I do OpenClaw update, I can be like 90% sure I’m about to rip my hair out. I don’t know if they’re not testing it. I don’t know what the deal is, but every time I upgrade OpenClaw, it breaks. And for me, someone who lives with AI, who’s always using AI agents, it’s a little bit quicker for me to fix it, right? But for those who don’t use AI agents a ton, it is a pain in the woo to have to fix their agent every single time it breaks. And so that reason right there, the more reliable updates I think is the biggest reason uh to be using Hermes at the moment. They also have a bunch of other really cool things. They have the new portal which is they actually have their own AI model services built into Hermes. So if you want to save money, you can use their built-in models. It’s built to be multi- aent. So it’s really easy to spin up multiple agents at once, have them do a ton of work, have them work autonomously, which is amazing. And their social media team is just great. So, if you go on X, you have recommendations, you have feedback, you tweet it, you can be about like 90% positive that their official account’s going to reply to you within like 10 minutes. They have a really, really great social media team. Now, before we get into installation, I want to answer another question I get quite often, which is, which should you be using, Hermes Agent, Claude Code, Codeex? A lot of videos on my channel are about vibe coding, using Claude Code, using codecs. still amazing tools, still tools I use every single day. But there are times where you should be using Hermes agent and when you should be using Claude Code and Codeex. Hermes agent you want to think as like your general chief of staff, your general employee that can do any kind of work or task for you. day-to-day tasks, doing research, building documents, building spreadsheets, being your administrator for your computer, moving around files, cleaning up files, bouncing ideas, being your business advisor, right? That’s where your Hermes agent is going to be. Think of it as your general purpose business advisor, employee. It’s also great at building prototypes. Don’t get me wrong, Hermes, OpenClaw, they’re great at vibe coding. You can use them for vibe coding. I primarily use them though to build prototypes. So if I’m out on the go, I’m at the gym, I get a great idea, I pull out Telegram, I hit Hermes up, I say, “Hey, build this for me.” I come back, I have a full prototype. It’s also great at building its own tooling, right? So if I’m building like, you know, extensions to the canban board. If I’m building a mission control, I’m using Hermes agent to build the tooling for itself because it’s most familiar with how it works. If I’m doing things where I want the process to continuously improve, be better every time I do it, I like to use Hermes agent because again, the real strength of this agent overall is the self-improvement. If I just want quick changes in an app, if I want to change a button color real quick, this or that, I’ll say Hermes, go quickly do it cuz I can just spin it up real quick. You just want to think of it as like your own general purpose employee. When you use claude code and codecs, this is when you’re building largecale complex applications. Right now I’m building Henry intelligence machines about to change the world. Link down below. I’m using a combo of codeex and clawed code for that just because they have so many different features purposebuilt for vibe coding for getting complex applications built. So if you’re going deep into a vibe coding session, you have a trillion dollar idea for a business. I still recommend using cloud code or codeex for that. That’s your focus locked in work. You’re going to have open your two windows side by side codeex cla code. You’re gonna have 20 different agents going. You’re sitting down. You’re locked in. You have codeex cla code going. And end to end testing. There’s tons of really good testing features with cloud code and codec. So I still prefer again for that more complex coding session. You go with cloud code or codeex. Now that we covered some of the basics of what Hermes agent is, let’s get into actually installing it. So, we’re going to cover installing it, which models you should choose, first things you should be doing, use cases, and a whole lot more. If you learned anything at all so far, make sure to leave a like down below, subscribe, and turn on notifications. Also, make sure to join the Vibe Coding Academy. I do live boot camps covering Hermes and all the other AI tools every single Friday. Link for the Vibe Coding Academy down below. It’s the number one AI community on planet Earth. I promise it’ll be the best decision you ever make. Okay, so if you go to Hermes agent website, I’ll put the link for it down below. There is a command here, a curl command. You simply click copy on. From there, you open up your terminal. And what you’re going to do is you’re going to paste that in. Because I already have Hermes installed, I’m going to do a slightly different command, so bear with me here. Once you hit enter on the commands, you’re going to go into setup mode. Couple options here. First thing off the rip, if you already have OpenClaw installed, it’s going to give you the option to actually import all your OpenClaw stuff, all the memories, everything involved with that. Feel free to do that if you want. That’s one option. If you’re doing this clean, if you want to set up a clean agent, I actually recommend this for most people. I think using OpenClaw and Hermes side by side is a great idea. I don’t think there’s any need to have them all have exactly the same memories and skills. So, even if you have OpenClaw installed, it might be a good idea just to say no there. What we’re going to do is we’re going to do quick setup. We’re just going to configure the things we want to configure. So the first option we’re going to get is the model. Let’s discuss the different model options for Hermes. You have basically three tiers of options, right? Expensive, moderate, and cheap. Obviously, the more money you spend, the better results you’re going to get. So on the expensive side is going to be anthropic. Claude is just the best model for these types of AI agents. Unfortunately, Anthropic cut off use of OOTH for this, meaning you can’t use your existing Anthropic subscription. So, you’re going to have to do API key. With an API key, you’re basically paying for every single thing you do. This is going to be more expensive than your $200 a month for the subscription or your $200 a month for the Chai GBT subscription. So you probably if you have good use probably spend a few hundred a month. It’s going to be the most expensive but you’re going to get the best use out of it. The good news is on the moderate tier is Open AI codecs. You get a good amount of usage with your Open AI subscription inside Hermes. So even if you’re on the $20 a month subscription, you get decent usage. Couple pieces of good news there. Chat GBT inside these agents. OpenClaw and Hermes absolutely sucked up until recently. Chad GBT 54 and earlier literally completely useless in OpenClaw and Hermes. Chad GBT 5.5 though it’s very good, right? Is it as good as Anthropic? Is it as good as Clawude? No. But now it’s actually usable. Now it’s actually solid and good. So, if you’re on a tighter budget, or even if you just want to save a couple dollars a month, you can go ahead with your Chat GBT subscription here, still get pretty good usage, still get good functionality out of it, get a ton of usage. You’re going to get way more usage than Anthropic out of this, and you’ll be good to go. So, there’s nothing wrong, in my opinion, with using your Chad GPT subscription here. With Claude, it’s just going to do tasks a little bit better, and it’s going to have a little bit warmer of a personality, more fun to interact with. On the cheaper side, you have many different options. If you’re already paying for XAI, you can use your XAI OOTH here. You can also go with the new portal. This is actually the creators of Hermes Agents uh AI subscription. They kind of curate different models. It’s only like $20 a month. You’re getting cheaper Chinese models uh powering your agent, which honestly is not going to be quite as good, but it’s usable, right? Miniax, Kimmy, very usable models, very cheap models. The personality is just going to feel very robotic and it might not be that great when it comes to actually executing on tasks. I would at the very least recommend the moderate option which is Chad GBT. You’re going to get, you know, good functionality out of it. It’s going to have a decent personality. So, choose your model from there, whether it’s OOTH or API. It’ll instruct you on what to do from there. If you got to get your API key, if you need to log in, if you’re doing chat GBT, proceed with that. Now, next is going to be what messaging platform to use. And you’re going to have a few options there. You’re going to be able to choose between Telegram, WhatsApp, Discord, iMessage. Let me tell you this, the best way to communicate with your agent is without a doubt going to be Telegram. Telegram is the best way to do it. Telegram is actively working to make their platform like a platform you communicate with agents with. They’re adding tons of functionality. They’re allowing you to do a bunch of different things like topics, allowing your agents to actually talk to each other. There are so many cool things in Telegram they’re adding. They’re really the only plat messaging platform on planet Earth where they’re they’re trying to make it like AI agent friendly. You could do Discord. There’s some cool things with Discord there. I have a video on using Discord with your agents, but as a main communication channel, I don’t think anything comes close to Telegram. You need to be doing Telegram. It’s also free, so that’s pretty cool. Telegram is the way to go here. You go through those couple things, you’ll be all set. You’ll be good to go. You’ll have it all set up. When you set up Telegram, it’s going to give you a couple steps on actually connecting it to Telegram. It’s really simple. You don’t need me to put in the video. Really easy to do. You’re just copying a token from Telegram into your Hermes and you’ll be good to go. Then you’re all set up. you can start chatting with your agent. So, let’s talk about first things to do. This is your own AI employee, right? This is your own personal assistant. If you were to right now go and hire a personal assistant, they come over and it’s day one and they’re ready to do work for you. What’s the first thing you would do with that person you just hired? Well, you’d probably first tell them about yourself and your business so they’re familiar with you, right? That is what we’re going to first do with Hermes. Hermes has the best memory in the game. Hermes remembers everything about you. It’s constantly self-improving. So, let’s do this. Let’s tell Hermes all about us. So, here’s what I did, and you should do this, too, alongside with me. I am Alex Finn. I’m an entrepreneur and content creator. I have a YouTube with 200k subs and Twitter 450K. So, I told all about myself, what I’ve achieved up to this point. I built a social media tool called Creator Buddy and I’m building a new tool called Henry Intelligent Machines, which will allow anyone to build their own business. So, talking about what I’m working on and then I talk about my goals and ambitions. My goal is to make Henry Launch super successful and increase my subscribers. So, talk about your goals and ambitions as well and what you want to achieve. That’s super important because when we get Hermes to start doing things proactively for you in a second, it will be able to look at your goals and ambitions and figure out tasks to do proactively for you. So, make sure you cover those three things. Who you are, what you’re working on, and your goals and ambitions. Hit enter on that. That will be saved into your Hermes memories and it will know you so much better. And let’s do this before I start going through the user interface. So the amazing dashboard they built out, the cananband board, all of that. Let’s set up a task. Let’s set up a scheduled repeatable task Hermes can do for you every single night. So there’s this thing in Hermes called cron jobs. Basically what they are just scheduled tasks that run autonomously. We’re going to set up a scheduled task. Everything we do, everything we set up is just plain English into Hermes. It’s just plain English into the text box. You talk to it like a normal human being. It’s the best part about AI. So, what we’re going to do is we’re going to talk to like a normal human being and we’re going to tell it to do something super specific and helpful for us every single night that brings us closer to our goals. So, let me put this prompt in here. Feel free again to pause, follow alongside with me. I want you to schedule a task for yourself to do every single night at 2 a.m. It should be a micro app, UI, or system that helps us get closer to my personal goals and ambitions. It should save us time, make us more productive, or just be generally useful. Make sure this is scheduled for every single night at 2 a.m. Make sure it surprises me and makes me happy. Boom. Putting that down below. What this is going to do is make your Hermes agent proactive. It’s going to have it schedule a task for every single night where it’s going to look at memories, systems, goals, ambitions, and put something together, build something out, vibe code something for you that will get you closer to your goals and ambitions. Something that will just be generally helpful and delightful. You hit enter on that. It’s going to schedule the task. Let’s hit enter. Here we go. And GPT means this is my Hermes agent powered by GPT. I have a lot of different Hermes agents, a lot of different open claws. If you want like a video on multi- aent approach, feel free to let me know down below as well. And as you can see here, this is one of the cool parts about Hermes. You can see all its tool calls. So, it’s scheduled a cron job called create. It’s scheduled. It’s going to happen every night at 2:00 a.m. The next run is tonight at 2 a.m. And it’s going to deliver it here inside of Telegram. I set it up to create a small tangible thing every night, a micro app. It’s instructed by us towards things that save time, support your goals. Boom. Just like that, Hermes is getting to work for us. Our employee is getting to work. This is how you talk to your employees, right? You talk in deliverables. This is what I want. This is when I want it. That’s how it goes. It’s talking to us just like an employee. So, that’s amazing. Now, I have a whole bunch of other tips, tricks, use cases. We’re going to go through that in a second. I first want to take you through the Hermes dashboard. I want to take you through all the really cool UI stuff they built out. This is something OpenClaw, no one else is really doing. So, let me show you that now. And again, if you need to, you’re familiar with different things, feel free to skip down to different chapters down below. So, if you go into your terminal and you say Hermes dashboard and hit enter, it is going to open up a browser with your Hermes dashboard inside of it. This is what it looks like here. Tons of things going on. I want to kind of walk you through this real quick. If you go to models, you can very easily swap out your different models, try new models. Very, very easy to do. You don’t need to go through terminal for all of this. As you can see, my model for some of my agents is claopus, others is GPT5. If you go into your cron section, you can see some of your scheduled cron. So, you should be able to see the one you just scheduled where it’s going to do something proactively for you. If you want, you can create one manually here. This is a good way to create crown jobs. If like you want to make sure maybe it’s a little bit more complex and you want to make sure it builds it the correct way, going into the UI is a good way to do it. You also have skills. So, this is really cool. We’re going to dive more into this in a second when we go back into Telegram. But again, the strength of Hermes is the self-improving skills. Every single thing you have it do, it reviews what skills it used and how to improve the skills based on what you asked it to do. So, it’s constantly self-improving. So, you can come in here and see a lot of these skills. It has You can go in, browse, turn it on. I can even play Pokemon and Minecraft, which is unbelievable. And so, it learns things as it goes. You can see all those skills here. And make sure the right skills are turned on. We have plugins here. These are like extra powerful abilities your Hermes agent can have. Make sure you come on here and you can turn on any ones you need. It has some things you like browser use, browser base, fire crawl which allow it to crawl the internet really well. It already has uh built-in tools around using Chrome and using uh your computer computer use, but you can add on if you already have API keys around any of these, add them on here. I highly recommend enabling the image gen from OpenAI allows it to generate images. The OpenAI image generation model is the best in the game by far. So, I would turn that on so it can generate its own images as well. That makes it super good if like you’re building games with your agent. I use the OpenAI image genen model to build assets for games. So if you go to your her say, “Hey, build this game for me.” It’ll be able to go in and actually generate all the assets for the game it’s building to if you’re a nerd like me. Profiles. This is a good one if you want to set up a multi- aent approach. A profile is basically just a different Hermes agent. As you can see here, I am using something like seven or eight different Hermes agents at once. So you can go in here if you want to do multi- aent approach. Just click create, set up a second Hermes agent. It’ll be booted up and ready to go. This is cool. You can see the skills for each. So you can see which ones I’m using more. My default, which is just Hermes, has 150 skills, which means I’ve been using it more than the others. So this is a good way to set up your multi- aents config. There’s a whole bunch of options here. You can go through this if you want. Text to speech. I’m not a big text to speech guy. But where I want to take you next is canband. This is a really cool screen in here. This is probably where you’ll spend most of your time in the dashboard is the cananband board. This is super powerful and they just shipped it recently. This is basically an automated way to multitask, right? So coming in your canban board, it has the different statuses of tasks. Triage, to-do, ready, in progress, blocked, done. What’s really cool here is if you put tasks into triage, what will happen automatically is your Hermes agent will take that task, split it into subtasks, move it to to-do, and then automatically assign it to different sub aents to-do. So, if I, for instance, go in here and I say, “Script me a master class video for Hermes,” and I hit create, it’s going to go in there. And what’s going to happen in a second is the Hermes agent will actually take that, split it into steps and assign it to agents to automatically do things for me. This is really cool and this is what I highly recommend doing. I write down all my to-dos on this piece of paper every single morning. What I do is after I write down my to-dos, I go in here to this canban board and I take any tasks that an AI agent can do for me and I just put it into triage, right? I’ll just dump in like five or six tasks in triage. They go in there. I walk away. I do something else. I make breakfast. I make a pop-tart. Whatever. By the time I come back, and you saw it happen live, the tasks move to to-do. Agents start grabbing it and they start getting things done for me. By the time my breakfast is over, I already got half my to-do list done. My AI agent has already tackled half my day for me. That’s how you should be operating as well. Start every morning. kind of triage yourself with a list of tasks. You get them into your Hermes canband board and by the time you’re done your breakfast, you already got, you know, half the things you need to get done today done already. So, that’s a really cool way to use this canband board. This canband board is super powerful. You probably can find 20 other different things uh to do and how to use this. But, that’s the way I like to use just using in the morning, getting my tasks in. By the time the day is halfway over, I’m almost done everything I needed to do, which is really amazing. Now that we went through the dashboard, let’s go through a couple different use cases here. I’ll show you how it works, how it self-improves, how it uses different skills, things like that. I’m putting out over the next few days a Hermes like seven use case video. If you want to catch that when I drop that, feel free to turn on notifications down below, too. It’s going to cover in-depth beginner, medium, advanced use case. But let’s go over a few of those here. So, I’m going to show you three simple use cases any of you guys could take advantage of and get some value out of. The first one is a daily tutor. If you’re anything like me, you watch a ton of educational videos on YouTube. I’m watching them all the time. I mean, you’re watching one right now. And one thing I love to do is give those videos to my Hermes agent, have them get the transcripts, learn everything that’s in the video, and then be my tutor every morning. So, it’ll give me some fun facts from the videos I watched recently. Maybe even quiz me and ask questions. Watch how we do this. So, I got this video I put out on my second channel link down below on how to make $2 million AI in 2026. Say I’m a viewer. I watch the video. I find it super helpful. Let’s take this link. What I’m going to do is I’m going to give it to my Hermes agent. And I do this with basically any video that has a ton of content that I find helpful. I say, “Hey, check this video out. Read the transcript. Then every morning remind me of a concept or two from the video, then quiz me, and then I give the link to the video. I hit enter. And then, as you can see here, it’s using its built-in YouTube content skills. It’s going in. It’s pulling down the video. It’s reading the transcript. It’s pulling out all the important facts and information from it. And now it’s going to schedule a cron job, which again, as we talked about earlier, just a scheduled task that happens at specific times. And it’s going to send me a message every morning saying, “Hey, here’s a couple things to remind you from that video.” You should be doing this with any video or educational video you watch that has important, interesting information in it. That’s how you reinforce these facts in your brain. Got it? There’s a share journey playbook. It’s extracted 10 important concepts from it and it’s scheduled the QR for every morning at 8 a.m. and I’m going to get my first lesson at 8 a.m. tomorrow. This is how I’m learning more and more with Hermes and improving my life. Let’s get into the next use case. So, you should be setting this up. Everyone watching should be setting this one up. The next one is actually maybe the most powerful one I use, which is my computer administrator. If you put every device you got, your iPhone, your computers, your Mac minis, whatever you got, your iPad, all in the same kind of private network, your Hermes agent can move around any of them and get any content you need. Here’s what I mean by that. A lot of the times I’ll be out and about and I’ll be like, “Oh man, I wish I had that document from my computer. Oh man, I wish I had that presentation from my iPad. I can’t access it because I didn’t put it on Google Drive or anything. Now with Hermes agent, Hermes can act as the computer administrator, basically like my device administrator, and get me any file I need from any of my computers at a moment notice. This is how you do it. You go on tailscale.com. For those who don’t know, tail scale is an amazing tool. It’s completely free. It basically gives you your own private network on all your devices. Not sponsored in any way, by the way here. I just really like their product. You put it on all your devices and what’s going to happen is now your Hermes can move across all of your devices and get any documents, files, anything at all you need and move them around your devices when you need them. So, for instance, I’m on my laptop. I need an agent.md file from my Mac Studio. I just go on my Telegram and say, “Hey, Hermes, get me the agent.m MD rules file from my Mac Studio and drop it off on my MacBook Pro.” It goes, it does that. It can move around any of my devices, no matter where I am in the world, and get me the files I need. This is also great if you’re doing development, too. So, if you’re a Vibe Code or using Codeex or Claude Code, this allows you to actually test and load up local hosts from any of your devices. You don’t need to be on the device the local host is running. So that’s really helpful as well. Now Hermes is my device slashadministrator across all of my devices which is really awesome. The next use case I’ll go over is an amazing one and that is a session recall use case. What does that mean? Hermes has a feature that OpenClaw doesn’t have. No other AI tool really has which is really incredible session recall. Every session you have with your Hermes agent, every conversation you have, everything you’ve ever said to your Hermes agent is stored in a log, a session log. And that means at any point you can go and ask your Hermes to recall anything you’ve ever talked about. So if you want to say, “Hey, tell me what we talked about last Thursday at 8 a.m.” It can do that. If you want to say, “Hey, tell me what we talked about 3 months ago at 2:00 a.m.” It will be able to do that. No other AI agent has this type of memory. So what’s the use case of this? What’s what’s a good use case here? Well, we can take advantage of this incredible memory. We can say, remind me of every Hermes use case we’ve talked about a month ago. This is incredible memory. Now, at any point, you can go, “Hey, remind me that thing we talked about a month ago. Remind me that thing we talked about a week ago. What’s every YouTube video I dropped in here last week? What’s every YouTube video I dropped in here 3 months ago? What’s every link I gave you two months ago? You can quickly recall anything you’ve ever talked about, any idea you’ve idea. What’s every business use case we’ve discussed last month? You know, I am constantly dropping in business use cases to my Hermes agent going, “Oh, is this real? Can we turn this into a product?” And now I can quickly get it to recall all of those things. You can see here, look at all these use cases we’ve talked about. Uh really amazing stuff here that I can just I’ll ne I never forget anything now. everything it remembers. It’s the ultimate second brain for your life. As long as you’re running everything through your Hermes agent, you’ll literally never forget anything. So, this is a really amazing use case of Hermes agent as well, being able to remember everything you’ve ever talked about. So, let’s go into the next section, which is very particular to Hermes agent, which is the memory and skills functionality inside Hermes and what makes it so special and what makes it better than every other AI agent out there. First of all, just the basics on how those things work. All your memories and all your skills live in markdown files on your computer. And this is really important. When you have memories on chat GPT or claude, they live in the cloud. You don’t know what they are. You don’t know what’s saved. You don’t know what those AIs know about you. With Hermes, it’s different. They all live in markdown files on your computer. So everything it remembers about you, every skill it learns, you can audit and look at and change because it’s just on like a text file on your computer. But here’s the big one. Here’s what makes Hermes agent so unique is the self-improvement. Hermes built into it every step of the way. Self-improving. So whenever it does anything, every task you give it, it figures out along the way what was the best way to do that thing and updates its skills and memories for that best path. What do I mean by that? Say you tell it to go and read the transcript from a YouTube video and take out all the best practices from it. It’ll go, it’ll search for how to find transcripts in YouTube videos and then it’ll grab the transcript and it’ll find all the important points from that video. Once that task is done, it’ll figure out and review how it did that task and then save it to memory how it did it. So next time you give it that task to do, it can just go, “Oh, I did this before and this is exactly how I did it.” And it’ll do it that way again. Now, if you have them do it and then maybe it does something wrong or you say, “Hey, actually, can you do it this way?” It’ll remember that, save it to memory, and again, self-improve. So basically every time you have your Hermes agent do something, do a task, learn something, go and do something, it reviews what it did, saves it as a skill in memory, and it use that every time it does that task again. So it is constantly self-improving. The more you use Hermes agent, the better it gets, the more custom it gets to you, which is what makes it so powerful. And third, this is a big one, their memory and skills are constantly evolving. Every update in Hermes Agent adds new builtin skills. A big one from the last update was computer use. I now can have Hermes Agent go and control things on my computer. If you want to see all the tools it’s adding, all you need to do is go in, say Hermes tools, hit enter. It’s going to go in. You’ll be able to say configure and you can see a lot of the tools it’s adding here. They’re constantly adding. If you haven’t done Hermes tools yet, make sure you do that. And you can turn these on. you want to make sure you have on browser automation as well as computer use which you see at the bottom. That way if you’re ever away from your computer, you can go in and say, “Hey, Hermes, do this on my computer. Build this report. Build this slideshow.” Whatever it is, and it’ll go into it. And I know an objection I’ll get there is, “Hey, Chad GBT can already build presentations. Claude can already build presentations.” The reason why you want to be doing those things with Hermes agent is because Hermes knows everything about you. It has the best memory of any AI there. So, if you say something like, “Hey, build me this presentation,” it’ll be able to do it better than Claude and Chad GBT. One, because it’s self-improving and it learns every step of the way the way you need to do things and the way you want it to be done. And two, it knows all the context around you. So, it knows what your preferences are. So, these tools are super super valuable. Another new one they added is this video generation one. I love this one. Image generation. video generation. If you plug your Hermes into uh Gro’s OOTH or Chad GBT’s OOTH, you can now use those tools to generate assets. Let me show you using XAI Gro. I imagine generate me an AI video of a basketball player in a blue jersey wearing the number two flopping to the ground. I’m going to hit enter on that. And because it just learned this new skill, being able to generate AI videos, it’s going to be able to go in and create that video for me. So, it’s constantly learning these new skills and improving and getting better. There’s no other AI out there that can go from moving files around on your computer to getting transcripts to YouTube to generating videos. Hermes can do it all and is constantly improving, expanding its functionality. All right, looks like the video is done. Let’s see what we got here. Oh man. Yep, that number two guy in the blue jersey is certainly taking a dive there. Wow, that’s a big flopper. This is not based on any sort of a realistic person, any resemblance to anyone in the NBA, purely coincidental. So, pretty good. The next part about Hermes agent, which is really awesome, is mission control. Mission control is a custom interface for your AI agent. This allows you to build out any tool you need for your AI agent to get good work done. Everyone should have a mission control for their AI agent. One, because it’s just super helpful because you can build out custom tooling for your AI agents. Two, because it’s just fun. This is a fun thing to do. You’re allowed to have fun with AI. You’re allowed to have fun with AI agents. Not every single thing you do needs to be some sort of minmax hyper optimization to ship more code. you’re allowed to just have fun with your AI agent and the mission control is a really good way to do that. There’s a lot of custom tooling I built out here. One thing is this content pipeline where I can put in content ideas and then Hermes will go in and actually add scripts, create thumbnails, things like that. All I need to do is put a new idea in here and then Hermes takes it and moves it along the content pipeline. I have a memory page. This is basically like a memory wiki where I can go in and see all the memories my agent has. So I can go in, read everything we’ve talked about from the last month, day by day, see our long-term memory because Hermes memory is so freaking powerful. Basically everything we say and do is recorded. So sometimes I just like to almost like a journal or a diary go back and see things we worked on in the past. I had now have this really nice user interface where I can see those things. I have a docs page. This allows me to see every single artifact and document we’ve ever created. Makes it really easy to see things. Usually when you have your agent build out different documents, it goes into like a random folder on your computer. Now I can just say, “Hey, put in our docs in our mission control.” And I can quickly easily read it like this. I have a kind of an animated 2D office view where I can see all my agents walking around doing things. All my open claws, all my Hermes always working. I can come in here and see exactly what they’re doing at any given time and many more things here. All you need to do to build your mission control is literally go to your Hermes agent and say, “Hey, I want a mission control.” Build out a custom mission control where we can later add tools in that we can use to improve our workflows. You don’t need to know how to code. There’s nothing super crazy or complex here. Every time I say, “Hey, build,” someone in the audience goes, “Oh, why don’t you go into more detail?” There’s no more detail you need to know. Literally, anything you need, anything you want from your agent, just say, “Hey, do this for me.” That’s how smart the agent is. You want a new tool, go to your agent, say, “Hey, build a new tool.” Whatever you want. So, to build a mission control, literally go to your Hermes agent and say, “Hey, build out a mission control for me.” Then once you have that built, say, “Hey, okay, I want this tool now. I want this tool now. I want that tool now.” And it’ll go and build it out for you. You should have your own custom dashboard/inface just like this where you can play around, build any tools you need and have some fun. Mission control super critical concept you need to have in your Hermes agent. Next part we’ll talk about is fixing issues with Hermes agent. This hasn’t been as much of an issue with Hermes Agent as it was with OpenClaw. OpenClaw would crash every time I’d update it. doesn’t happen quite as much with Hermes agent, but you still should be prepared with how to fix things inside Hermes agent. And the way to do this is very simple. You’re basically just going to open up Hermes agent in Claude Code or Codec. So you go into Claude Code, you go into Codeex. Inside either one of those tools, you open up the folder that your Hermes agent is in. This is typically in the root of your computer. You’ll see like a Hermes folder. You open that up in claw code or codeex, then you say, “Hey, I have this problem with Hermes. Please fix it.” And your Claude Code or Codeex will go and fix that issue. That literally solves 100% of the issues I’ve ever had with Hermes. To be quite honest with you, Claude Code and Codeex are great at debugging these agents. So, any issue you have, just make sure you open up in Claude Code and Codeex and it will go and fix those issues for you. Next thing I want to talk about is security. This is a really big request for me. Security. Here’s the thing. When it comes to security with these agents with OpenClaw and Hermes, and this is going to be a really controversial thing I’m about to say. This is going to get a hundred replies in the comment section going, “Oh, you’re such an idiot. You’re so dangerous. You’re going to hurt people. Shut up.” Here’s the thing. When it comes to security with Hermes and OpenClaw, the security concerns are vastly overrated. Yeah, I said it. There I go. The security concerns with open claw and Hermes are vastly overrated. My question to you is this. If you go on the internet, if you watch YouTube, if you’re on Twitter, you probably know a lot of people that are using Hermes and OpenClaw. How many of those people have had a major catastrophic security event? Truly, do you know anybody who has had a major catastrophic security event with OpenClaw or Hermes agent? My guess is the answer you’re going to give me is no. Now, does that mean security events are it’s impossible to have with Hermes or it’s absolutely perfect when it comes to security? No, it it doesn’t mean that at all. I’m not saying it’s completely invincible. But what I’m going to tell you is this. Hermes agent and OpenClaw only do what you tell it to do. So, if you say, “Hey, Hermes, go and create me a presentation on LLMs.” It’s not going to go and then go into your private photos folder and then leak all your nudes to the internet. That’s not how it works. It’s not like you’re going to go say, “Hey, Hermes, check the score of the NBA game last night.” And then it’s going to go and leak all your text messages on Twitter. That’s not how any of this works. These agents only do exactly what you tell it to do. So, the only way it’s going to have a major catastrophic security event is if you go and you tell it to do something extremely stupid, if you go and tell it to delete all your text message and all your emails, it’s going to delete all your text message and all your emails, but nothing else. If you tell it to go and drop you a document in your folder, it’s going to drop you a document in the folder. It’s not going to do anything else other than that one thing. So, what that means is you need to have some accountability, right? You need to think before you give it a prompt, is this going to cause it to do something really stupid? Am I asking it to do something really stupid? It’s not like you can say, “Hey, code me an app.” And then it’s going to text your ex-girlfriend. That’s not how this works. So, just think before you go, is this thing I’m asking you to do bad in nature? If not, then you’re good to go. You have nothing to worry about. But for some reason, these naysayers and doomers on the internet say, “Oh, Hermes, it’s the most dangerous thing ever. Don’t put it on your computer. Don’t put it on your main computer. No, put it on your main computer. I have it on my main computer. I have it on every computer I own. I didn’t isolate it. I don’t think you need to isolate it. I think going and creating a new iCloud account just for your Hermes agent is actually a quite stupid and timewasteful thing to do. I don’t think there’s any point in doing it. As long as you just have some personal accountability and think about what you’re telling your agent to do, I don’t think there’s any risk at all. And I know that’s going to piss people off. I know the purists online who’ve been going around telling everyone, “Oh, this is a major security threat.” That’s going to make them go to the replies and cry like little babies, but I don’t care. Until someone on planet Earth can tell me someone who’s had a bad security event with one of these agents, I don’t really care. Just use good judgment. Be an adult. Think about what you’re doing and security won’t be a concern. I don’t think you need to make an iCloud account. I don’t think you need to make a separate Google account. I think you’re adding radical amounts of complexity for no reason. I think you should install it on your main computer. I don’t think you need to have a VPS, which for the record, the VPS’s are scams. Don’t put on VPS’s. Every AI YouTuber on planet Earth is getting paid by Hostinger to shill you a VPS. I promise you all those AI YouTubers who are shilling hosting jer literally zero of them are actually using hosting jurer themselves. So don’t listen to them. Just install Hermes on your main computer. I don’t care. You’re not going to have security issues if you practice some accountability and good judgment. That’s security. You don’t need a Mac Mini for this. You don’t even need to buy like a super expensive Mac Studio like I did. All you need is whatever computer you own. Could be an old dusty laptop in your closet. be whatever you’re using right now. You can install it on there. There’s no concern. There’s no issues. I all of a sudden expose all your text messages. Relax. That is the basics of Hermes agent. If you watch this video, you know how to set it up, what to do, how to run it, what you should be doing with it. I make tons and tons of content on AI agents like Hermes, like OpenClaw, like Claude Code, like Codeex. So, if you learned anything at all, like, subscribe, turn on notifications. I do live live live boot camps every single Friday in the number one AI community on planet Earth, the Vibe Coding Academy. Link down below for that. Make sure to join. We have thousands of people in there that absolutely love it, that are learning a ton. If you want to stay on the cutting edge, join it. Best decision you’ll ever make. I am so deeply and eternally grateful that you would spend all this time with me to watch these videos and learn from me. It’s an honor of a lifetime. I can somehow build this platform and make you educational AI videos. I’m so grateful.

  • 06/24/2026 – 5 Cinematic Motion Graphic Skills You Should Know in After Effects

    Here are five motion graphic tricks to make anything cinematic in After Effects. As you know, we’ll be using a handful of muffinery effects to create light and shadow, which will allow us to produce an infinite amount of motion graphics. All right, my first and favorite motion design trick is turning random shapes into gradient masterpieces. So, firstly, create any shape of your choice with the shape tools. Though you could use the rectangle tool to create a large shape in the corner, maybe rotate it or even use the ellipse tool to create a basic circle or stretch it all out to create an oval for some variation. Now, for some quick animation right off the bat, we can use the wiggle paths property inside the shape layer. This is a very simple effect if you will, as you only need to increase the size, lower the detail, set the points to smooth, and maybe use a low wiggles per second. And this can also be copied and paste to your other shape layers as well to create that $1 million animation. But to give this scene some life, go ahead and add the four color gradient effect and move the points to the edges or the sides of your graphic. And finally, you’re going to want to use two colors of the similar tonality to create a very nice blend. Now, to help blend this into the background, let’s use the gaj and blur effect and set the amount to, I don’t know, around 10. And most importantly, let’s use a CC radial blur effect to set this to a fading zoom. This effect is going to allow you to move the center origin of the blur with the anchor point right here, which should be placed on the side of the shape. Then all we need to do is increase the amount to make the side scatter with a blur. Awesome. We can also alt click the stopwatch here to use the wiggle 0.520 expression to add a little bit more animation. And of course, you can copy and paste these effects to your other independent shape layers. But now let’s go ahead and add some character with our cinematic effects by creating an adjustment layer. The first effect to add is noise, which we’ll set to 12%. The second effect is glow, which all we need to do is nearly max out the glow radius and maybe adjust the threshold if needed. And finally, try the posterize effect to create some grit. And if you like, use the curves effect to add some extra contrast. And most importantly, to make sure that these effects actually work, you’re going to need a very dark background underneath your cinematic gradient shapes. Now, go ahead and make those millions. The next cinematic motion graphic is creating pockets of light and shadow with a single effect. Looks great on almost anything. And that effect is CC spotlight when you apply it to a white, maybe bluish solid layer. The color doesn’t really matter. Now, wasting no time, we should set the blend mode of the layer to either add screen or lighten. and set the intensity of the effect to 100. Doing this will allow us to visualize the spotlight correctly. And all we need to do is move the anchor points of the spotlight effect to help angle this in the direction that you want. Then make sure that the height is set to zero, allowing you to accurately adjust the cone angle and the edge softness. Now, we could add the wiggle expression to the cone angle to add, you know, a little flickering animation. Very cute. Now, to help fade the light beam into the background, let’s go ahead and use the linear white transition effect and set the angle to match your current beam direction and then adjust the completion and truly go crazy on the feather. Awesome. But to boost the darkness of the scene, let’s go ahead and duplicate this spotlight layer and then set the bottom blend mode to darken. Cool. But to take this even further, we can use the same adjustment layer effects from that previous technique without maybe the posterize effect. And awesome, you can also add some new spotlights by duplicating the top layer and moving it around. Also, you can animate the from and two values to actually move the beams of light to create something cinematic and easily produce cinematic visuals and save time by After Effects and Premiere Pro templates, drag and drop transitions, animation presets, and powerful motion graphics that you can customize with a few clicks. You can access thousands of templates directly in After Effects and Premiere Pro where you can edit them to fit your vision in seconds, allowing you to build client ready masterpieces in no time with the link below. And if you do pick up anything, you will be supporting my channel as I don’t do any sponsorships around here. So, thank you very much. All right, this is a quick technique to add a simple refraction effect to anything is by drawing out a thin straight line horizontally or vertically in an empty composition. Then right click this layer, go to layer styles, and add a gradient. Just make sure that the black and white colors will stretch from side to side like this. And finally, create a lot of duplicates. And I mean a lot lot. And when that’s all done, from here, just select everything and hit P on your keyboard for position. Then hold control and alt or option and command on your keyboard to proportionally spread this across the entire composition. Like so. You know, this won’t look great or anything, but now we can take this composition and place it over any body of work that you have in another comp and turn it off. Now, all we need to do is create an adjustment layer and add the displacement map effect. We’ll set the map layer to that, you know, composition that we created and adjust the displacement values to create a glassesque refraction effect. And remember, you can create this vertically as well. So, it can be horizontally and vertically. With that said, my next favorite motion graphic is creating curved light streaks like this. So, we can start off by creating a very large white stroke only circle with the ellipse tool. Then, we can contain the line with trim paths. As you may have guessed, all we need to do is adjust the end and the offset. You can even key frame the offset to rotate the line by a bit. Now, to smooth out those hard edges, go to taper and max out the start and end length just like so. Perfect. Now for the effects, use the gaj and blur effect and set it to 10. And then use the CC radial fast blur effect. Increase the amount and set this to brightest. Now use the glow effect and increase the radius. And for a stacking, you know, technique, duplicate the glow effect and increase the radius even further. Now finally, to give this some color, go ahead and create an adjustment layer and use the tronee effect and just set that midtone color to any color you want. And again, use the noise effect at 12%, pretty recurring theme in this video. And then use the glow effect once again for some good measure at around 300 points or so. Then of course, make sure that you have a background. And you can animate the streak however you want. Maybe cough cough. Use the trim paths to bring in your glowing cinematic streak. Just awesome. But okay, the next and final technique is creating colorful motion graphics and moments with the techniques that we’ve already used in this video. You know, kind of tying everything together to aura. So, for instance, you can create any shape that you like. And I’ll set this to a, you know, radial gradient for this specific shape. You’ll typically want to set your points for the gradient off the bat so that we can actually see the colors as we edit the gradient with a bunch of different, you know, tones like so. Now, if you have a stroke object, we can animate it in with trim paths. Right? But back to the basics again with an adjustment layer. We can use the noise and the glow effect several times to compound the overall glowability of everything. And of course, you can use posterize to add some grit to your object. Also, since the blur effect is a massive key to this cinematic theme, try the camera lens blur effect on your actual shape. And then use the wiggle expression again to pop this in and out of focus. But now you have the tools to create cinematic motion graphics. Subscribe to be the best and always be creative.